- The Mutt E-Mail Client
- by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu>
- version 1.5.8
-
- ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
- ______________________________________________________________________
-
- Table of Contents
-
- 1. Introduction
- 1.1 Mutt Home Page
- 1.2 Mutt-ng Home Page
- 1.3 Mailing Lists
- 1.4 Software Distribution Sites
- 1.5 IRC
- 1.6 Weblog
- 1.7 Copyright
-
- 2. Getting Started
- 2.1 Moving Around in Menus
- 2.2 Editing Input Fields
- 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager
- 2.3.1 The Message Index
- 2.3.1.1 Status Flags
- 2.3.2 The Pager
- 2.3.3 Threaded Mode
- 2.3.4 Miscellaneous Functions
- 2.4 Sending Mail
- 2.4.1 Editing the message header
- 2.4.2 Using Mutt with PGP
- 2.4.3 Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.
- 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail
- 2.6 Postponing Mail
- 2.7 Reading news via NNTP
-
- 3. Configuration
- 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files
- 3.2 Defining/Using aliases
- 3.3 Changing the default key bindings
- 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets
- 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox
- 3.6 Keyboard macros
- 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes
- 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers
- 3.9 Alternative addresses
- 3.10 Mailing lists
- 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes
- 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail
- 3.13 User defined headers
- 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages
- 3.15 Specify default save filename
- 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing
- 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once
- 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients
- 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message
- 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient
- 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer
- 3.22 Executing functions
- 3.23 Message Scoring
- 3.24 Spam detection
- 3.25 Setting variables
- 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file
- 3.27 Removing hooks
-
- 4. Advanced Usage
- 4.1 Regular Expressions
- 4.2 Patterns
- 4.2.1 Pattern Modifier
- 4.2.2 Complex Patterns
- 4.2.3 Searching by Date
- 4.3 Using Tags
- 4.4 Using Hooks
- 4.4.1 Message Matching in Hooks
- 4.5 Usingg the sidebar
- 4.6 External Address Queries
- 4.7 Mailbox Formats
- 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts
- 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists
- 4.10 Editing threads
- 4.10.1 Linking threads
- 4.10.2 Breaking threads
- 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support
- 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL)
- 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL)
- 4.13.1 The Folder Browser
- 4.13.2 Authentication
- 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL)
- 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)
- 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL)
- 4.16.1 Open a compressed mailbox for reading
- 4.16.2 Write a compressed mailbox
- 4.16.3 Append a message to a compressed mailbox
- 4.16.4 Encrypted folders
-
- 5. Mutt's MIME Support
- 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt
- 5.1.1 Viewing MIME messages in the pager
- 5.1.2 The Attachment Menu
- 5.1.3 The Compose Menu
- 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types
- 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap
- 5.3.1 The Basics of the mailcap file
- 5.3.2 Secure use of mailcap
- 5.3.3 Advanced mailcap Usage
- 5.3.3.1 Optional Fields
- 5.3.3.2 Search Order
- 5.3.3.3 Command Expansion
- 5.3.4 Example mailcap files
- 5.4 MIME Autoview
- 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative
- 5.6 MIME Lookup
-
- 6. Reference
- 6.1 Command line options
- 6.2 Configuration Commands
- 6.3 Configuration variables
- 6.3.1 abort_nosubject
- 6.3.2 abort_unmodified
- 6.3.3 alias_file
- 6.3.4 alias_format
- 6.3.5 allow_8bit
- 6.3.6 allow_ansi
- 6.3.7 arrow_cursor
- 6.3.8 ascii_chars
- 6.3.9 ask_follow_up
- 6.3.10 ask_x_comment_to
- 6.3.11 askbcc
- 6.3.12 askcc
- 6.3.13 assumed_charset
- 6.3.14 attach_format
- 6.3.15 attach_sep
- 6.3.16 attach_split
- 6.3.17 attribution
- 6.3.18 auto_tag
- 6.3.19 autoedit
- 6.3.20 beep
- 6.3.21 beep_new
- 6.3.22 bounce
- 6.3.23 bounce_delivered
- 6.3.24 catchup_newsgroup
- 6.3.25 certificate_file
- 6.3.26 charset
- 6.3.27 check_new
- 6.3.28 collapse_unread
- 6.3.29 compose_format
- 6.3.30 config_charset
- 6.3.31 confirmappend
- 6.3.32 confirmcreate
- 6.3.33 connect_timeout
- 6.3.34 content_type
- 6.3.35 copy
- 6.3.36 crypt_autoencrypt
- 6.3.37 crypt_autopgp
- 6.3.38 crypt_autosign
- 6.3.39 crypt_autosmime
- 6.3.40 crypt_replyencrypt
- 6.3.41 crypt_replysign
- 6.3.42 crypt_replysignencrypted
- 6.3.43 crypt_timestamp
- 6.3.44 crypt_use_gpgme
- 6.3.45 crypt_verify_sig
- 6.3.46 date_format
- 6.3.47 default_hook
- 6.3.48 delete
- 6.3.49 delete_untag
- 6.3.50 digest_collapse
- 6.3.51 display_filter
- 6.3.52 dotlock_program
- 6.3.53 dsn_notify
- 6.3.54 dsn_return
- 6.3.55 duplicate_threads
- 6.3.56 edit_headers
- 6.3.57 editor
- 6.3.58 encode_from
- 6.3.59 envelope_from
- 6.3.60 escape
- 6.3.61 fast_reply
- 6.3.62 fcc_attach
- 6.3.63 fcc_clear
- 6.3.64 file_charset
- 6.3.65 folder
- 6.3.66 folder_format
- 6.3.67 followup_to
- 6.3.68 followup_to_poster
- 6.3.69 force_name
- 6.3.70 forward_decode
- 6.3.71 forward_decrypt
- 6.3.72 forward_edit
- 6.3.73 forward_format
- 6.3.74 forward_quote
- 6.3.75 from
- 6.3.76 gecos_mask
- 6.3.77 group_index_format
- 6.3.78 hdrs
- 6.3.79 header
- 6.3.80 help
- 6.3.81 hidden_host
- 6.3.82 hide_limited
- 6.3.83 hide_missing
- 6.3.84 hide_thread_subject
- 6.3.85 hide_top_limited
- 6.3.86 hide_top_missing
- 6.3.87 history
- 6.3.88 honor_followup_to
- 6.3.89 hostname
- 6.3.90 ignore_list_reply_to
- 6.3.91 imap_authenticators
- 6.3.92 imap_delim_chars
- 6.3.93 imap_force_ssl
- 6.3.94 imap_headers
- 6.3.95 imap_home_namespace
- 6.3.96 imap_keepalive
- 6.3.97 imap_list_subscribed
- 6.3.98 imap_pass
- 6.3.99 imap_passive
- 6.3.100 imap_peek
- 6.3.101 imap_reconnect
- 6.3.102 imap_servernoise
- 6.3.103 imap_user
- 6.3.104 implicit_autoview
- 6.3.105 include
- 6.3.106 include_onlyfirst
- 6.3.107 indent_string
- 6.3.108 index_format
- 6.3.109 inews
- 6.3.110 ispell
- 6.3.111 keep_flagged
- 6.3.112 list_reply
- 6.3.113 locale
- 6.3.114 mail_check
- 6.3.115 mailcap_path
- 6.3.116 mailcap_sanitize
- 6.3.117 maildir_trash
- 6.3.118 mark_old
- 6.3.119 markers
- 6.3.120 mask
- 6.3.121 max_line_length
- 6.3.122 mbox
- 6.3.123 mbox_type
- 6.3.124 menu_context
- 6.3.125 menu_scroll
- 6.3.126 message_format
- 6.3.127 meta_key
- 6.3.128 metoo
- 6.3.129 mh_purge
- 6.3.130 mh_seq_flagged
- 6.3.131 mh_seq_replied
- 6.3.132 mh_seq_unseen
- 6.3.133 mime_forward
- 6.3.134 mime_forward_decode
- 6.3.135 mime_forward_rest
- 6.3.136 mime_subject
- 6.3.137 mix_entry_format
- 6.3.138 mixmaster
- 6.3.139 move
- 6.3.140 msgid_format
- 6.3.141 narrow_tree
- 6.3.142 news_cache_dir
- 6.3.143 news_server
- 6.3.144 newsrc
- 6.3.145 nntp_context
- 6.3.146 nntp_load_description
- 6.3.147 nntp_pass
- 6.3.148 nntp_poll
- 6.3.149 nntp_reconnect
- 6.3.150 nntp_user
- 6.3.151 operating_system
- 6.3.152 pager
- 6.3.153 pager_context
- 6.3.154 pager_format
- 6.3.155 pager_index_lines
- 6.3.156 pager_stop
- 6.3.157 pgp_auto_decode
- 6.3.158 pgp_autoinline
- 6.3.159 pgp_check_exit
- 6.3.160 pgp_clearsign_command
- 6.3.161 pgp_decode_command
- 6.3.162 pgp_decrypt_command
- 6.3.163 pgp_encrypt_only_command
- 6.3.164 pgp_encrypt_sign_command
- 6.3.165 pgp_entry_format
- 6.3.166 pgp_export_command
- 6.3.167 pgp_getkeys_command
- 6.3.168 pgp_good_sign
- 6.3.169 pgp_ignore_subkeys
- 6.3.170 pgp_import_command
- 6.3.171 pgp_list_pubring_command
- 6.3.172 pgp_list_secring_command
- 6.3.173 pgp_long_ids
- 6.3.174 pgp_mime_auto
- 6.3.175 pgp_replyinline
- 6.3.176 pgp_retainable_sigs
- 6.3.177 pgp_show_unusable
- 6.3.178 pgp_sign_as
- 6.3.179 pgp_sign_command
- 6.3.180 pgp_sort_keys
- 6.3.181 pgp_strict_enc
- 6.3.182 pgp_timeout
- 6.3.183 pgp_use_gpg_agent
- 6.3.184 pgp_verify_command
- 6.3.185 pgp_verify_key_command
- 6.3.186 pipe_decode
- 6.3.187 pipe_sep
- 6.3.188 pipe_split
- 6.3.189 pop_auth_try_all
- 6.3.190 pop_authenticators
- 6.3.191 pop_checkinterval
- 6.3.192 pop_delete
- 6.3.193 pop_host
- 6.3.194 pop_last
- 6.3.195 pop_pass
- 6.3.196 pop_reconnect
- 6.3.197 pop_user
- 6.3.198 post_indent_string
- 6.3.199 post_moderated
- 6.3.200 postpone
- 6.3.201 postponed
- 6.3.202 preconnect
- 6.3.203 print
- 6.3.204 print_command
- 6.3.205 print_decode
- 6.3.206 print_split
- 6.3.207 prompt_after
- 6.3.208 query_command
- 6.3.209 quit
- 6.3.210 quote_empty
- 6.3.211 quote_quoted
- 6.3.212 quote_regexp
- 6.3.213 read_inc
- 6.3.214 read_only
- 6.3.215 realname
- 6.3.216 recall
- 6.3.217 record
- 6.3.218 reply_regexp
- 6.3.219 reply_self
- 6.3.220 reply_to
- 6.3.221 resolve
- 6.3.222 reverse_alias
- 6.3.223 reverse_name
- 6.3.224 reverse_realname
- 6.3.225 rfc2047_parameters
- 6.3.226 save_address
- 6.3.227 save_empty
- 6.3.228 save_name
- 6.3.229 save_unsubscribed
- 6.3.230 score
- 6.3.231 score_threshold_delete
- 6.3.232 score_threshold_flag
- 6.3.233 score_threshold_read
- 6.3.234 send_charset
- 6.3.235 sendmail
- 6.3.236 sendmail_wait
- 6.3.237 shell
- 6.3.238 shorten_hierarchy
- 6.3.239 show_new_news
- 6.3.240 show_only_unread
- 6.3.241 sidebar_delim
- 6.3.242 sidebar_visible
- 6.3.243 sidebar_width
- 6.3.244 sig_dashes
- 6.3.245 sig_on_top
- 6.3.246 signature
- 6.3.247 signoff_string
- 6.3.248 simple_search
- 6.3.249 sleep_time
- 6.3.250 smart_wrap
- 6.3.251 smileys
- 6.3.252 smime_ask_cert_label
- 6.3.253 smime_ca_location
- 6.3.254 smime_certificates
- 6.3.255 smime_decrypt_command
- 6.3.256 smime_decrypt_use_default_key
- 6.3.257 smime_default_key
- 6.3.258 smime_encrypt_command
- 6.3.259 smime_encrypt_with
- 6.3.260 smime_get_cert_command
- 6.3.261 smime_get_cert_email_command
- 6.3.262 smime_get_signer_cert_command
- 6.3.263 smime_import_cert_command
- 6.3.264 smime_is_default
- 6.3.265 smime_keys
- 6.3.266 smime_pk7out_command
- 6.3.267 smime_sign_command
- 6.3.268 smime_sign_opaque_command
- 6.3.269 smime_timeout
- 6.3.270 smime_verify_command
- 6.3.271 smime_verify_opaque_command
- 6.3.272 smtp_auth_password
- 6.3.273 smtp_auth_username
- 6.3.274 smtp_host
- 6.3.275 smtp_port
- 6.3.276 sort
- 6.3.277 sort_alias
- 6.3.278 sort_aux
- 6.3.279 sort_browser
- 6.3.280 sort_re
- 6.3.281 spam_separator
- 6.3.282 spoolfile
- 6.3.283 ssl_ca_certificates_file
- 6.3.284 ssl_client_cert
- 6.3.285 ssl_min_dh_prime_bits
- 6.3.286 ssl_starttls
- 6.3.287 ssl_use_sslv3
- 6.3.288 ssl_use_tlsv1
- 6.3.289 status_chars
- 6.3.290 status_format
- 6.3.291 status_on_top
- 6.3.292 strict_mime
- 6.3.293 strict_threads
- 6.3.294 stuff_quoted
- 6.3.295 suspend
- 6.3.296 text_flowed
- 6.3.297 thorough_search
- 6.3.298 thread_received
- 6.3.299 tilde
- 6.3.300 timeout
- 6.3.301 tmpdir
- 6.3.302 to_chars
- 6.3.303 trash
- 6.3.304 tunnel
- 6.3.305 umask
- 6.3.306 uncollapse_jump
- 6.3.307 use_8bitmime
- 6.3.308 use_domain
- 6.3.309 use_from
- 6.3.310 user_agent
- 6.3.311 visual
- 6.3.312 wait_key
- 6.3.313 weed
- 6.3.314 wrap_search
- 6.3.315 wrapmargin
- 6.3.316 write_bcc
- 6.3.317 write_inc
- 6.3.318 x_comment_to
- 6.3.319 xterm_icon
- 6.3.320 xterm_set_titles
- 6.3.321 xterm_title
- 6.4 Functions
- 6.4.1 generic
- 6.4.2 index
- 6.4.3 pager
- 6.4.4 alias
- 6.4.5 query
- 6.4.6 attach
- 6.4.7 compose
- 6.4.8 postpone
- 6.4.9 browser
- 6.4.10 pgp
- 6.4.11 editor
-
- 7. Miscellany
- 7.1 Acknowledgements
- 7.2 About this document
-
- ______________________________________________________________________
-
- 1\b1.\b. I\bIn\bnt\btr\bro\bod\bdu\buc\bct\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- M\bMu\but\btt\bt is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt
- is highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with
- advanced features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading,
- regular expression searches and a powerful pattern matching language
- for selecting groups of messages.
-
- This documentation additionaly contains documentation to M\bMu\but\btt\bt-\b-N\bNG\bG, a
- fork from Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt,
- to integrate all the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web,
- and to add other new features. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be
- discussed in an extra section. Don't be confused when most of the
- documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-ng, Mutt-ng contains all
- Mutt-ng features, plus many more.
-
- 1\b1.\b.1\b1.\b. M\bMu\but\btt\bt H\bHo\bom\bme\be P\bPa\bag\bge\be
-
- http://www.mutt.org/
-
- 1\b1.\b.2\b2.\b. M\bMu\but\btt\bt-\b-n\bng\bg H\bHo\bom\bme\be P\bPa\bag\bge\be
-
- http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/
-
- 1\b1.\b.3\b3.\b. M\bMa\bai\bil\bli\bin\bng\bg L\bLi\bis\bst\bts\bs
-
- +\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user
- support happens.
-
- +\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for
- mutt-ng
-
- 1\b1.\b.4\b4.\b. S\bSo\bof\bft\btw\bwa\bar\bre\be D\bDi\bis\bst\btr\bri\bib\bbu\but\bti\bio\bon\bn S\bSi\bit\bte\bes\bs
-
- So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can
- download daily snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
-
- 1\b1.\b.5\b5.\b. I\bIR\bRC\bC
-
- Visit channel _\b#_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\bn_\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat
- with other people interested in Mutt-ng.
-
- 1\b1.\b.6\b6.\b. W\bWe\beb\bbl\blo\bog\bg
-
- If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-
- ng, and get informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related
- articles and packages for your favorite distribution, you can read
- and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng development weblog.
-
- 1\b1.\b.7\b7.\b. C\bCo\bop\bpy\byr\bri\big\bgh\bht\bt
-
- Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and
- others
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
- your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
-
- 2\b2.\b. G\bGe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg S\bSt\bta\bar\brt\bte\bed\bd
-
- This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt.
- There are many other features which are described elsewhere in the
- manual. There is even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and
- various web pages. See the Mutt Page for more details.
-
- The keybindings described in this section are the defaults as
- distributed. Your local system administrator may have altered the
- defaults for your site. You can always type ``?'' in any menu to
- display the current bindings.
-
- The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt, simply by typing mutt
- at the command line. There are various command-line options, see
- either the mutt man page or the ``reference''.
-
- 2\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. M\bMo\bov\bvi\bin\bng\bg A\bAr\bro\bou\bun\bnd\bd i\bin\bn M\bMe\ben\bnu\bus\bs
-
- Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a
- table showing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
-
- j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
- k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
- z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
- Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
- = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
- * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
- q quit exit the current menu
- ? help list all keybindings for the current menu
- 2\b2.\b.2\b2.\b. E\bEd\bdi\bit\bti\bin\bng\bg I\bIn\bnp\bpu\but\bt F\bFi\bie\bel\bld\bds\bs
+ T\bTh\bhe\be M\bMu\but\btt\bt-\b-n\bng\bg E\bE-\b-M\bMa\bai\bil\bl C\bCl\bli\bie\ben\bnt\bt
- Mutt has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to
- input textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys
- used to move around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
+ by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others.
- ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
- ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
- Esc B backward-word move back one word
- ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
- ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
- ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
- Esc F forward-word move forward one word
- <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
- ^T complete-query complete address with query
- ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
- ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
- ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
- ^U kill-line delete entire line
- ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
- <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
- <Down> history-down recall next string from history
- <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
- Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
- Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
- Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
- ^G n/a abort
- <Return> n/a finish editing
+ version 1.5.9
- You can remap the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br functions using the ``bind'' command. For
- example, to make the _\bD_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be key delete the character in front of the
- cursor rather than under, you could use
+ A\bAb\bbs\bst\btr\bra\bac\bct\bt
- bind editor <delete> backspace
+ ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b. R\bRe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg M\bMa\bai\bil\bl -\b- T\bTh\bhe\be I\bIn\bnd\bde\bex\bx a\ban\bnd\bd P\bPa\bag\bge\ber\br
+ _\b1_\b. _\bI_\bn_\bt_\br_\bo_\bd_\bu_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail
- is read in Mutt. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox,
- which is called the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display
- of the message contents. This is called the ``pager.''
-
- The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these
- modes.
-
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be M\bMe\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be I\bIn\bnd\bde\bex\bx
-
- c change to a different mailbox
- ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
- C copy the current message to another mailbox
- ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
- ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
- D delete messages matching a pattern
- d delete the current message
- F mark as important
- l show messages matching a pattern
- N mark message as new
- o change the current sort method
- O reverse sort the mailbox
- q save changes and exit
- s save-message
- T tag messages matching a pattern
- t toggle the tag on a message
- ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
- U undelete messages matching a pattern
- u undelete-message
- v view-attachments
- x abort changes and exit
- <Return> display-message
- <Tab> jump to the next new message
- @ show the author's full e-mail address
- $ save changes to mailbox
- / search
- ESC / search-reverse
- ^L clear and redraw the screen
- ^T untag messages matching a pattern
-
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b.1\b1.\b. S\bSt\bta\bat\btu\bus\bs F\bFl\bla\bag\bgs\bs
-
- In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary
- of the disposition of each message is printed beside the message
- number. Zero or more of the following ``flags'' may appear, which
- mean:
-
- D\bD message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
-
- d\bd message have attachments marked for deletion
-
- K\bK contains a PGP public key
-
- N\bN message is new
-
- O\bO message is old
-
- P\bP message is PGP encrypted
-
- r\br message has been replied to
-
- S\bS message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
-
- s\bs message is signed
-
- !\b! message is flagged
-
- *\b* message is tagged
-
- Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
-
- +\bo s\bse\bet\bt-\b-f\bfl\bla\bag\bg (default: w)
-
- +\bo c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br-\b-f\bfl\bla\bag\bg (default: W)
-
- Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed
- to. They can be customized with the ``$to_chars'' variable.
-
- +\b+ message is to you and you only
-
- T\bT message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
-
- C\bC message is cc'ed to you
-
- F\bF message is from you
-
- L\bL message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
-
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be P\bPa\bag\bge\ber\br
-
- By default, Mutt uses its builtin pager to display the body of
- messages. The pager is very similar to the Unix program _\bl_\be_\bs_\bs though
- not nearly as featureful.
-
- <Return> go down one line
- <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
- - go back to the previous page
- n search for next match
- S skip beyond quoted text
- T toggle display of quoted text
- ? show keybindings
- / search for a regular expression (pattern)
- ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
- \ toggle search pattern coloring
- ^ jump to the top of the message
-
- In addition, many of the functions from the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx are available in the
- pager, such as _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be or _\bc_\bo_\bp_\by_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be (this is one advantage
- over using an external pager to view messages).
-
- Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features.
- For one, it will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences
- for bold and underline. These sequences are a series of either the
- letter, backspace (^H), the letter again for bold or the letter,
- backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline. Mutt will attempt to display
- these in bold and underline respectively if your terminal supports
- them. If not, you can use the bold and underline ``color'' objects to
- specify a color or mono attribute for them.
-
- Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences
- for character attributes. Mutt translates them into the correct color
- and character settings. The sequences Mutt supports are:
-
- ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
- where Ps =
- 0 All Attributes Off
- 1 Bold on
- 4 Underline on
- 5 Blink on
- 7 Reverse video on
- 3x Foreground color is x
- 4x Background color is x
+ M\bMu\but\btt\bt-\b-n\bng\bg is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt-ng is
+ highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
+ features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
+ searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of mes-
+ sages.
- Colors are
- 0 black
- 1 red
- 2 green
- 3 yellow
- 4 blue
- 5 magenta
- 6 cyan
- 7 white
+ This documentation additionally contains documentation to M\bMu\but\btt\bt-\b-N\bNG\bG, a fork from
+ Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt, to integrate all
+ the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web, and to add other new fea-
+ tures. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be discussed in an extra section.
+ Don't be confused when most of the documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-
+ ng, Mutt-ng contains all Mutt features, plus many more.
- Mutt uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and
- they can also be used by an external ``autoview'' script for
- highlighting purposes. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you change the colors for your
- display, for example by changing the color associated with color2 for
- your xterm, then that color will be used instead of green.
+ _\b1_\b._\b1 _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b-_\bn_\bg _\bH_\bo_\bm_\be _\bP_\ba_\bg_\be
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b. T\bTh\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bde\bed\bd M\bMo\bod\bde\be
+ http://www.muttng.org
- When the mailbox is ``sorted'' by _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs, there are a few additional
- functions available in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx and _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br modes.
+ _\b1_\b._\b2 _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bL_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs
- ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
- ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
- ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
- ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
- ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
- ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
- ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
- ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
- ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
- ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
- ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
- ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
- ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
- P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the
- thread and hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so
- many messages that you can only see a handful of threads on the
- screen. See %M in ``$index_format''. For example, you could use
- "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in ``$index_format'' to optionally display the
- number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
-
- See also: ``$strict_threads''.
-
- 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b4.\b. M\bMi\bis\bsc\bce\bel\bll\bla\ban\bne\beo\bou\bus\bs F\bFu\bun\bnc\bct\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs
-
- c\bcr\bre\bea\bat\bte\be-\b-a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs (default: a)
-
- Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a
- new one). Once editing is complete, an ``alias'' command is added to
- the file specified by the ``$alias_file'' variable for future use.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Specifying an ``$alias_file'' does not add the aliases specified
- there-in, you must also ``source'' the file.
-
- c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk-\b-t\btr\bra\bad\bdi\bit\bti\bio\bon\bna\bal\bl-\b-p\bpg\bgp\bp (default: ESC P)
-
- This function will search the current message for content signed or
- encrypted with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME
- tagging. Technically, this function will temporarily change the MIME
- content types of the body parts containing PGP data; this is similar
- to the ``edit-type'' function's effect.
-
- d\bdi\bis\bsp\bpl\bla\bay\by-\b-t\bto\bog\bgg\bgl\ble\be-\b-w\bwe\bee\bed\bd (default: h)
-
- Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by ``ignore''
- commands.
-
- e\bed\bdi\bit\bt (default: e)
-
- This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to
- edit the raw current message as it's present in the mail folder.
- After you have finished editing, the changed message will be appended
- to the current folder, and the original message will be marked for
- deletion.
-
- e\bed\bdi\bit\bt-\b-t\bty\byp\bpe\be
- (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus;
- ^T on the compose menu)
-
- This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type
- to fix, for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked
- from the index or from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit
- the top-level attachment's content type. On the ``attachment menu'',
- you can change any attachment's content type. These changes are not
- persistent, and get lost upon changing folders.
-
- Note that this command is also available on the ``compose menu''.
- There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
- going to send.
-
- e\ben\bnt\bte\ber\br-\b-c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd (default: ``:'')
-
- This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in
- a configuration file. A common use is to check the settings of
- variables, or in conjunction with ``macros'' to change settings on the
- fly.
-
- e\bex\bxt\btr\bra\bac\bct\bt-\b-k\bke\bey\bys\bs (default: ^K)
-
- This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged
- message(s) and adds them to your PGP public key ring.
-
- f\bfo\bor\brg\bge\bet\bt-\b-p\bpa\bas\bss\bsp\bph\bhr\bra\bas\bse\be (default: ^F)
-
- This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you
- misspelled the passphrase.
-
- l\bli\bis\bst\bt-\b-r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by (default: L)
-
- Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses
- which match the regular expressions given by the ``lists or
- subscribe'' commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if
- the ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using this
- when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid
- duplicate copies being sent to the author of the message you are
- replying to.
-
- p\bpi\bip\bpe\be-\b-m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be (default: |)
-
- Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged
- message(s) to it. The variables ``$pipe_decode'', ``$pipe_split'',
- ``$pipe_sep'' and ``$wait_key'' control the exact behaviour of this
- function.
-
- r\bre\bes\bse\ben\bnd\bd-\b-m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be (default: ESC e)
-
- With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for
- a new message. This function is best described as "recall from
- arbitrary folders". It can conveniently be used to forward MIME
- messages while preserving the original mail structure. Note that the
- amount of headers included here depends on the value of the ``$weed''
- variable.
-
- This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use
- this to easily resend a message which was included with a bounce
- message as a message/rfc822 body part.
-
- s\bsh\bhe\bel\bll\bl-\b-e\bes\bsc\bca\bap\bpe\be (default: !)
-
- Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The ``$wait_key''
- can be used to control whether Mutt will wait for a key to be pressed
- when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the output
- of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
-
- t\bto\bog\bgg\bgl\ble\be-\b-q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd (default: T)
-
- The _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br uses the ``$quote_regexp'' variable to detect quoted text
- when displaying the body of the message. This function toggles the
- display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
- useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large
- amount of quoted text in the way.
-
- s\bsk\bki\bip\bp-\b-q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd (default: S)
-
- This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come
- after a line of quoted text in the internal pager.
-
- 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b. S\bSe\ben\bnd\bdi\bin\bng\bg M\bMa\bai\bil\bl
-
- The following bindings are available in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx for sending
- messages.
-
- m compose compose a new message
- r reply reply to sender
- g group-reply reply to all recipients
- L list-reply reply to mailing list address
- f forward forward message
- b bounce bounce (remail) message
- ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
-
- Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you
- specify. Forwarding a message allows you to add comments or modify
- the message you are forwarding. These items are discussed in greater
- detail in the next chapter ````Forwarding and Bouncing Mail''''.
-
- Mutt will then enter the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu and prompt you for the
- recipients to place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask
- you for the ``Subject:'' field for the message, providing a default if
- you are replying to or forwarding a message. See also ``$askcc'',
- ``$askbcc'', ``$autoedit'', ``$bounce'', and ``$fast_reply'' for
- changing how Mutt asks these questions.
-
- Mutt will then automatically start your ``$editor'' on the message
- body. If the ``$edit_headers'' variable is set, the headers will be
- at the top of the message in your editor. Any messages you are
- replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
- appropriate ``$attribution'', ``$indent_string'' and
- ``$post_indent_string''. When forwarding a message, if the
- ``$mime_forward'' variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message
- will be included. If you have specified a ``$signature'', it will be
- appended to the message.
-
- Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are
- returned to the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu. The following options are available:
-
- a attach-file attach a file
- A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
- ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
- d edit-description edit description on attachment
- D detach-file detach a file
- t edit-to edit the To field
- ESC f edit-from edit the From field
- r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
- c edit-cc edit the Cc field
- b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
- y send-message send the message
- s edit-subject edit the Subject
- S smime-menu select S/MIME options
- f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
- p pgp-menu select PGP options
- P postpone-message postpone this message until later
- q quit quit (abort) sending the message
- w write-fcc write the message to a folder
- i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
- ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to
- attach messages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they
- will be attached to the message you are sending. Note that certain
- operations like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are
- not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in
- ``$status_format'' will change to a 'A' to indicate that you are in
- attach-message mode.
-
- 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b.1\b1.\b. E\bEd\bdi\bit\bti\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhe\be m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\br
-
- When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple
- of special features available.
-
- If you specify
- Fcc: _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- Mutt will pick up _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be just as if you had used the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-_\bf_\bc_\bc
- function in the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu.
-
- You can also attach files to your message by specifying
- Attach: _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
- where _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is the file to attach and _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn is an optional
- string to use as the description of the attached file.
-
- When replying to messages, if you remove the _\bI_\bn_\b-_\bR_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b-_\bT_\bo_\b: field from
- the header field, Mutt will not generate a _\bR_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\bs_\b: field, which
- allows you to create a new message thread.
-
- Also see ``edit_headers''.
-
- 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg M\bMu\but\btt\bt w\bwi\bit\bth\bh P\bPG\bGP\bP
-
- If you want to use PGP, you can specify
-
- Pgp: [ E | S | S_\b<_\bi_\bd_\b> ]
-
- ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key,
- setting ``$pgp_sign_as'' permanently.
-
- If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you
- through a key selection process when you try to send the message.
- Mutt will not ask you any questions about keys which have a certified
- user ID matching one of the message recipients' mail addresses.
- However, there may be situations in which there are several keys,
- weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys can be
- found.
-
- In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from
- which you can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find
- any matching keys, you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as
- usually, abort this prompt using ^G. When you do so, mutt will return
- to the compose screen.
-
- Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message
- will be encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
-
- Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also
- ``$pgp_entry_format'') have obvious meanings. But some explanations
- on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
-
- The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
-
- R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
- X The key is expired and can't be used.
- d You have marked the key as disabled.
- c There are unknown critical self-signature
- packets.
-
- The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence
- representing a key's capabilities. The first character gives the
- key's encryption capabilities: A minus sign (-\b-) means that the key
- cannot be used for encryption. A dot (.\b.) means that it's marked as a
- signature key in one of the user IDs, but may also be used for
- encryption. The letter e\be indicates that this key can be used for
- encryption.
-
- The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once
- again, a ``-\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.\b.'' implies that the key
- is marked as an encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s\bs''
- denotes a key which can be used for signing.
-
- Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-
- id is. A question mark (?\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus
- character (-\b-) marks an untrusted association, a space character means
- a partially trusted association, and a plus character (+\b+) indicates
- complete validity.
-
- 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b.3\b3.\b. S\bSe\ben\bnd\bdi\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bno\bon\bny\bym\bmo\bou\bus\bs m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\bes\bs v\bvi\bia\ba m\bmi\bix\bxm\bma\bas\bst\bte\ber\br.\b.
-
- You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an
- anonymous remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages
- anonymously using a chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is
- for mixmaster version 2.04 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and
- 2.03. It does not support earlier versions or the later so-called
- version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be called 2.9b23.
-
- To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important,
- you cannot use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster,
- you have to select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the
- compose menu.
-
- The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger)
- upper part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower
- part, you see the currently selected chain of remailers.
-
- You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next
- functions, which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and
- to the h and l keys (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a
- remailer at the current chain position, use the insert function. To
- append a remailer behind the current chain position, use select-entry
- or append. You can also delete entries from the chain, using the
- corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes, leave the
- menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
-
- Note that different remailers do have different capabilities,
- indicated in the %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see
- ``$mix_entry_format''). Most important is the ``middleman''
- capability, indicated by a capital ``M'': This means that the remailer
- in question cannot be used as the final element of a chain, but will
- only forward messages to other mixmaster remailers. For details on
- the other capabilities, please have a look at the mixmaster
- documentation.
-
- 2\b2.\b.5\b5.\b. F\bFo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bdi\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bnd\bd B\bBo\bou\bun\bnc\bci\bin\bng\bg M\bMa\bai\bil\bl
-
- Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients
- that you specify. Bouncing a message uses the ``sendmail'' command to
- send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
- original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows
- you to modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding
- your own comments).
- The following keys are bound by default:
-
- f forward forward message
- b bounce bounce (remail) message
-
- Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new
- message's body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a
- MIME attachment, depending on the value of the ``$mime_forward''
- variable. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be
- controlled by the ``$forward_decode'' and ``$mime_forward_decode''
- variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may depend on
- the content, therefore _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd is a quadoption which, for
- example, can be set to ``ask-no''.
-
- The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the
- ``$weed'' variable, unless ``mime_forward'' is set.
-
- Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending
- or replying to a message does.
-
- 2\b2.\b.6\b6.\b. P\bPo\bos\bst\btp\bpo\bon\bni\bin\bng\bg M\bMa\bai\bil\bl
-
- At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have
- already begun to compose. When the _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be function is used
- in the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu, the body of your message and attachments are
- stored in the mailbox specified by the ``$postponed'' variable. This
- means that you can recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then
- restart it at a later time.
-
- Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it.
- From the command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be
- a new message from the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx or _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br you will be prompted if
- postponed messages exist. If multiple messages are currently
- postponed, the _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd menu will pop up and you can select which
- message you would like to resume.
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the
- message is only updated when you actually finish the message and send
- it. Also, you must be in the same folder with the message you replied
- to for the status of the message to be updated.
-
- See also the ``$postpone'' quad-option.
-
- 2\b2.\b.7\b7.\b. R\bRe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg n\bne\bew\bws\bs v\bvi\bia\ba N\bNN\bNT\bTP\bP
-
- If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from
- newsserver via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-
- newsgroup'' (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from
- _\bN_\bN_\bT_\bP_\bS_\bE_\bR_\bV_\bE_\bR environment variable. Like other news readers, info about
- subscribed newsgroups is saved in file by ``$newsrc'' variable.
- Article headers are cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup
- entered instead loading from newsserver.
-
- 3\b3.\b. C\bCo\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng
- usable right out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to
- suit your own tastes. When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt
- to read the ``system'' configuration file (defaults set by your local
- system administrator), unless the ``-n'' ``command line'' option is
- specified. This file is typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or
- /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng users will find this file in
- /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc. Mutt will next look
- for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng will look for
- .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a
- subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named
- .muttng/muttngrc.
-
- .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually
- place your ``commands'' to configure Mutt.
-
- In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that
- are parsed instead of the default files as explained above. For
- instance, if your system has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system
- configuration directory, and you are running version 0.88 of mutt,
- this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc file. The same is
- true of the user configuration file, if you have a file .muttrc-0.88.6
- in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it will
- source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version
- number is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' ``command line''
- switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
-
- 3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. S\bSy\byn\bnt\bta\bax\bx o\bof\bf I\bIn\bni\bit\bti\bia\bal\bli\biz\bza\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn F\bFi\bil\ble\bes\bs
-
- An initialization file consists of a series of ``commands''. Each
- line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
- commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
-
- set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
-
- The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' charac-
- ter. You can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text
- after the comment character to the end of the line is ignored. For
- example,
-
- my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
-
- Single quotes (') and double quotes (") can be used to quote strings
- which contain spaces or other special characters. The difference
- between the two types of quotes is similar to that of many popular
- shell programs, namely that a single quote is used to specify a
- literal string (one that is not interpreted for shell variables or
- quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double quotes
- indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example,
- backtics are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n\bno\bot\bt for single
- quotes.
-
- \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh.
- For example, if want to put quotes ``"'' inside of a string, you can
- use ``\'' to force the next character to be a literal instead of
- interpreted character.
-
- set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
-
- ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and
- ``\r'' have their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return,
- respectively.
-
- A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple
- lines, provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of
- command names.
-
- It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an
- initialization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in
- backquotes (``). For example,
-
- my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
-
- The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before
- the line is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line
- oriented, only the first line of output from the Unix command will be
- substituted.
-
- UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells
- like sh and bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For
- example,
-
- set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
-
- The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs.
- For a complete list, see the ``command reference''.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. D\bDe\bef\bfi\bin\bni\bin\bng\bg/\b/U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bse\bes\bs
-
- Usage: alias _\bk_\be_\by _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ , _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs, ... ]
-
- It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of
- someone you are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create
- ``aliases'' which map a short string to a full address.
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more
- than one address), you m\bmu\bus\bst\bt separate the addresses with a comma
- (``,'').
-
- To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
-
- unalias [ * | _\bk_\be_\by _\b._\b._\b. ]
-
- alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
- alias theguys manny, moe, jack
-
- Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a
- special file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a
- configuration file, as long as this file is ``sourced''.
- Consequently, you can have multiple alias files, or you can have all
- aliases defined in your muttrc.
-
- On the other hand, the ``create-alias'' function can use only one
- file, the one pointed to by the ``$alias_file'' variable (which is
- ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in the sense
- that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
- the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly ``source'' this
- file too.
-
- For example:
-
- source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
- source ~/.mail_aliases
- set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
-
- To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where
- mutt prompts for addresses, such as the _\bT_\bo_\b: or _\bC_\bc_\b: prompt. You can
- also enter aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you
- have the ``$edit_headers'' variable set.
-
- In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab
- character to expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are
- multiple matches, mutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases.
- In order to be presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit
- tab with out a partial alias, such as at the beginning of the prompt
- or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
-
- In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the
- _\bs_\be_\bl_\be_\bc_\bt_\b-_\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by key (default: RET), and use the _\be_\bx_\bi_\bt key (default: q) to
- return to the address prompt.
-
- 3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b. C\bCh\bha\ban\bng\bgi\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhe\be d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt k\bke\bey\by b\bbi\bin\bnd\bdi\bin\bng\bgs\bs
-
- Usage: bind _\bm_\ba_\bp _\bk_\be_\by _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
-
- This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation
- invoked when pressing a key).
-
- _\bm_\ba_\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be
- specified by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is
- allowed). The currently defined maps are:
+ +\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user support
+ happens.
- g\bge\ben\bne\ber\bri\bic\bc
- This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of
- the other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key
- is not defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to
- use in this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain
- function in multiple menus instead of having multiple bind
- statements to accomplish the same task.
-
- a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs
- The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined
- in your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to
- the full email address(es) of the recipient(s).
-
- a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh
- The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on
- received messages.
-
- b\bbr\bro\bow\bws\bse\ber\br
- The browser is used for both browsing the local directory
- structure, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
-
- e\bed\bdi\bit\bto\bor\br
- The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
-
- i\bin\bnd\bde\bex\bx
- The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
-
- c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\be
- The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
+ +\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for mutt-ng
- p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br
- The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data,
- and help listings.
-
- p\bpg\bgp\bp
- The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for
- encrypting outgoing messages.
-
- p\bpo\bos\bst\btp\bpo\bon\bne\be
- The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used
- when recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until
- later.
-
- _\bk_\be_\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a
- control character, use the sequence _\b\_\bC_\bx, where _\bx is the letter of the
- control character (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca'').
- Note that the case of _\bx as well as _\b\_\bC is ignored, so that _\b\_\bC_\bA, _\b\_\bC_\ba,
- _\b\_\bc_\bA and _\b\_\bc_\ba are all equivalent. An alternative form is to specify the
- key as a three digit octal number prefixed with a ``\'' (for example
- _\b\_\b1_\b7_\b7 is equivalent to _\b\_\bc_\b?).
-
- In addition, _\bk_\be_\by may consist of:
-
- \t tab
- <tab> tab
- \r carriage return
- \n newline
- \e escape
- <esc> escape
- <up> up arrow
- <down> down arrow
- <left> left arrow
- <right> right arrow
- <pageup> Page Up
- <pagedown> Page Down
- <backspace> Backspace
- <delete> Delete
- <insert> Insert
- <enter> Enter
- <return> Return
- <home> Home
- <end> End
- <space> Space bar
- <f1> function key 1
- <f10> function key 10
-
- _\bk_\be_\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space
- (`` '').
-
- _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn specifies which action to take when _\bk_\be_\by is pressed. For a
- complete list of functions, see the ``reference''. The special
- function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
-
- 3\b3.\b.4\b4.\b. D\bDe\bef\bfi\bin\bni\bin\bng\bg a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bse\bes\bs f\bfo\bor\br c\bch\bha\bar\bra\bac\bct\bte\ber\br s\bse\bet\bts\bs
+ _\b1_\b._\b3 _\bS_\bo_\bf_\bt_\bw_\ba_\br_\be _\bD_\bi_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bS_\bi_\bt_\be_\bs
- Usage: charset-hook _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Usage: iconv-hook _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\b-_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
+ So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can download daily
+ snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
- The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This
- is useful to properly display messages which are tagged with a
- character set name not known to mutt.
-
- The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character
- set. This is helpful when your systems character conversion library
- insists on using strange, system-specific names for character sets.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 1
- 3\b3.\b.5\b5.\b. S\bSe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg v\bva\bar\bri\bia\bab\bbl\ble\bes\bs b\bba\bas\bse\bed\bd u\bup\bpo\bon\bn m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 2
- Usage: folder-hook [!]_\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ _\b1_\b._\b4 _\bI_\bR_\bC
- It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you
- are reading. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you
- can execute any configuration command. _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp is a regular expression
- specifying in which mailboxes to execute _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd before loading. If a
- mailbox matches multiple folder-hook's, they are executed in the order
- given in the muttrc.
+ Visit channel _\b#_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\bn_\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat with other
+ people interested in Mutt-ng.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for ``$spoolfile'' at the
- beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or single
- quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _\bn_\bo_\bt operator for
- the expression.
+ _\b1_\b._\b5 _\bW_\be_\bb_\bl_\bo_\bg
- Note that the settings are _\bn_\bo_\bt restored when you leave the mailbox.
- For example, a command action to perform is to change the sorting
- method based upon the mailbox being read:
+ If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-ng, and get
+ informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related articles and packages
+ for your favorite distribution, you can read and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng
+ development weblog.
- folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
+ _\b1_\b._\b6 _\bC_\bo_\bp_\by_\br_\bi_\bg_\bh_\bt
- However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when
- reading a different mailbox. To specify a _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt command, use the
- pattern ``.'':
+ Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others
- folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later ver-
+ sion.
- 3\b3.\b.6\b6.\b. K\bKe\bey\byb\bbo\boa\bar\brd\bd m\bma\bac\bcr\bro\bos\bs
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+ PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
- Usage: macro _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu _\bk_\be_\by _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+ this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
+ Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
- Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series
- of actions. When you press _\bk_\be_\by in menu _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, Mutt will behave as if
- you had typed _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands
- you type, you can create a macro to execute those commands with a
- single key.
+ _\b2_\b. _\bG_\be_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bS_\bt_\ba_\br_\bt_\be_\bd
- _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu is the ``map'' which the macro will be bound. Multiple maps may
- be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
- Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the
- commas separating them.
+ This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt-ng. There are
+ many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. <-- There is
+ even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
+ Mutt Page for more details. -->
- _\bk_\be_\by and _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be are expanded by the same rules as the ``key
- bindings''. There are some additions however. The first is that
- control characters in _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be can also be specified as _\b^_\bx. In order
- to get a caret (`^'') you need to use _\b^_\b^. Secondly, to specify a
- certain key such as _\bu_\bp or to invoke a function directly, you can use
- the format _\b<_\bk_\be_\by _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b> and _\b<_\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b>. For a listing of key names
- see the section on ``key bindings''. Functions are listed in the
- ``function reference''.
+ The key bindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
+ Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
+ You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
- The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros
- will work regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not
- dependent on the user having particular key definitions. This makes
- them more robust and portable, and also facilitates defining of macros
- in files used by more than one user (eg. the system Muttrc).
+ The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt-ng simply by typing muttng at the
+ command line. There are various command-line options, see either the muttng
+ man page or the _\br_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be (section 6.1 , page 62).
- Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be, which is
- shown in the help screens.
+ If you have used mutt in the past the easiest thing to have a proper configura-
+ tion file is to source /.muttrc in /.muttngrc.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are
- silently truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
+ _\b2_\b._\b1 _\bM_\bo_\bv_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bA_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bi_\bn _\bM_\be_\bn_\bu_\bs
- 3\b3.\b.7\b7.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg c\bco\bol\blo\bor\br a\ban\bnd\bd m\bmo\bon\bno\bo v\bvi\bid\bde\beo\bo a\bat\btt\btr\bri\bib\bbu\but\bte\bes\bs
+ Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a table show-
+ ing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
- Usage: color _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- Usage: color index _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- Usage: uncolor index _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating
- your own color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of
- information), you must specify both a foreground color a\ban\bnd\bd a
- background color (it is not possible to only specify one or the
- other).
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 3
- _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt can be one of:
+ j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
+ k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
+ z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
+ Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
+ = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
+ * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
+ q quit exit the current menu
+ ? help list all key bindings for the current menu
- +\bo attachment
+ _\b2_\b._\b2 _\bE_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bI_\bn_\bp_\bu_\bt _\bF_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd_\bs
- +\bo body (match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp in the body of messages)
+ Mutt-ng has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to input
+ textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys used to move
+ around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
+
+ ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
+ ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
+ Esc B backward-word move back one word
+ ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
+ ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
+ ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
+ Esc F forward-word move forward one word
+ <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
+ ^T complete-query complete address with query
+ ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
+ ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
+ ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
+ ^U kill-line delete entire line
+ ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
+ <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
+ <Down> history-down recall next string from history
+ <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
+ Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
+ Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
+ Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
+ ^G n/a abort
+ <Return> n/a finish editing
- +\bo bold (hiliting bold patterns in the body of messages)
+ You can remap the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br functions using the _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) com-
+ mand. For example, to make the _\bD_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be key delete the character in front of the
+ cursor rather than under, you could use
- +\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt)
+ bind editor <delete> backspace
- +\bo header (match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp in the message header)
+ _\b2_\b._\b3 _\bR_\be_\ba_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl _\b- _\bT_\bh_\be _\bI_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bP_\ba_\bg_\be_\br
- +\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
+ Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
+ in Mutt-ng. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is called
+ the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display of the message contents.
+ This is called the ``pager.''
- +\bo index (match _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn in the message index)
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 4
- +\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a
- menu)
+ The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.
- +\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the
- pager)
+ _\b2_\b._\b3_\b._\b1 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bI_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx
- +\bo message (informational messages)
+ c change to a different mailbox
+ ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
+ C copy the current message to another mailbox
+ ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
+ ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
+ D delete messages matching a pattern
+ d delete the current message
+ F mark as important
+ l show messages matching a pattern
+ N mark message as new
+ o change the current sort method
+ O reverse sort the mailbox
+ q save changes and exit
+ s save-message
+ T tag messages matching a pattern
+ t toggle the tag on a message
+ ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
+ U undelete messages matching a pattern
+ u undelete-message
+ v view-attachments
+ x abort changes and exit
+ <Return> display-message
+ <Tab> jump to the next new message
+ @ show the author's full e-mail address
+ $ save changes to mailbox
+ / search
+ ESC / search-reverse
+ ^L clear and redraw the screen
+ ^T untag messages matching a pattern
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b._\b1 _\bS_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs _\bF_\bl_\ba_\bg_\bs
+
+ In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
+ disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
+ of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
+
+ D
+ message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
+
+ d
+ message have attachments marked for deletion
+
+ K
+ contains a PGP public key
+
+ N
+ message is new
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 5
+
+ O
+ message is old
+
+ P
+ message is PGP encrypted
+
+ r
+ message has been replied to
+
+ S
+ message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
+
+ s
+ message is signed
+
+ !
+ message is flagged
+
+ *
+ message is tagged
+
+ Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
+
+ +\bo s\bse\bet\bt-\b-f\bfl\bla\bag\bg (default: w)
+
+ +\bo c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br-\b-f\bfl\bla\bag\bg (default: W)
+
+ Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed to. They
+ can be customized with the _\b$_\bt_\bo_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs (section 6.3.313 , page 141) variable.
+
+ +
+ message is to you and you only
+
+ T
+ message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
+
+ C
+ message is cc'ed to you
+
+ F
+ message is from you
+
+ L
+ message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b3_\b._\b2 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bP_\ba_\bg_\be_\br
+
+ By default, Mutt-ng uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
+ The pager is very similar to the Unix program _\bl_\be_\bs_\bs though not nearly as fea-
+ tureful.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 6
+
+ <Return> go down one line
+ <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
+ - go back to the previous page
+ n search for next match
+ S skip beyond quoted text
+ T toggle display of quoted text
+ ? show key bindings
+ / search for a regular expression (pattern)
+ ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+ \ toggle search pattern coloring
+ ^ jump to the top of the message
+
+ In addition, many of the functions from the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx are available in the pager,
+ such as _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be or _\bc_\bo_\bp_\by_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be (this is one advantage over using an
+ external pager to view messages).
+
+ Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
+ will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for bold and under-
+ line. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (^H), the
+ letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline.
+ Mutt-ng will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
+ your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br
+ (section 3.7 , page 21) objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
- +\bo normal
+ Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for charac-
+ ter attributes. Mutt-ng translates them into the correct color and character
+ settings. The sequences Mutt-ng supports are:
- +\bo quoted (text matching ``$quote_regexp'' in the body of a message)
+ ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
+ where Ps =
+ 0 All Attributes Off
+ 1 Bold on
+ 4 Underline on
+ 5 Blink on
+ 7 Reverse video on
+ 3x Foreground color is x
+ 4x Background color is x
- +\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN\bN (higher levels of quoting)
+ Colors are
+ 0 black
+ 1 red
+ 2 green
+ 3 yellow
+ 4 blue
+ 5 magenta
+ 6 cyan
+ 7 white
+
+ Mutt-ng uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
+ also be used by an external _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) script for high-
+ lighting purposes. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you change the colors for your display, for
- +\bo search (hiliting of words in the pager)
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 7
+
+ example by changing the color associated with color2 for your xterm, then that
+ color will be used instead of green.
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b3_\b._\b3 _\bT_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\bd _\bM_\bo_\bd_\be
- +\bo signature
+ When the mailbox is _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\be_\bd (section 6.3.285 , page 133) by _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs, there are
+ a few additional functions available in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx and _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br modes.
- +\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or
- message)
+ ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
+ ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
+ ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
+ ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
+ ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
+ ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
+ ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
+ ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
+ ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
+ ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
+ ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
+ ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
+ ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
+ P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and
+ hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you
+ can only see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (sec-
+ tion 6.3.112 , page 91). For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in
+ _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) to optionally display the number of
+ hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
+
+ See also: _\b$_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs (section 6.3.302 , page 139).
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b3_\b._\b4 _\bM_\bi_\bs_\bc_\be_\bl_\bl_\ba_\bn_\be_\bo_\bu_\bs _\bF_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs
+
+ c\bcr\bre\bea\bat\bte\be-\b-a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs
+ (default: a)
+
+ Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new one).
+ Once editing is complete, an _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) command is added to
+ the file specified by the _\b$_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) variable for
+ future use. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Specifying an _\b$_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) does not
+ add the aliases specified there-in, you must also _\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be (section 3.26 , page
+ 32) the file.
+
+ c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk-\b-t\btr\bra\bad\bdi\bit\bti\bio\bon\bna\bal\bl-\b-p\bpg\bgp\bp
+ (default: ESC P)
+
+ This function will search the current message for content signed or encrypted
+ with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME tagging. Techni-
+ cally, this function will temporarily change the MIME content types of the body
+ parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be (section 2.3.4 ,
+ page 8) function's effect.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 8
+
+ d\bdi\bis\bsp\bpl\bla\bay\by-\b-t\bto\bog\bgg\bgl\ble\be-\b-w\bwe\bee\bed\bd
+ (default: h)
+
+ Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by _\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\be (section
+ 3.8 , page 23) commands.
+
+ e\bed\bdi\bit\bt
+ (default: e)
+
+ This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to edit the
+ raw current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have fin-
+ ished editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
+ the original message will be marked for deletion.
- +\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
+ e\bed\bdi\bit\bt-\b-t\bty\byp\bpe\be
+
+ (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on
+ the compose menu)
+
+ This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to fix,
+ for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the index or
+ from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's
+ content type. On the _\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu (section 5.1.2 , page 53), you can
+ change any attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
+ lost upon changing folders.
- +\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
+ Note that this command is also available on the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu (section 5.1.3 ,
+ page 53). There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
+ going to send.
+
+ e\ben\bnt\bte\ber\br-\b-c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ (default: ``:'')
+
+ This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a config-
+ uration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or in con-
+ junction with _\bm_\ba_\bc_\br_\bo_\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) to change settings on the fly.
- +\bo underline (hiliting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
+ e\bex\bxt\btr\bra\bac\bct\bt-\b-k\bke\bey\bys\bs
+ (default: ^K)
+
+ This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s) and
+ adds them to your PGP public key ring.
+
+ f\bfo\bor\brg\bge\bet\bt-\b-p\bpa\bas\bss\bsp\bph\bhr\bra\bas\bse\be
+ (default: ^F)
+
+ This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you mis-
+ spelled the passphrase.
+
+ l\bli\bis\bst\bt-\b-r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by
+ (default: L)
+
+ Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 9
+
+ match the regular expressions given by the _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs _\bo_\br _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be (section 3.10 ,
+ page 24) commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
+ _\b$_\bh_\bo_\bn_\bo_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo (section 6.3.91 , page 86) configuration variable is set.
+ Using this when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid dupli-
+ cate copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
+
+ p\bpi\bip\bpe\be-\b-m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be
+ (default: |)
+
+ Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message(s) to
+ it. The variables _\b$_\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.192 , page 112), _\b$_\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bs_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bt
+ (section 6.3.194 , page 112), _\b$_\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bs_\be_\bp (section 6.3.193 , page 112) and
+ _\b$_\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) control the exact behavior of this
+ function.
+
+ r\bre\bes\bse\ben\bnd\bd-\b-m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be
+ (default: ESC e)
+
+ With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a new
+ message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders".
+ It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the orig-
+ inal mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
+ the value of the _\b$_\bw_\be_\be_\bd (section 6.3.326 , page 144) variable.
+
+ This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this to
+ easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a mes-
+ sage/rfc822 body part.
+
+ s\bsh\bhe\bel\bll\bl-\b-e\bes\bsc\bca\bap\bpe\be
+ (default: !)
+
+ Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The _\b$_\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by (section
+ 6.3.325 , page 144) can be used to control whether Mutt-ng will wait for a key
+ to be pressed when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the
+ output of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
+
+ t\bto\bog\bgg\bgl\ble\be-\b-q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd
+ (default: T)
+
+ The _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br uses the _\b$_\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118) variable to
+ detect quoted text when displaying the body of the message. This function tog-
+ gles the display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
+ useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
+ quoted text in the way.
+
+ s\bsk\bki\bip\bp-\b-q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd
+ (default: S)
+
+ This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come after a
+ line of quoted text in the internal pager.
- _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd and _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd can be one of the following:
+ _\b2_\b._\b4 _\bS_\be_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl
- +\bo white
+ The following bindings are available in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx for sending messages.
- +\bo black
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 10
- +\bo green
+ m compose compose a new message
+ r reply reply to sender
+ g group-reply reply to all recipients
+ L list-reply reply to mailing list address
+ f forward forward message
+ b bounce bounce (remail) message
+ ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
- +\bo magenta
+ Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you specify. For-
+ warding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are for-
+ warding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next chapter
+ _\b`_\b`_\bF_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bB_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b'_\b' (section 2.5 , page 13).
- +\bo blue
+ Mutt-ng will then enter the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu and prompt you for the recipients to
+ place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask you for the ``Subject:''
+ field for the message, providing a default if you are replying to or forwarding
+ a message. See also _\b$_\ba_\bs_\bk_\bc_\bc (section 6.3.12 , page 67), _\b$_\ba_\bs_\bk_\bb_\bc_\bc (section
+ 6.3.11 , page 67), _\b$_\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt (section 6.3.19 , page 69), _\b$_\bb_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bc_\be (section
+ 6.3.22 , page 70), and _\b$_\bf_\ba_\bs_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by (section 6.3.61 , page 78) for changing
+ how Mutt asks these questions.
- +\bo cyan
+ Mutt will then automatically start your _\b$_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br (section 6.3.57 , page 77) on
+ the message body. If the _\b$_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable is
+ set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any mes-
+ sages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
+ appropriate _\b$_\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (section
+ 6.3.111 , page 90) and _\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (section 6.3.204 , page 115).
+ When forwarding a message, if the _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)
+ variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you
+ have specified a _\b$_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bu_\br_\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126), it will be appended
+ to the message.
+
+ Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
+ to the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu. The following options are available:
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 11
+
+ a attach-file attach a file
+ A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
+ ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
+ d edit-description edit description on attachment
+ D detach-file detach a file
+ t edit-to edit the To field
+ ESC f edit-from edit the From field
+ r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
+ c edit-cc edit the Cc field
+ b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
+ y send-message send the message
+ s edit-subject edit the Subject
+ S smime-menu select S/MIME options
+ f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
+ p pgp-menu select PGP options
+ P postpone-message postpone this message until later
+ q quit quit (abort) sending the message
+ w write-fcc write the message to a folder
+ i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
+ ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to attach mes-
+ sages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they will be attached
+ to the message you are sending. Note that certain operations like composing a
+ new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted when you are in that
+ folder. The %r in _\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137) will change to a
+ 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b4_\b._\b1 _\bE_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\be _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br
+
+ When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of special
+ features available.
+
+ If you specify
+
+ Fcc: _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Mutt will pick up _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be just as if you had used the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-_\bf_\bc_\bc function in the
+ _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu.
+
+ You can also attach files to your message by specifying
+
+ Attach: _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
+
+ where _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is the file to attach and _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn is an optional string to
+ use as the description of the attached file.
+
+ When replying to messages, if you remove the _\bI_\bn_\b-_\bR_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b-_\bT_\bo_\b: field from the header
+ field, Mutt will not generate a _\bR_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\bs_\b: field, which allows you to create a
+ new message thread.
+
+ Also see _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77).
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 12
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b4_\b._\b2 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt _\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh _\bP_\bG_\bP
+
+ If you want to use PGP, you can specify
+
+ Pgp: [ E | S | S_\b<_\bi_\bd_\b> ]
+
+ ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting
+ _\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\ba_\bs (section 6.3.184 , page 110) permanently.
+
+ If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you through a key
+ selection process when you try to send the message. Mutt will not ask you any
+ questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching one of the message
+ recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations in which there
+ are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys
+ can be found.
+
+ In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
+ can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find any matching keys,
+ you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt using
+ ^G. When you do so, mutt will return to the compose screen.
+
+ Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
+ encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
+
+ Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also _\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\b-
+ _\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.171 , page 107)) have obvious meanings. But some explana-
+ tions on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
+
+ The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
+
+ R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
+ X The key is expired and can't be used.
+ d You have marked the key as disabled.
+ c There are unknown critical self-signature
+ packets.
+
+ The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence representing a
+ key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption capabili-
+ ties: A minus sign (-\b-) means that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot
+ (.\b.) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
+ also be used for encryption. The letter e\be indicates that this key can be used
+ for encryption.
+
+ The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a
+ ``-\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.\b.'' implies that the key is marked as an
+ encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s\bs'' denotes a key which can be
+ used for signing.
+
+ Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
+ question mark (?\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (-\b-) marks an
+ untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted association,
+ and a plus character (+\b+) indicates complete validity.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 13
- +\bo yellow
+ _\b2_\b._\b4_\b._\b3 _\bS_\be_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba_\bn_\bo_\bn_\by_\bm_\bo_\bu_\bs _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\bs _\bv_\bi_\ba _\bm_\bi_\bx_\bm_\ba_\bs_\bt_\be_\br_\b.
- +\bo red
+ You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
+ remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a
+ chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for mixmaster version 2.04
+ (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03. It does not support earlier ver-
+ sions or the later so-called version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be
+ called 2.9b23.
- +\bo default
+ To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you can-
+ not use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster, you have to
+ select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.
- +\bo color_\bx
+ The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
+ part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
+ currently selected chain of remailers.
- _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make
- the foreground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
+ You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next functions,
+ which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h and l keys
+ (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain posi-
+ tion, use the insert function. To append a remailer behind the current chain
+ position, use select-entry or append. You can also delete entries from the
+ chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes,
+ leave the menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
- If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt can be used
- as a transparent color. The value _\bb_\br_\bi_\bg_\bh_\bt_\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt is also valid. If
- Mutt is linked against the _\bS_\b-_\bL_\ba_\bn_\bg library, you also need to set the
- _\bC_\bO_\bL_\bO_\bR_\bF_\bG_\bB_\bG environment variable to the default colors of your terminal
- for this to work; for example (for Bourne-like shells):
+ Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
+ %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bx_\b__\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.143 ,
+ page 99)). Most important is the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a cap-
+ ital ``M'': This means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the
+ final element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other mixmaster
+ remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please have a look at the
+ mixmaster documentation.
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b5 _\bF_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bB_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl
+
+ Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
+ specify. Bouncing a message uses the _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)
+ command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
+ original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to
+ modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own com-
+ ments).
+
+ The following keys are bound by default:
+
+ f forward forward message
+ b bounce bounce (remail) message
+
+ Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
+ body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
+ depending on the value of the _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98) vari-
+ able. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be controlled by the
+ _\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81) and _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 14
+
+ 6.3.140 , page 99) variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
+ depend on the content, therefore _\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd is a quadoption which, for exam-
+ ple, can be set to ``ask-no''.
+
+ The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the _\b$_\bw_\be_\be_\bd
+ (section 6.3.326 , page 144) variable, unless _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 ,
+ page 98) is set.
+
+ Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or reply-
+ ing to a message does.
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b6 _\bP_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl
+
+ At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
+ to compose. When the _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be function is used in the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu,
+ the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
+ the _\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd (section 6.3.207 , page 115) variable. This means that you can
+ recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then restart it at a later time.
+
+ Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
+ command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be a new message
+ from the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx or _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
+ multiple messages are currently postponed, the _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd menu will pop up and
+ you can select which message you would like to resume.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is
+ only updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must
+ be in the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the
+ message to be updated.
+
+ See also the _\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115) quad-option.
+
+ _\b2_\b._\b7 _\bR_\be_\ba_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bn_\be_\bw_\bs _\bv_\bi_\ba _\bN_\bN_\bT_\bP
+
+ If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from newsserver
+ via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-newsgroup''
+ (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from _\bN_\bN_\bT_\bP_\bS_\bE_\bR_\bV_\bE_\bR environment
+ variable. Like other news readers, info about subscribed newsgroups is saved
+ in file by _\b$_\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\br_\bc (section 6.3.150 , page 102) variable. Article headers are
+ cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup entered instead loading from
+ newsserver.
- set COLORFGBG="green;black"
- export COLORFGBG
+ _\b3_\b. _\bC_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The _\bS_\b-_\bL_\ba_\bn_\bg library requires you to use the _\bl_\bi_\bg_\bh_\bt_\bg_\br_\ba_\by and _\bb_\br_\bo_\bw_\bn
- keywords instead of _\bw_\bh_\bi_\bt_\be and _\by_\be_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw when setting this variable.
+ While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng usable right
+ out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to suit your own tastes.
+ When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt to read the ``system'' configu-
+ ration file (defaults set by your local system administrator), unless the
+ ``-n'' _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd _\bl_\bi_\bn_\be (section 6.1 , page 62) option is specified. This file is
+ typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng users will
+ find this file in /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc. Mutt will
+ next look for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng will look
+ for .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It
- removes entries from the list. You m\bmu\bus\bst\bt specify the same pattern
- specified in the color command for it to be removed. The pattern
- ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the color index list of
- all entries.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 15
- Mutt also recognizes the keywords _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b0, _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b1, ..., _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\brN\bN-\b-1\b1 (N\bN
- being the number of colors supported by your terminal). This is
- useful when you remap the colors for your display (for example by
- changing the color associated with _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b2 for your xterm), since color
- names may then lose their normal meaning.
+ subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .muttng/muttngrc.
- If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change
- the video attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
+ .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually place
+ your _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bs (section 6.2 , page 62) to configure Mutt.
- Usage: mono _\b<_\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt_\b> _\b<_\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be_\b> [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- Usage: mono index _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- Usage: unmono index _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are parsed
+ instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if your system
+ has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system configuration directory, and you are run-
+ ning version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc
+ file. The same is true of the user configuration file, if you have a file
+ .muttrc-0.88.6 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it
+ will source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version number
+ is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd _\bl_\bi_\bn_\be (section 6.1 , page
+ 62) switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
- where _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be is one of the following:
+ _\b3_\b._\b1 _\bS_\by_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bx _\bo_\bf _\bI_\bn_\bi_\bt_\bi_\ba_\bl_\bi_\bz_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bF_\bi_\bl_\be_\bs
- +\bo none
+ An initialization file consists of a series of _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bs (section 6.2 , page
+ 62). Each line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
+ commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
- +\bo bold
+ set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
- +\bo underline
+ The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You
+ can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
+ character to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
- +\bo reverse
+ my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
- +\bo standout
+ Single quotes (') and double quotes (') can be used to quote strings which con-
+ tain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two types
+ of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that a sin-
+ gle quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted for
+ shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double
+ quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example, backtics
+ are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n\bno\bot\bt for single quotes.
- 3\b3.\b.8\b8.\b. I\bIg\bgn\bno\bor\bri\bin\bng\bg (\b(w\bwe\bee\bed\bdi\bin\bng\bg)\b) u\bun\bnw\bwa\ban\bnt\bte\bed\bd m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\brs\bs
+ \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For exam-
+ ple, if want to put quotes ``''' inside of a string, you can use ``\'' to force
+ the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.
- Usage: [un]ignore _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
- Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing
- systems, or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This
- command allows you to specify header fields which you don't normally
- want to see.
+ ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and ``\r'' have
+ their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.
- You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example,
- ``ignore content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the
- pattern ``content-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
+ A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines,
+ provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of command names.
- To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore''
- command. The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with
- the given pattern. For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is
- possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
+ Please note that, unlike the various shells, mutt-ng interprets a ``\'' at the
- ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 16
- For example:
+ end of a line also in comments. This allows you to disable a command split over
+ multiple lines with only one ``#''.
- # Sven's draconian header weeding
- ignore *
- unignore from date subject to cc
- unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
- unignore posted-to:
+ # folder-hook . \
+ set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
- 3\b3.\b.9\b9.\b. A\bAl\blt\bte\ber\brn\bna\bat\bti\biv\bve\be a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bse\bes\bs
+ When testing your config files, beware the following caveat. The backslash at
+ the end of the commented line extends the current line with the next line -
+ then referred to as a ``continuation line''. As the first line is commented
+ with a hash (#) all following continuation lines are also part of a comment and
+ therefore are ignored, too. So take care of comments when continuation lines
+ are involved within your setup files!
- Usage: [un]alternates _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ Abstract example:
- With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently,
- depending on whether you sent them or whether you received them from
- someone else. For instance, when replying to a message that you sent
- to a different party, mutt will automatically suggest to send the
- response to the original message's recipients -- responding to
- yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See ``$reply_to''.)
+ line1\
+ line2a # line2b\
+ line3\
+ line4
+ line5
- Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To
- fully use mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize
- what e-mail addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of
- the alternates command: It takes a list of regular expressions, each
- of which can identify an address under which you receive e-mail.
+ line1 ``continues'' until line4. however, the part after the # is a comment
+ which includes line3 and line4. line5 is a new line of its own and thus is
+ interpreted again.
- The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates
- patterns. If an address matches something in an alternates command,
- but you nonetheless do not think it is from you, you can list a more
- precise pattern under an unalternates command.
+ It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an initial-
+ ization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backquotes
+ (``). For example,
- To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the
- unalternates command with exactly the same _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. Likewise, if the
- _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp for a alternates command matches an entry on the unalternates
- list, that unalternates entry will be removed. If the _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp for
- unalternates is ``*'', _\ba_\bl_\bl _\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\bi_\be_\bs on alternates will be removed.
+ my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
- 3\b3.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. M\bMa\bai\bil\bli\bin\bng\bg l\bli\bis\bst\bts\bs
+ The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the line
+ is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only the
+ first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
- Usage: [un]lists _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- Usage: [un]subscribe _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells like sh and
+ bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For example,
- Mutt has a few nice features for ``handling mailing lists''. In order
- to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses belong to
- mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
- you have done this, the ``list-reply'' function will work for all
- known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
- list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users'
- mail user agents not to send copies of replies to your personal
- address. Note that the Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard
- extension which is not supported by all mail user agents. Adding it
- is not bullet-proof against receiving personal CCs of list messages.
- Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To header is
- controlled by the ``$followup_to'' configuration variable.
+ set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
- More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of
- known and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is
- known. To mark a mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To
- mark it as subscribed, use ``subscribe''.
+ The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
+ complete list, see the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd _\br_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be (section 6.2 , page 62).
- You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all
- messages sent to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug
- tracking system as list mail, for instance, you could say ``subscribe
- [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's sufficient to just give a portion
- of the list's e-mail address.
+ _\b3_\b._\b2 _\bD_\be_\bf_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b/_\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\be_\bs
- Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity.
- For example, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will
- receive mail addresssed to _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b-_\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bs_\b@_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b._\bo_\br_\bg. So, to tell Mutt that
- this is a mailing list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your
- initialization file. To tell mutt that you are subscribed to it, add
- ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your initialization file instead. If you
- also happen to get mail from someone whose address is _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b-
- _\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bs_\b@_\be_\bx_\ba_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be_\b._\bc_\bo_\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' or
- ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail from the actual
- list.
+ Usage: alias _\bk_\be_\by _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ , _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs, ... ]
- The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
- known and subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all
- tokens.
+ It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
- To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists,
- but keep it on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 17
- 3\b3.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg M\bMu\bul\blt\bti\bip\bpl\ble\be s\bsp\bpo\boo\bol\bl m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bxe\bes\bs
+ are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create ``aliases'' which map a
+ short string to a full address.
- Usage: mbox-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more than one
+ address), you m\bmu\bus\bst\bt separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
- This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to
- a different mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders.
- _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a
- ``spool'' mailbox and _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx specifies where mail should be saved
- when read.
+ To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
- Unlike some of the other _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk commands, only the _\bf_\bi_\br_\bs_\bt matching
- pattern is used (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a
- single mailbox).
+ unalias [ * | _\bk_\be_\by _\b._\b._\b. ]
- 3\b3.\b.1\b12\b2.\b. D\bDe\bef\bfi\bin\bni\bin\bng\bg m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bxe\bes\bs w\bwh\bhi\bic\bch\bh r\bre\bec\bce\bei\biv\bve\be m\bma\bai\bil\bl
+ alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
+ alias theguys manny, moe, jack
- Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
+ Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a special
+ file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as long
+ as this file is _\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be_\bd (section 3.26 , page 32). Consequently, you can have
+ multiple alias files, or you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
- This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will
- be checked for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar
- displays how many of these folders have new messages.
+ On the other hand, the _\bc_\br_\be_\ba_\bt_\be_\b-_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs (section 2.3.4 , page 7) function can use
+ only one file, the one pointed to by the _\b$_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65)
+ variable (which is ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in
+ the sense that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
+ the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly _\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be (section 3.26 ,
+ page 32) this file too.
- When changing folders, pressing _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bc_\be will cycle through folders with
- new mail.
+ For example:
- Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the
- files specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain
- new messages. Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked
- from the command line with the -y option.
+ source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
+ source ~/.mail_aliases
+ set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
- The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
- folders which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all
- tokens.
+ To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
+ prompts for addresses, such as the _\bT_\bo_\b: or _\bC_\bc_\b: prompt. You can also enter
+ aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the _\b$_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
+ (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable set.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to
- the last access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program
- which accesses the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail
- for that mailbox if they do not properly reset the access time.
- Backup tools are another common reason for updated access times.
+ In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
+ expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches, mutt
+ will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be presented with
+ the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial alias, such as at
+ the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the
- command is executed, so if these names contain ``shortcut characters''
- (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these
- characters (like ``$folder'' and ``$spoolfile'') should be executed
- before the mailboxes command.
+ In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the _\bs_\be_\bl_\be_\bc_\bt_\b-
+ _\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by key (default: RET), and use the _\be_\bx_\bi_\bt key (default: q) to return to the
+ address prompt.
- 3\b3.\b.1\b13\b3.\b. U\bUs\bse\ber\br d\bde\bef\bfi\bin\bne\bed\bd h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\brs\bs
+ _\b3_\b._\b3 _\bC_\bh_\ba_\bn_\bg_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\be _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bk_\be_\by _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs
- Usage:
- my_hdr _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- unmy_hdr _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd [ _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd ... ]
+ Usage: bind _\bm_\ba_\bp _\bk_\be_\by _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields
- which will be added to every message you send.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 18
- For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header
- field to all of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
+ This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
+ when pressing a key).
- my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
+ _\bm_\ba_\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be speci-
+ fied by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed). The
+ currently defined maps are:
- in your .muttrc.
+ generic
+ This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the
+ other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not
+ defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to use in
+ this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain function in
+ multiple menus instead of having multiple bind statements to accom-
+ plish the same task.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: space characters are _\bn_\bo_\bt allowed between the keyword and the
- colon (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that
- space is illegal there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
+ alias
+ The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in
+ your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full
+ email address(es) of the recipient(s).
- If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you
- should either set the ``edit_headers'' variable, or use the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-
- _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can
- edit the header of your message along with the body.
+ attach
+ The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received
+ messages.
- To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command.
- You may specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or
- the fields to remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc''
- header fields, you could use:
+ browser
+ The browser is used for both browsing the local directory struc-
+ ture, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
- unmy_hdr to cc
+ editor
+ The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
- 3\b3.\b.1\b14\b4.\b. D\bDe\bef\bfi\bin\bni\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhe\be o\bor\brd\bde\ber\br o\bof\bf h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\brs\bs w\bwh\bhe\ben\bn v\bvi\bie\bew\bwi\bin\bng\bg m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\bes\bs
+ index
+ The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
- Usage: hdr_order _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b1 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b2 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b3
+ compose
+ The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
- With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt
- to present headers to you when viewing messages.
+ pager
+ The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and
+ help listings.
- ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list,
- thus removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup
- file.
+ pgp
+ The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting
+ outgoing messages.
- hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
+ postpone
+ The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
+ recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
- 3\b3.\b.1\b15\b5.\b. S\bSp\bpe\bec\bci\bif\bfy\by d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt s\bsa\bav\bve\be f\bfi\bil\ble\ben\bna\bam\bme\be
+ _\bk_\be_\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control char-
+ acter, use the sequence _\b\_\bC_\bx, where _\bx is the letter of the control character
+ (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca''). Note that the case of _\bx as
- Usage: save-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 19
- This command is used to override the default filename used when saving
- messages. _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be will be used as the default filename if the
- message is _\bF_\br_\bo_\bm_\b: an address matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp or if you are the author
- and the message is addressed _\bt_\bo_\b: something matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp.
+ well as _\b\_\bC is ignored, so that _\b\_\bC_\bA, _\b\_\bC_\ba, _\b\_\bc_\bA and _\b\_\bc_\ba are all equivalent. An
+ alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
+ with a ``\'' (for example _\b\_\b1_\b7_\b7 is equivalent to _\b\_\bc_\b?).
+
+ In addition, _\bk_\be_\by may consist of:
- See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
- of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
+ \t tab
+ <tab> tab
+ \r carriage return
+ \n newline
+ \e escape
+ <esc> escape
+ <up> up arrow
+ <down> down arrow
+ <left> left arrow
+ <right> right arrow
+ <pageup> Page Up
+ <pagedown> Page Down
+ <backspace> Backspace
+ <delete> Delete
+ <insert> Insert
+ <enter> Enter
+ <return> Return
+ <home> Home
+ <end> End
+ <space> Space bar
+ <f1> function key 1
+ <f10> function key 10
- Examples:
+ _\bk_\be_\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (`` '').
- save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
- save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
+ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn specifies which action to take when _\bk_\be_\by is pressed. For a complete
+ list of functions, see the _\br_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be (section 6.4 , page 146). The special
+ function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
- Also see the ``fcc-save-hook'' command.
+ _\b3_\b._\b4 _\bD_\be_\bf_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\be_\bs _\bf_\bo_\br _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\ba_\bc_\bt_\be_\br _\bs_\be_\bt_\bs
- 3\b3.\b.1\b16\b6.\b. S\bSp\bpe\bec\bci\bif\bfy\by d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt F\bFc\bcc\bc:\b: m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx w\bwh\bhe\ben\bn c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bsi\bin\bng\bg
+ Usage: charset-hook _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Usage: fcc-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ Usage: iconv-hook _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\b-_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than
- ``$record''. Mutt searches the initial list of message recipients for
- the first matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp and uses _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx as the default Fcc:
- mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to
- ``$record'' mailbox.
+ The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
+ to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
+ known to mutt.
- See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
- of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
+ The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set.
+ This is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
+ strange, system-specific names for character sets.
- Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
+ _\b3_\b._\b5 _\bS_\be_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\bs _\bb_\ba_\bs_\be_\bd _\bu_\bp_\bo_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain
- to the `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the ``fcc-save-hook''
- command.
+ Usage: folder-hook [!]_\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- 3\b3.\b.1\b17\b7.\b. S\bSp\bpe\bec\bci\bif\bfy\by d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt s\bsa\bav\bve\be f\bfi\bil\ble\ben\bna\bam\bme\be a\ban\bnd\bd d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt F\bFc\bcc\bc:\b: m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx a\bat\bt o\bon\bnc\bce\be
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 20
- Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are read-
+ ing. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
+ configuration command. _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp is a regular expression specifying in which
+ mailboxes to execute _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple
+ folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the muttrc.
- This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a ``fcc-hook''
- and a ``save-hook'' with its arguments.
- 3\b3.\b.1\b18\b8.\b. C\bCh\bha\ban\bng\bge\be s\bse\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bgs\bs b\bba\bas\bse\bed\bd u\bup\bpo\bon\bn m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be r\bre\bec\bci\bip\bpi\bie\ben\bnt\bts\bs
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for _\b$_\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.291 , page
+ 135) at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or
+ single quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _\bn_\bo_\bt operator for the
+ expression.
- Usage: reply-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Usage: send-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Usage: send2-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ Note that the settings are _\bn_\bo_\bt restored when you leave the mailbox. For exam-
+ ple, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the
+ mailbox being read:
- These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
- based upon recipients of the message. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a regular expression
- matching the desired address. _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is executed when _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp matches
- recipients of the message.
+ folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
- reply-hook is matched against the message you are _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bi_\bn_\bg t\bto\bo, instead
- of the message you are _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg. send-hook is matched against all
- messages, both _\bn_\be_\bw and _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\bi_\be_\bs. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: reply-hooks are matched b\bbe\bef\bfo\bor\bre\be
- the send-hook, r\bre\beg\bga\bar\brd\bdl\ble\bes\bss\bs of the order specified in the users's
- configuration file.
+ However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
+ a different mailbox. To specify a _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt command, use the pattern ``.'':
- send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by
- editing it, or by using the compose menu to change its recipients or
- subject. send2-hook is executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be
- used to set parameters such as the ``$sendmail'' variable depending on
- the message's sender address.
+ folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
- For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur,
- commands are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc
- (for that type of hook).
+ _\b3_\b._\b6 _\bK_\be_\by_\bb_\bo_\ba_\br_\bd _\bm_\ba_\bc_\br_\bo_\bs
- See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
- of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
+ Usage: macro _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu _\bk_\be_\by _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
- Example: send-hook mutt "set mime_forward signature=''"
+ Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
+ actions. When you press _\bk_\be_\by in menu _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, Mutt will behave as if you had typed
+ _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can cre-
+ ate a macro to execute those commands with a single key.
- Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the
- ``$attribution'', ``$signature'' and ``$locale'' variables in order to
- change the language of the attributions and signatures based upon the
- recipients.
+ _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu is the _\bm_\ba_\bp (section 3.3 , page 17) which the macro will be bound. Multi-
+ ple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
+ Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the commas sepa-
+ rating them.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial
- list of recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the
- message will NOT cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that
- my_hdr commands which modify recipient headers, or the message's
- subject, don't have any effect on the current message when executed
- from a send-hook.
+ _\bk_\be_\by and _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be are expanded by the same rules as the _\bk_\be_\by _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs (section
+ 3.3 , page 17). There are some additions however. The first is that control
+ characters in _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be can also be specified as _\b^_\bx. In order to get a caret
+ (`^'') you need to use _\b^_\b^. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as _\bu_\bp or to
+ invoke a function directly, you can use the format _\b<_\bk_\be_\by _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b> and _\b<_\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
+ _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b>. For a listing of key names see the section on _\bk_\be_\by _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs (section
+ 3.3 , page 17). Functions are listed in the _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\br_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be (section
+ 6.4 , page 146).
- 3\b3.\b.1\b19\b9.\b. C\bCh\bha\ban\bng\bge\be s\bse\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bgs\bs b\bbe\bef\bfo\bor\bre\be f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg a\ba m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be
+ The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
+ regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
+ having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
+ and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
+ (eg. the system Muttrc).
- Usage: message-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 21
- This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
- before viewing or formatting a message based upon information about
- the message. _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is executed if the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn matches the message
- to be displayed. When multiple matches occur, commands are executed in
- the order they are specified in the muttrc.
+ Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be, which is shown in
+ the help screens.
- See ``Message Matching in Hooks'' for information on the exact format
- of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently
+ truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
- Example:
+ _\b3_\b._\b7 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bm_\bo_\bn_\bo _\bv_\bi_\bd_\be_\bo _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be_\bs
- message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
- message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
+ Usage: color _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- 3\b3.\b.2\b20\b0.\b. C\bCh\bho\boo\bos\bsi\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhe\be c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bto\bog\bgr\bra\bap\bph\bhi\bic\bc k\bke\bey\by o\bof\bf t\bth\bhe\be r\bre\bec\bci\bip\bpi\bie\ben\bnt\bt
+ Usage: color index _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- Usage: crypt-hook _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bk_\be_\by_\bi_\bd
+ Usage: uncolor index _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to
- associate a certain key with a given e-mail address automatically,
- either because the recipient's public key can't be deduced from the
- destination address, or because, for some reasons, you need to
- override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-hook command
- provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public key to
- be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
-
- The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You
- can either put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even
- just a real name.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b21\b1.\b. A\bAd\bdd\bdi\bin\bng\bg k\bke\bey\by s\bse\beq\bqu\bue\ben\bnc\bce\bes\bs t\bto\bo t\bth\bhe\be k\bke\bey\byb\bbo\boa\bar\brd\bd b\bbu\buf\bff\bfe\ber\br
-
- Usage: push _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
-
- This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string
- may contain control characters, key names and function names like the
- sequence string in the ``macro'' command. You may use it to
- automatically run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering
- certain folders.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b22\b2.\b. E\bEx\bxe\bec\bcu\but\bti\bin\bng\bg f\bfu\bun\bnc\bct\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs
-
- Usage: exec _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn [ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ... ]
-
- This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed
- in the ``function reference''. ``exec function'' is equivalent to
- ``push <function>''.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b23\b3.\b. M\bMe\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be S\bSc\bco\bor\bri\bin\bng\bg
-
- Usage: score _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be
- Usage: unscore _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
-
- The score commands adds _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be to a message's score if _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn matches
- it. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a string in the format described in the ``patterns''
- section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information
- not available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used).
- _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be is a positive or negative integer. A message's final score is
- the sum total of all matching score entries. However, you may
- optionally prefix _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be with an equal sign (=) to cause evaluation to
- stop at a particular entry if there is a match. Negative final scores
- are rounded up to 0.
-
- The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m\bmu\bus\bst\bt
- specify the same pattern specified in the score command for it to be
- removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means to clear
- the list of all score entries.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b24\b4.\b. S\bSp\bpa\bam\bm d\bde\bet\bte\bec\bct\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- Usage: spam _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- Usage: nospam _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
-
- Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By
- defining your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can
- _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt, _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh, and _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as
- determined by the external filter. You also can display the spam
- attributes in your index display using the %H selector in the
- ``$index_format'' variable. (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags
- only when they are defined for a given message.)
-
- Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns
- using the spam command. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn should be a regular expression that
- matches a header in a mail message. If any message in the mailbox
- matches this regular expression, it will receive a ``spam tag'' or
- ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a nospam pattern -- see
- below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up to you, and is
- governed by the _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt parameter. _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt can be any static text, but
- it also can include back-references from the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn expression. (A
- regular expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression
- contained within parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-
- reference in the regex, %2 with the second, etc.
-
- If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than
- one spam-related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter
- you use. If a message matches two or more of these patterns, and the
- $spam_separator variable is set to a string, then the message's spam
- tag will consist of all the _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt strings joined together, with the
- value of $spam_separator separating them.
-
- For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might
- define these spam settings:
-
- spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
- spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
- spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
- set spam_separator=", "
-
- If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits
- under the ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a
- 97% probability of being spam, that message's spam tag would read
- 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four characters before ``=many'' in a DCC
- report indicate the checksum used -- in this case, ``Fuz2''.)
-
- If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match
- supercedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt strings,
- you'll get only the last one to match.
-
- The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in
- the $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-
- matching expression matches against for _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh and _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt functions.
- And it's what sorting by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
-
- That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual
- environments will have only one spam filter. The simpler your
- configuration, the more effective mutt can be, especially when it
- comes to sorting.
-
- Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _\bl_\be_\bx_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bl_\bl_\by -- that
- is, by ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins
- with a number, mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only
- when two numbers are equal in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A
- message with no spam attributes at all -- that is, one that didn't
- match _\ba_\bn_\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at lowest priority.
- Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward. Finally,
- non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
- ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective
- when you can coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case
- you can't, mutt can still do something useful.
-
- The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns.
- If a header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you
- nonetheless do not want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more
- precise pattern under a nospam command.
-
- If the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn on
- an existing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry
- from the spam list, instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the
- _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn for a spam command matches an entry on the nospam list, that
- nospam entry will be removed. If the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn for nospam is ``*'', _\ba_\bl_\bl
- _\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\bi_\be_\bs _\bo_\bn _\bb_\bo_\bt_\bh _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs will be removed. This might be the default
- action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a folder-hook.
-
- You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can
- even do your own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example,
- if you consider all mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a
- spam command like this:
-
- spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b25\b5.\b. S\bSe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg v\bva\bar\bri\bia\bab\bbl\ble\bes\bs
-
- Usage: set [no|inv]_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be[=_\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be] [ _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- Usage: toggle _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- Usage: unset _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- Usage: reset _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
-
- This command is used to set (and unset) ``configuration variables''.
- There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
- quadoption. _\bb_\bo_\bo_\bl_\be_\ba_\bn variables can be _\bs_\be_\bt (true) or _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt (false).
- _\bn_\bu_\bm_\bb_\be_\br variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
-
- _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters.
- _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs.
- You may also use the ``C'' escape sequences \\b\n\bn and \\b\t\bt for newline and
- tab, respectively.
-
- _\bq_\bu_\ba_\bd_\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted
- for certain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _\by_\be_\bs
- will cause the action to be carried out automatically as if you had
- answered yes to the question. Similarly, a value of _\bn_\bo will cause the
- the action to be carried out as if you had answered ``no.'' A value
- of _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs will cause a prompt with a default answer of ``yes'' and
- _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
-
- Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set
- noaskbcc.
-
- For _\bb_\bo_\bo_\bl_\be_\ba_\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name
- with inv to toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing
- macros. Example: set invsmart_wrap.
-
- The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all
- specified variables.
-
- The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all
- specified variables.
- Using the enter-command function in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu, you can query the
- value of a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a
- question mark:
-
- set ?allow_8bit
-
- The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
- variables.
-
- The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time
- defaults (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command
- set and prefix the variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as
- the reset command.
-
- With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'',
- which allows you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b26\b6.\b. R\bRe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg i\bin\bni\bit\bti\bia\bal\bli\biz\bza\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bds\bs f\bfr\bro\bom\bm a\ban\bno\bot\bth\bhe\ber\br f\bfi\bil\ble\be
-
- Usage: source _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
-
- This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from
- other files. For example, I place all of my aliases in
- ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my ~/.muttrc readable and keep my
- aliases private.
-
- If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to
- the path of your home directory.
-
- If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is
- considered to be an executable program from which to read input (eg.
- source ~/bin/myscript|).
-
- 3\b3.\b.2\b27\b7.\b. R\bRe\bem\bmo\bov\bvi\bin\bng\bg h\bho\boo\bok\bks\bs
-
- Usage: unhook [ * | _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ]
-
- This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined.
- You can either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an
- argument, or you can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying
- something like unhook send-hook.
-
- 4\b4.\b. A\bAd\bdv\bva\ban\bnc\bce\bed\bd U\bUs\bsa\bag\bge\be
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b1.\b. R\bRe\beg\bgu\bul\bla\bar\br E\bEx\bxp\bpr\bre\bes\bss\bsi\bio\bon\bns\bs
-
- All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex
- ``patterns'' must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in
- the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used
- by egrep and GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a
- brief description of this syntax.
-
- The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one
- upper case letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\''
- must be quoted if used for a regular expression in an initialization
- command: ``\\''.
-
- A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings.
- Regular expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic
- expressions, by using various operators to combine smaller
- expressions.
-
- Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either "
- or ' which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space
- character. See ``Syntax of Initialization Files'' for more
- information on " and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal " or
- ' you must preface it with \ (backslash).
-
- The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match
- a single character. Most characters, including all letters and
- digits, are regular expressions that match themselves. Any
- metacharacter with special meaning may be quoted by preceding it with
- a backslash.
+ If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating your own
+ color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you must
+ specify both a foreground color a\ban\bnd\bd a background color (it is not possible to
+ only specify one or the other).
- The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and
- the dollar sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the
- empty string at the beginning and end of a line.
+ _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt can be one of:
- A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single
- character in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret
- ``^'' then it matches any character n\bno\bot\bt in the list. For example, the
- regular expression [\b[0\b01\b12\b23\b34\b45\b56\b67\b78\b89\b9]\b] matches any single digit. A range of
- ASCII characters may be specified by giving the first and last
- characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''. Most metacharacters lose
- their special meaning inside lists. To include a literal ``]'' place
- it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^'' place it
- anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
- it last.
+ +\bo attachment
- Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes
- consist of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The
- following classes are defined by the POSIX standard:
+ +\bo body (match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp in the body of messages)
- [\b[:\b:a\bal\bln\bnu\bum\bm:\b:]\b]
- Alphanumeric characters.
+ +\bo bold (highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages)
- [\b[:\b:a\bal\blp\bph\bha\ba:\b:]\b]
- Alphabetic characters.
+ +\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt)
- [\b[:\b:b\bbl\bla\ban\bnk\bk:\b:]\b]
- Space or tab characters.
+ +\bo header (match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp in the message header)
- [\b[:\b:c\bcn\bnt\btr\brl\bl:\b:]\b]
- Control characters.
+ +\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
- [\b[:\b:d\bdi\big\bgi\bit\bt:\b:]\b]
- Numeric characters.
+ +\bo index (match _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn in the message index)
- [\b[:\b:g\bgr\bra\bap\bph\bh:\b:]\b]
- Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
- printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
+ +\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
- [\b[:\b:l\blo\bow\bwe\ber\br:\b:]\b]
- Lower-case alphabetic characters.
+ +\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
- [\b[:\b:p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt:\b:]\b]
- Printable characters (characters that are not control
- characters.)
+ +\bo message (informational messages)
- [\b[:\b:p\bpu\bun\bnc\bct\bt:\b:]\b]
- Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
- control characters, or space characters).
- [\b[:\b:s\bsp\bpa\bac\bce\be:\b:]\b]
- Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a
- few).
+ +\bo normal
- [\b[:\b:u\bup\bpp\bpe\ber\br:\b:]\b]
- Upper-case alphabetic characters.
+ +\bo quoted (text matching _\b$_\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118) in the
+ body of a message)
- [\b[:\b:x\bxd\bdi\big\bgi\bit\bt:\b:]\b]
- Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
+ +\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN\bN (higher levels of quoting)
- A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the
- brackets of a character list. Note that the brackets in these class
- names are part of the symbolic names, and must be included in addition
- to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For example, [\b[[\b[:\b:d\bdi\big\bgi\bit\bt:\b:]\b]]\b]
- is equivalent to [\b[0\b0-\b-9\b9]\b].
-
- Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These
- apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols
- (called collating elements) that are represented with more than one
- character, as well as several characters that are equivalent for
- collating or sorting purposes:
-
- C\bCo\bol\bll\bla\bat\bti\bin\bng\bg S\bSy\bym\bmb\bbo\bol\bls\bs
- A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element
- enclosed in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a
- collating element, then [\b[[\b[.\b.c\bch\bh.\b.]\b]]\b] is a regexp that matches this
- collating element, while [\b[c\bch\bh]\b] is a regexp that matches either
- ``c'' or ``h''.
-
- E\bEq\bqu\bui\biv\bva\bal\ble\ben\bnc\bce\be C\bCl\bla\bas\bss\bse\bes\bs
- An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of
- characters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[=''
- and ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to
- represent all of ``e'' ``e'' and ``e''. In this case, [\b[[\b[=\b=e\be=\b=]\b]]\b]
- is a regexp that matches any of ``e'', ``e'' and ``e''.
-
- A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by
- one of several repetition operators:
-
- ?\b? The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
-
- *\b* The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
-
- +\b+ The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
-
- {\b{n\bn}\b}
- The preceding item is matched exactly _\bn times.
-
- {\b{n\bn,\b,}\b}
- The preceding item is matched _\bn or more times.
-
- {\b{,\b,m\bm}\b}
- The preceding item is matched at most _\bm times.
-
- {\b{n\bn,\b,m\bm}\b}
- The preceding item is matched at least _\bn times, but no more than
- _\bm times.
-
- Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular
- expression matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings
- that respectively match the concatenated subexpressions.
-
- Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the
- resulting regular expression matches any string matching either
- subexpression.
-
- Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes
- precedence over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in
- parentheses to override these precedence rules.
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _\br_\bx package, the following
- operators may also be used in regular expressions:
-
- \\b\\\b\y\by
- Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
- word.
-
- \\b\\\b\B\bB
- Matches the empty string within a word.
-
- \\b\\\b\<\b<
- Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
-
- \\b\\\b\>\b>
- Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
-
- \\b\\\b\w\bw
- Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or
- underscore).
-
- \\b\\\b\W\bW
- Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
-
- \\b\\\b\`\b`
- Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
-
- \\b\\\b\'\b'
- Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
-
- Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so
- they may or may not be available in stock libraries on various
- systems.
-
- 4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b. P\bPa\bat\btt\bte\ber\brn\bns\bs
-
- Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match
- (limit, tag-pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to
- select messages:
-
- ~A all messages
- ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
- ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
- ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
- ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
- ~D deleted messages
- ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
- ~E expired messages
- ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
- ~F flagged messages
- ~f USER messages originating from USER
- ~g cryptographically signed messages
- ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
- ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
- ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
- ~k message contains PGP key material
- ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
- ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
- ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
- ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
- ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
- ~N new messages
- ~O old messages
- ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
- ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
- ~Q messages which have been replied to
- ~R read messages
- ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
- ~S superseded messages
- ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
- ~T tagged messages
- ~t USER messages addressed to USER
- ~U unread messages
- ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
- ~V cryptographically verified messages
- ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
- ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
- ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
- ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
- ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
- ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
- address (excluded are addresses matching against
- alternates or any alias)
-
- Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are ``regular expressions''.
- Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside
- of patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will
- strip one level of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting.
- If it is your intention to use a backslash in the regular expression,
- you will need to use two backslashes instead (\\).
+ +\bo search (highlighting of words in the pager)
- *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
+ +\bo signature
- 4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. P\bPa\bat\btt\bte\ber\brn\bn M\bMo\bod\bdi\bif\bfi\bie\ber\br
+ +\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
- Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and
- t) match if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want
- to make sure that all elements of that list match, you need to prefix
- your pattern with ^. This example matches all mails which only has
- recipients from Germany.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 22
- ^~C \.de$
+ +\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
- 4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b.2\b2.\b. C\bCo\bom\bmp\bpl\ble\bex\bx P\bPa\bat\btt\bte\ber\brn\bns\bs
+ +\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
- Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For
- example:
+ +\bo underline (highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
- ~t mutt ~f elkins
+ _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd and _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd can be one of the following:
- would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of
- recipients a\ban\bnd\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header
- field.
+ +\bo white
- Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex
- search patterns:
+ +\bo black
- +\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
-
- +\bo | -- logical OR operator
-
- +\bo () -- logical grouping operator
-
- Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This
- pattern will select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the
- ``To'' or ``Cc'' field and which are from ``elkins''.
-
- !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
-
- Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note
- the ' and " delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must
- match the ``^Junk +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim
- +Somebody'' or ``Ed +SomeoneElse'':
-
- '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
-
- Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical
- bar ("|"), you m\bmu\bus\bst\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes
- since those characters are also used to separate different parts of
- Mutt's pattern language. For example,
-
- ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
-
- Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be
- seperated to two OR'd patterns: _\b~_\bf _\bm_\be_\b@_\b(_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b\_\b._\bo_\br_\bg and _\bc_\bs_\b\_\b._\bh_\bm_\bc_\b\_\b._\be_\bd_\bu_\b).
- They are never what you want.
-
- 4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b. S\bSe\bea\bar\brc\bch\bhi\bin\bng\bg b\bby\by D\bDa\bat\bte\be
+ +\bo green
- Mutt supports two types of dates, _\ba_\bb_\bs_\bo_\bl_\bu_\bt_\be and _\br_\be_\bl_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be.
+ +\bo magenta
- A\bAb\bbs\bso\bol\blu\but\bte\be. Dates m\bmu\bus\bst\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are
- optional, defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a
- valid range of dates is:
+ +\bo blue
- Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
+ +\bo cyan
- If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'',
- all messages _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the
- maximum (second) date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _\ba_\bf_\bt_\be_\br
- the given date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no
- dash (``-''), only messages sent on the given date will be selected.
+ +\bo yellow
- E\bEr\brr\bro\bor\br M\bMa\bar\brg\bgi\bin\bns\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error
- margin is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the
- following units:
+ +\bo red
- y years
- m months
- w weeks
- d days
+ +\bo default
- As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character,
- which is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
+ +\bo color_\bx
- Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001,
- you'd use the following pattern:
+ _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make the fore-
+ ground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
- Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
+ If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt can be used as a
+ transparent color. The value _\bb_\br_\bi_\bg_\bh_\bt_\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt is also valid. If Mutt is linked
+ against the _\bS_\b-_\bL_\ba_\bn_\bg library, you also need to set the _\bC_\bO_\bL_\bO_\bR_\bF_\bG_\bB_\bG environment
+ variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for example
+ (for Bourne-like shells):
- R\bRe\bel\bla\bat\bti\biv\bve\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may
- be specified as:
+ set COLORFGBG="green;black"
+ export COLORFGBG
- +\bo >_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages older than _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units)
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The _\bS_\b-_\bL_\ba_\bn_\bg library requires you to use the _\bl_\bi_\bg_\bh_\bt_\bg_\br_\ba_\by and _\bb_\br_\bo_\bw_\bn keywords
+ instead of _\bw_\bh_\bi_\bt_\be and _\by_\be_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw when setting this variable.
- +\bo <_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages newer than _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units)
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It removes
+ entries from the list. You m\bmu\bus\bst\bt specify the same pattern specified in the color
+ command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means
+ to clear the color index list of all entries.
- +\bo =_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages exactly _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units old)
+ Mutt also recognizes the keywords _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b0, _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b1, ..., _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\brN\bN-\b-1\b1 (N\bN being the
+ number of colors supported by your terminal). This is useful when you remap
+ the colors for your display (for example by changing the color associated with
+ _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br_\b2 for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
- _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following
- units:
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 23
- y years
- m months
- w weeks
- d days
+ If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
+ attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
- Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
+ Usage: mono _\b<_\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt_\b> _\b<_\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be_\b> [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
+ Usage: mono index _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l\blo\boc\bca\bal\bl time
- zone, so unless you change the setting of your ``$index_format'' to
- include a %[...] format, these are n\bno\bot\bt the dates shown in the main
- index.
+ Usage: unmono index _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- 4\b4.\b.3\b3.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg T\bTa\bag\bgs\bs
+ where _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be is one of the following:
- Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of
- messages all at once rather than one at a time. An example might be
- to save messages to a mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete
- all messages with a given subject. To tag all messages matching a
- pattern, use the tag-pattern function, which is bound to ``shift-T''
- by default. Or you can select individual messages by hand using the
- ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by default. See
- ``patterns'' for Mutt's pattern matching syntax.
+ +\bo none
- Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-
- prefix'' operator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default.
- When the ``tag-prefix'' operator is used, the n\bne\bex\bxt\bt operation will be
- applied to all tagged messages if that operation can be used in that
- manner. If the ``$auto_tag'' variable is set, the next operation
- applies to the tagged messages automatically, without requiring the
- ``tag-prefix''.
+ +\bo bold
- In ``macros'' or ``push'' commands, you can use the ``tag-prefix-
- cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages, mutt will "eat" the
- rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt will stop "eating"
- the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after this
- operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
+ +\bo underline
- 4\b4.\b.4\b4.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg H\bHo\boo\bok\bks\bs
+ +\bo reverse
- A _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to
- execute arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For
- example, you may wish to tailor your configuration based upon which
- mailbox you are reading, or to whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt
- world, a _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk consists of a ``regular expression'' or ``pattern''
- along with a configuration option/command. See
+ +\bo standout
- +\bo ``folder-hook''
+ _\b3_\b._\b8 _\bI_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg _\b(_\bw_\be_\be_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b) _\bu_\bn_\bw_\ba_\bn_\bt_\be_\bd _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
- +\bo ``send-hook''
+ Usage: [un]ignore _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- +\bo ``message-hook''
+ Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
+ or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
+ to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
- +\bo ``save-hook''
+ You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, ``ignore
+ content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern ``con-
+ tent-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
- +\bo ``mbox-hook''
+ To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
+ The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with the given pattern.
+ For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
- +\bo ``fcc-hook''
+ ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
- +\bo ``fcc-save-hook''
+ For example:
- for specific details on each type of _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk available.
+ # Sven's draconian header weeding
+ ignore *
+ unignore from date subject to cc
+ unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
+ unignore posted-to:
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain
- effective until the end of the current mutt session. As this is
- generally not desired, a default hook needs to be added before all
- other hooks to restore configuration defaults. Here is an example with
- send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
+ _\b3_\b._\b9 _\bA_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bs
- send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
- send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
+ Usage: [un]alternates _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- 4\b4.\b.4\b4.\b.1\b1.\b. M\bMe\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be M\bMa\bat\btc\bch\bhi\bin\bng\bg i\bin\bn H\bHo\boo\bok\bks\bs
+ With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently, depending on
+ whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
- Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-
- hook) are evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other
- types of hooks, a ``regular expression'' is sufficient. But in
- dealing with messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching
- since for different purposes you want to match different criteria.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 24
- Mutt allows the use of the ``search pattern'' language for matching
- messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
- would when _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg or _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg the mailbox, except that you are
- restricted to those operators which match information mutt extracts
- from the header of the message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject,
- etc.).
+ instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party, mutt
+ will automatically suggest to send the response to the original message's
+ recipients -- responding to yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See
+ _\b$_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\bt_\bo (section 6.3.226 , page 119).)
- For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon
- sending mail to a specific address, you could do something like:
+ Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
+ mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
+ addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
+ It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
+ under which you receive e-mail.
- send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
+ The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates pat-
+ terns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you none-
+ theless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern under
+ an unalternates command.
- which would execute the given command when sending mail to
- _\bm_\be_\b@_\bc_\bs_\b._\bh_\bm_\bc_\b._\be_\bd_\bu.
+ To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
+ command with exactly the same _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. Likewise, if the _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp for a alternates
+ command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
+ be removed. If the _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp for unalternates is ``*'', _\ba_\bl_\bl _\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\bi_\be_\bs on alternates
+ will be removed.
- However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using
- the full searching language. You can still specify a simple _\br_\be_\bg_\bu_\bl_\ba_\br
- _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn like the other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate
- your pattern into the full language, using the translation specified
- by the ``$default_hook'' variable. The pattern is translated at the
- time the hook is declared, so the value of ``$default_hook'' that is
- in effect at that time will be used.
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b0 _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs
- 4\b4.\b.5\b5.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bgg\bg t\bth\bhe\be s\bsi\bid\bde\beb\bba\bar\br
+ Usage: [un]lists _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a
- mailbox listing which looks very similar to the ones you probably know
- from GUI mail clients. The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes,
- shows the number in each and highlights the ones with new email Use
- the following configuration commands:
+ Usage: [un]subscribe _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- set sidebar_visible="yes"
- set sidebar_width=25
+ Mutt has a few nice features for _\bh_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs (section 4.9 , page
+ 44). In order to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses
+ belong to mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
+ you have done this, the _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b-_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by (section 2.3.4 , page 8) function will work
+ for all known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
+ list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user
+ agents not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that the
+ Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported by
+ all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving personal
+ CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To
+ header is controlled by the _\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo (section 6.3.67 , page 80) configura-
+ tion variable.
- If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
-
- set mbox='=INBOX'
- mailboxes INBOX \
- MBOX1 \
- MBOX2 \
- ...
+ More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known and
+ subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark a
+ mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To mark it as subscribed,
+ use ``subscribe''.
- You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
+ You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
+ to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug tracking system as list mail,
+ for instance, you could say ``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's
+ sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
- color sidebar_new red black
+ Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For exam-
+ ple, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will receive mail
+ addressed to _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b-_\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bs_\b@_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b._\bo_\br_\bg. So, to tell Mutt that this is a mailing
- The available functions are:
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 25
- sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
- sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
- sidebar-next Hilights the next mailbox
- sidebar-next-new Hilights the next mailbox with new mail
- sidebar-previous Hilights the previous mailbox
- sidebar-open Opens the currently hilighted mailbox
+ list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your initialization file. To tell
+ mutt that you are subscribed to it, add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your ini-
+ tialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone whose
+ address is _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b-_\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bs_\b@_\be_\bx_\ba_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be_\b._\bc_\bo_\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-
+ users@mutt\\.org'' or ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail
+ from the actual list.
- Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
+ The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
+ subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all tokens.
- bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
- bind index \Cn sidebar-next
- bind index \Cb sidebar-open
- bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
- bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
- bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
+ To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
+ on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
- macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
- macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b1 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\bu_\bl_\bt_\bi_\bp_\bl_\be _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx_\be_\bs
- You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch
- on and off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
+ Usage: mbox-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- 4\b4.\b.6\b6.\b. E\bEx\bxt\bte\ber\brn\bna\bal\bl A\bAd\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs Q\bQu\bue\ber\bri\bie\bes\bs
+ This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a dif-
+ ferent mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a
+ regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a ``spool'' mailbox and
+ _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx specifies where mail should be saved when read.
- Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
- ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt
- using a simple interface. Using the ``$query_command'' variable, you
- specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
+ Unlike some of the other _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk commands, only the _\bf_\bi_\br_\bs_\bt matching pattern is used
+ (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).
- set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b2 _\bD_\be_\bf_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx_\be_\bs _\bw_\bh_\bi_\bc_\bh _\br_\be_\bc_\be_\bi_\bv_\be _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl
- The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It
- should return a one line message, then each matching response on a
- single line, each line containing a tab separated address then name
- then some other optional information. On error, or if there are no
- matching addresses, return a non-zero exit code and a one line error
- message.
-
- An example multiple response output:
+ Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
- Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
- me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
- blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
- roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
-
- There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt.
- One is to do a query from the index menu using the query function
- (default: Q). This will prompt for a query, then bring up the query
- menu which will list the matching responses. From the query menu, you
- can select addresses to create aliases, or to mail. You can tag
- multiple addresses to mail, start a new query, or have a new query
- appended to the current responses.
-
- The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address
- completion, similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for
- address entry, you can use the complete-query function (default: ^T)
- to run a query based on the current address you have typed. Like
- aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed back to the last space
- or comma. If there is a single response for that query, mutt will
- expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
- will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one
- or more addresses to be added to the prompt.
-
- 4\b4.\b.7\b7.\b. M\bMa\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx F\bFo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bts\bs
-
- Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats:
- mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so
- there is no need to use a flag for different mailbox types. When
- creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses the default specified with the
- ``$mbox_type'' variable.
-
- m\bmb\bbo\box\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All
- messages are stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the
- form:
-
- From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
-
- to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
- ``From_'' line).
-
- M\bMM\bMD\bDF\bF. This is a variant of the _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx format. Each message is
- surrounded by lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
-
- M\bMH\bH. A radical departure from _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx and _\bM_\bM_\bD_\bF, a mailbox consists of a
- directory and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename
- indicates the message number (however, this is may not correspond to
- the message number Mutt displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a
- comma (,) prepended to the filename. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt detects this type of
- mailbox by looking for either .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to
- distinguish normal directories from MH mailboxes).
-
- M\bMa\bai\bil\bld\bdi\bir\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
- replacement for sendmail). Similar to _\bM_\bH, except that it adds three
- subdirectories of the mailbox: _\bt_\bm_\bp, _\bn_\be_\bw and _\bc_\bu_\br. Filenames for the
- messages are chosen in such a way they are unique, even when two
- programs are writing the mailbox over NFS, which means that no file
- locking is needed.
-
- 4\b4.\b.8\b8.\b. M\bMa\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx S\bSh\bho\bor\brt\btc\bcu\but\bts\bs
-
- There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific
- mailboxes. These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for
- a file or mailbox path.
-
- +\bo ! -- refers to your ``$spoolfile'' (incoming) mailbox
-
- +\bo > -- refers to your ``$mbox'' file
-
- +\bo < -- refers to your ``$record'' file
-
- +\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
-
- +\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
-
- +\bo = or + -- refers to your ``$folder'' directory
-
- +\bo @_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs -- refers to the ``default save folder'' as determined by
- the address of the alias
-
- 4\b4.\b.9\b9.\b. H\bHa\ban\bnd\bdl\bli\bin\bng\bg M\bMa\bai\bil\bli\bin\bng\bg L\bLi\bis\bst\bts\bs
-
- Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large
- amounts of mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt
- know what addresses you consider to be mailing lists (technically this
- does not have to be a mailing list, but that is what it is most often
- used for), and what lists you are subscribed to. This is accomplished
- through the use of the ``lists and subscribe'' commands in your
- muttrc.
-
- Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several
- things, the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list
- through which you received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in
- the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu display. This is useful to distinguish between
- personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In the ``$index_format''
- variable, the escape ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when
- ``list'' appears in the ``To'' field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it
- appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it returns the name of the
- author).
-
- Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend
- to get quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of
- the message they are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more
- copies being sent to that person. The ``list-reply'' function, which
- by default is bound to ``L'' in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu and _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br, helps reduce
- the clutter by only replying to the known mailing list addresses
- instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-Followup-To,
- see below).
-
- Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a
- message to a list of recipients which includes one or several
- subscribed mailing lists, and if the ``$followup_to'' option is set,
- mutt will generate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the
- recipients to whom you send this message, but not your address. This
- indicates that group-replies or list-replies (also known as
- ``followups'') to this message should only be sent to the original
- recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll receive
- your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
-
- Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which
- has a Mail-Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the
- ``$honor_followup_to'' configuration variable is set. Using list-
- reply will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the
- mailing list, even if it's not specified in the list of recipients in
- the Mail-Followup-To.
-
- Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-
- Followup-To header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header
- if it doesn't exist when you send the message.
-
- The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a
- ``Reply-To'' field which points back to the mailing list address
- rather than the author of the message. This can create problems when
- trying to reply directly to the author in private, since most mail
- clients will automatically reply to the address given in the ``Reply-
- To'' field. Mutt uses the ``$reply_to'' variable to help decide which
- address to use. If set to _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs or _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo, you will be prompted as
- to whether or not you would like to use the address given in the
- ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the address given in the
- ``From'' field. When set to _\by_\be_\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field will be used
- when present.
-
- The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing
- lists or list subject matter (or just to annotate messages
- individually). The ``$index_format'' variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y''
- escapes can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and
- Mutt's pattern-matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:''
- fields with the `` y'' selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard
- message header field, but it can easily be inserted by procmail and
- other mail filtering agents.
-
- Lastly, Mutt has the ability to ``sort'' the mailbox into ``threads''.
- A thread is a group of messages which all relate to the same subject.
- This is usually organized into a tree-like structure where a message
- and all of its replies are represented graphically. If you've ever
- used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
- dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily
- delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. E\bEd\bdi\bit\bti\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bds\bs
-
- Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are
- broken either by misconfigured software or bad behaviour from some
- correspondents. This allows to clean your mailboxes formats) from
- these annoyances which make it hard to follow a discussion.
-
- If you want to use these functions with IMAP, you need to compile Mutt
- with the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b-_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-_\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs configure flag.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b10\b0.\b.1\b1.\b. L\bLi\bin\bnk\bki\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bds\bs
-
- Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and
- "References:" headers when replying to a message. This results in
- broken discussions because Mutt has not enough information to guess
- the correct threading. You can fix this by tagging the reply, then
- moving to the parent message and using the ``link-threads'' function
- (bound to & by default). The reply will then be connected to this
- "parent" message.
-
- You can also connect multiple childs at once, tagging them and using
- the tag-prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b10\b0.\b.2\b2.\b. B\bBr\bre\bea\bak\bki\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bds\bs
-
- On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new
- discussion by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and
- changing the subject to a totally unrelated one. You can fix such
- threads by using the ``break-thread'' function (bound by default to
- #), which will turn the subthread starting from the current message
- into a whole different thread.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. D\bDe\bel\bli\biv\bve\ber\bry\by S\bSt\bta\bat\btu\bus\bs N\bNo\bot\bti\bif\bfi\bic\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn (\b(D\bDS\bSN\bN)\b) S\bSu\bup\bpp\bpo\bor\brt\bt
-
- RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information
- about the status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of
- as ``return receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some
- command line options in which the mail client can make requests as to
- what type of status messages should be returned.
-
- To support this, there are two variables. ``$dsn_notify'' is used to
- request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
- message delivered, etc.). ``$dsn_return'' requests how much of your
- message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full message).
- Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b12\b2.\b. P\bPO\bOP\bP3\b3 S\bSu\bup\bpp\bpo\bor\brt\bt (\b(O\bOP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL)\b)
-
- If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be
- script with the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bp_\bo_\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
- mailboxes located on a remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local
- browsing.
-
- You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
- pop://popserver/.
-
- You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
- ie: pop://popserver:port/.
- You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
- pop://username@popserver[:port]/.
-
- Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For
- this reason the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely
- can be controlled by the ``$pop_checkinterval'' variable, which
- defaults to every 60 seconds.
-
- If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script
- with the _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\bs_\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be
- encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
- encrypted connections. To access a folder with POP3/SSL, you should
- use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[username@]popserver[:port]/.
-
- Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _\bf_\be_\bt_\bc_\bh_\b-_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl function
- (default: G). It allows to connect to ``pop_host'', fetch all your
- new mail and place it in the local ``spoolfile''. After this point,
- Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
-
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you
- should consider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b13\b3.\b. I\bIM\bMA\bAP\bP S\bSu\bup\bpp\bpo\bor\brt\bt (\b(O\bOP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL)\b)
-
- If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be
- script with the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp flag), it has the ability to work with
- folders located on a remote IMAP server.
-
- You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
- imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP
- server and INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the
- IMAP server. If you want to access another mail folder at the IMAP
- server, you should use imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where
- path/to/folder is the path of the folder you want to access.
-
- You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server,
- ie: imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
-
- You can also specify different username for each folder, ie:
- imap://username@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
-
- If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script
- with the _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\bs_\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be
- encrypted. This naturally requires that the server supports SSL
- encrypted connections. To access a folder with IMAP/SSL, you should
- use imaps://[username@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder
- path.
-
- Pine-compatible notation is also supported, ie
- {[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
-
- Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt
- should correctly notice which separator is being used by the server
- and convert paths accordingly.
-
- When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to
- look at only the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with
- the _\bt_\bo_\bg_\bg_\bl_\be_\b-_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd command. See also the ``$imap_list_subscribed''
- variable.
-
- Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays.
- So, you'll want to carefully tune the ``$mail_check'' and ``$timeout''
- variables. Personally I use
-
- set mail_check=90
- set timeout=15
-
- with relatively good results over my slow modem line.
-
- Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior
- to v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if
- another client selects the same folder.
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b13\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be F\bFo\bol\bld\bde\ber\br B\bBr\bro\bow\bws\bse\ber\br
-
- As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server.
- This is mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following
- differences:
-
- +\bo In lieu of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP",
- possibly followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry
- contains both messages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers
- folders will often contain both messages and subfolders.
-
- +\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and
- subfolders, the selection key (bound to enter by default) will
- choose to descend into the subfolder view. If you wish to view the
- messages in that folder, you must use view-file instead (bound to
- space by default).
-
- +\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-
- mailbox, delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default
- bindings: C, d and r, respectively). You may also subscribe and
- unsubscribe to mailboxes (normally these are bound to s and u,
- respectively).
-
- 4\b4.\b.1\b13\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. A\bAu\but\bth\bhe\ben\bnt\bti\bic\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL,
- GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add
- NTLM authentication for you poor exchange users out there, but it has
- yet to be integrated into the main tree). There is also support for
- the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS, which allows you to log in to a public
- IMAP server without having an account. To use ANONYMOUS, simply make
- your username blank or "anonymous".
-
- SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several
- protocols (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the
- most secure method available on your host and the server. Using some
- of these methods (including DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your
- entire session will be encrypted and invisible to those teeming
- network snoops. It is the best option if you have it. To use it, you
- must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system and compile
- mutt with the _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bs_\bl flag.
-
- Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the
- server, in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5,
- LOGIN.
-
- There are a few variables which control authentication:
-
- +\bo ``$imap_user'' - controls the username under which you request
- authentication on the IMAP server, for all authenticators. This is
- overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (ie by using
- a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
-
- +\bo ``$imap_pass'' - a password which you may preset, used by all
- authentication methods where a password is needed.
-
- +\bo ``$imap_authenticators'' - a colon-delimited list of IMAP
- authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
- If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in
- the order listed above).
+ This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
+ for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar displays how many of
+ these folders have new messages.
- 4\b4.\b.1\b14\b4.\b. M\bMa\ban\bna\bag\bgi\bin\bng\bg m\bmu\bul\blt\bti\bip\bpl\ble\be I\bIM\bMA\bAP\bP/\b/P\bPO\bOP\bP a\bac\bcc\bco\bou\bun\bnt\bts\bs (\b(O\bOP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL)\b)
-
- If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers,
- you may find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and
- error-prone. The account-hook command may help. This hook works like
- folder-hook but is invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox
- (including inside the folder browser), not just when you open the
- mailbox.
-
- Some examples:
-
- account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
- account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
- account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
+ When changing folders, pressing _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bc_\be will cycle through folders with new mail.
- 4\b4.\b.1\b15\b5.\b. S\bSt\bta\bar\brt\bt a\ba W\bWW\bWW\bW B\bBr\bro\bow\bws\bse\ber\br o\bon\bn U\bUR\bRL\bLs\bs (\b(E\bEX\bXT\bTE\bER\bRN\bNA\bAL\bL)\b)
+ Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
+ specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain new messages.
+ Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the command line with
+ the -y option.
- If a message contains URLs (_\bu_\bn_\bi_\bf_\bi_\be_\bd _\br_\be_\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br = address in the
- WWW space like _\bh_\bt_\bt_\bp_\b:_\b/_\b/_\bw_\bw_\bw_\b._\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b._\bo_\br_\bg_\b/), it is efficient to get a menu
- with all the URLs and start a WWW browser on one of them. This
- functionality is provided by the external urlview program which can be
- retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/ and the configuration
- commands:
+ The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
+ which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all tokens.
- macro index \cb |urlview\n
- macro pager \cb |urlview\n
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to the last
+ access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program which accesses
+ the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail for that mailbox if they
+ do not properly reset the access time. Backup tools are another common reason
+ for updated access times.
- 4\b4.\b.1\b16\b6.\b. C\bCo\bom\bmp\bpr\bre\bes\bss\bse\bed\bd f\bfo\bol\bld\bde\ber\brs\bs S\bSu\bup\bpp\bpo\bor\brt\bt (\b(O\bOP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bNA\bAL\bL)\b)
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is
+ executed, so if these names contain _\bs_\bh_\bo_\br_\bt_\bc_\bu_\bt _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\ba_\bc_\bt_\be_\br_\bs (section 4.8 , page
+ 44) (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these char-
+ acters (like _\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) and _\b$_\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section
+ 6.3.291 , page 135)) should be executed before the mailboxes command.
- If Mutt was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the
- _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script with the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd flag), Mutt can open
- folders stored in an arbitrary format, provided that the user has a
- script to convert from/to this format to one of the accepted.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 26
- The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with
- gzip.
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b3 _\bU_\bs_\be_\br _\bd_\be_\bf_\bi_\bn_\be_\bd _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
- In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an
- accepted format and appends its context to the folder in the user-
- defined format, which may be faster than converting the entire folder
- to the accepted format, appending to it and converting back to the
- user-defined format.
+ Usage:
- There are three hooks defined (``open-hook'', ``close-hook'' and
- ``append-hook'') which define commands to uncompress and compress a
- folder and to append messages to an existing compressed folder
- respectively.
+ my_hdr _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- For example:
+ unmy_hdr _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd [ _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd ... ]
- open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
- close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
- append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
+ The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields which will
+ be added to every message you send.
- You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit ``append-
- hook'', the folder will be open and closed again each time you will
- add to it. If you omit ``close-hook'' (or give empty command) , the
- folder will be open in the mode. If you specify ``append-hook''
- though you'll be able to append to the folder.
+ For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to all
+ of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
- Note that Mutt will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of
- the accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt
- supposes it is not compressed. This is important because it allows the
- use of programs that do not have well defined extensions. Just use "."
- as a regexp. But this may be surprising if your compressing script
- produces empty files. In this situation, unset ``$save_empty'', so
- that the compressed file will be removed if you delete all of the
- messages.
+ my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
- 4\b4.\b.1\b16\b6.\b.1\b1.\b. O\bOp\bpe\ben\bn a\ba c\bco\bom\bmp\bpr\bre\bes\bss\bse\bed\bd m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx f\bfo\bor\br r\bre\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg
+ in your .muttrc.
- Usage: open-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp "_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd"
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: space characters are _\bn_\bo_\bt allowed between the keyword and the colon
+ (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that space is illegal
+ there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders
- whose names match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp.
+ If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
+ set the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable, or use the _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b-
+ _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can edit the
+ header of your message along with the body.
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should
- accept two parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed)
- folder name, and %t which is replaced with the name of the temporary
- folder to which to write.
+ To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command. You may
+ specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or the fields to
+ remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc'' header fields, you could
+ use:
- %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string,
- and all of the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name.
- In addition, %% is replaced by %, as in printf, and any other
- %anything is left as is.
+ unmy_hdr to cc
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the original compressed file. The
- _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
- something's wrong.
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b4 _\bD_\be_\bf_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\be _\bo_\br_\bd_\be_\br _\bo_\bf _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs _\bw_\bh_\be_\bn _\bv_\bi_\be_\bw_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\bs
- Example:
+ Usage: hdr_order _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b1 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b2 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b3
- open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
+ With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt to
+ present headers to you when viewing messages.
- If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
- type.
- 4\b4.\b.1\b16\b6.\b.2\b2.\b. W\bWr\bri\bit\bte\be a\ba c\bco\bom\bmp\bpr\bre\bes\bss\bse\bed\bd m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx
+ ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
+ removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
- Usage: close-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp "_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd"
+ hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
- This is used to close the folder that was open with the ``open-hook''
- command after some changes were made to it.
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b5 _\bS_\bp_\be_\bc_\bi_\bf_\by _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the
- folders whose names match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. It has the same format as in the
- ``open-hook'' command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder
- previously produced by the <``open-hook'' command.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 27
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the decompressed file. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
- something's wrong.
+ Usage: save-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- Example:
+ This command is used to override the default filename used when saving mes-
+ sages. _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be will be used as the default filename if the message is _\bF_\br_\bo_\bm_\b:
+ an address matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp or if you are the author and the message is
+ addressed _\bt_\bo_\b: something matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp.
- close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
+ See _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bM_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
+ exact format of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
- If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
- type, and the file can only be open in the readonly mode.
+ Examples:
- ``close-hook'' is not called when you exit from the folder if the
- folder was not changed.
+ save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
+ save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
- 4\b4.\b.1\b16\b6.\b.3\b3.\b. A\bAp\bpp\bpe\ben\bnd\bd a\ba m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be t\bto\bo a\ba c\bco\bom\bmp\bpr\bre\bes\bss\bse\bed\bd m\bma\bai\bil\blb\bbo\box\bx
+ Also see the _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) command.
- Usage: append-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp "_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd"
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b6 _\bS_\bp_\be_\bc_\bi_\bf_\by _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bF_\bc_\bc_\b: _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx _\bw_\bh_\be_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg
- This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The
- _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is the command that can be used for appending to the folders
- whose names match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. It has the same format as in the ``open-
- hook'' command. The temporary folder in this case contains the
- messages that are being appended.
+ Usage: fcc-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the decompressed file. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- should return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows
- something's wrong.
+ This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than _\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd
+ (section 6.3.223 , page 119). Mutt searches the initial list of message
+ recipients for the first matching _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp and uses _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx as the default Fcc:
+ mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to _\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd (section
+ 6.3.223 , page 119) mailbox.
- Example:
+ See _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bM_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
+ exact format of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
- append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
+ Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
- When ``append-hook'' is used, the folder is not opened, which saves
- time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type is.
- Thus the default (``$mbox_type'') type is always supposed (i.e. this
- is the format used for the temporary folder).
+ The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the
+ `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.17 ,
+ page 27) command.
- If the file does not exist when you save to it, ``close-hook'' is
- called, and not ``append-hook''. ``append-hook'' is only for appending
- to existing folders.
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b7 _\bS_\bp_\be_\bc_\bi_\bf_\by _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bF_\bc_\bc_\b: _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx _\ba_\bt _\bo_\bn_\bc_\be
- If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file
- type. In this case, the folder will be open and closed again (using
- ``open-hook'' and ``close-hook''respectively) each time you will add
- to it.
+ Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- 4\b4.\b.1\b16\b6.\b.4\b4.\b. E\bEn\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bte\bed\bd f\bfo\bol\bld\bde\ber\brs\bs
+ This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section
+ 3.16 , page 27) and a _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) with its arguments.
- The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted
- folders. If you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use
- the following hooks:
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b8 _\bC_\bh_\ba_\bn_\bg_\be _\bs_\be_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs _\bb_\ba_\bs_\be_\bd _\bu_\bp_\bo_\bn _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\br_\be_\bc_\bi_\bp_\bi_\be_\bn_\bt_\bs
- open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
- close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
+ Usage: reply-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted
- folder, so there is no append-hook defined.
+ Usage: send-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory,
- where it can be read by your system administrator. So think about the
- security aspects of this.
+ Usage: send2-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- 5\b5.\b. M\bMu\but\btt\bt'\b's\bs M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE S\bSu\bup\bpp\bpo\bor\brt\bt
+ These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
- Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode
- MIME MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality
- that the discerning MIME user requires, and the conformance to the
- standards wherever possible. When configuring Mutt for MIME, there
- are two extra types of configuration files which Mutt uses. One is
- the mime.types file, which contains the mapping of file extensions to
- IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which specifies the
- external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 28
- 5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b. U\bUs\bsi\bin\bng\bg M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE i\bin\bn M\bMu\but\btt\bt
+ upon recipients of the message. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a regular expression matching the
+ desired address. _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is executed when _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp matches recipients of the
+ message.
- There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the
- pager (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose
- menu.
+ reply-hook is matched against the message you are _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bi_\bn_\bg t\bto\bo, instead of the
+ message you are _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg. send-hook is matched against all messages, both _\bn_\be_\bw
+ and _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\bi_\be_\bs. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: reply-hooks are matched b\bbe\bef\bfo\bor\bre\be the send-hook, r\bre\beg\bga\bar\brd\bdl\ble\bes\bss\bs of
+ the order specified in the users's configuration file.
- 5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b.1\b1.\b. V\bVi\bie\bew\bwi\bin\bng\bg M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\bes\bs i\bin\bn t\bth\bhe\be p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br
+ send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
+ by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
+ executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
+ _\b$_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123) variable depending on the message's
+ sender address.
- When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager,
- Mutt decodes the message to a text representation. Mutt internally
- supports a number of MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched,
- message/rfc822, and message/news. In addition, the export controlled
- version of Mutt recognizes a variety of PGP MIME types, including
- PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
+ For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
+ are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc (for that type of
+ hook).
- Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them.
- These lines are of the form:
+ See _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bM_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
+ exact format of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
- [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
- [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
-
- Where the Description is the description or filename given for the
- attachment, and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-
- printable/base64/binary.
+ Example: send-hook mutt 'set mime_forward signature='''
- If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
+ Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the _\b$_\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\b-
+ _\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _\b$_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bu_\br_\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126) and
+ _\b$_\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\be (section 6.3.117 , page 94) variables in order to change the language
+ of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.
- [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial list of
+ recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the message will NOT
+ cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that my_hdr commands which mod-
+ ify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the
+ current message when executed from a send-hook.
- 5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b.2\b2.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be A\bAt\btt\bta\bac\bch\bhm\bme\ben\bnt\bt M\bMe\ben\bnu\bu
+ _\b3_\b._\b1_\b9 _\bC_\bh_\ba_\bn_\bg_\be _\bs_\be_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\ba _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be
- The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the
- attachment menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of
- the attachments in a message. From the attachment menu, you can save,
- print, pipe, delete, and view attachments. You can apply these
- operations to a group of attachments at once, by tagging the
- attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You can also
- reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
- attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply.
- You can view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap
- viewer definition.
+ Usage: message-hook [!]_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
- ``resend-message'', and the reply and forward functions) to
- attachments of type message/rfc822.
-
- See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
-
- 5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b.3\b3.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be C\bCo\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\be M\bMe\ben\bnu\bu
-
- The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It
- allows you to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects
- of your message. It also contains a list of the attachments of your
- message, including the main body. From this menu, you can print,
- copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose, review, and rename an attachment or
- a list of tagged attachments. You can also modifying the attachment
- information, notably the type, encoding and description.
-
- Attachments appear as follows:
-
- - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
- 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
-
- The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or
- postponing, or cancelling) the message. It can be toggled with the
- toggle-unlink command (default: u). The next field is the MIME
- content-type, and can be changed with the edit-type command (default:
- ^T). The next field is the encoding for the attachment, which allows
- a binary message to be encoded for transmission on 7bit links. It can
- be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E). The next
- field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
- megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with
- the rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the
- description of the attachment, and can be changed with the edit-
- description command (default: d).
-
- 5\b5.\b.2\b2.\b. M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE T\bTy\byp\bpe\be c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn w\bwi\bit\bth\bh m\bmi\bim\bme\be.\b.t\bty\byp\bpe\bes\bs
-
- When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your
- personal mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system
- mime.types file at /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
-
- The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a
- space separated list of extensions. For example:
-
- application/postscript ps eps
- application/pgp pgp
- audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
-
- A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should
- contain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
-
- If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file
- you attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary
- information, Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it
- as text/plain. If the file contains binary information, then Mutt
- will mark it as application/octet-stream. You can change the MIME
- type that Mutt assigns to an attachment by using the edit-type command
- from the compose menu (default: ^T). The MIME type is actually a major
- mime type followed by the sub-type, separated by a '/'. 6 major types:
- application, text, image, video, audio, and model have been approved
- after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these if
- the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also
- recognises other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is
- widely used in the molecular modelling community to pass molecular
- data in various forms to various molecular viewers. Non-recognised
- mime types should only be used if the recipient of the message is
- likely to be expecting such attachments.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b. M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE V\bVi\bie\bew\bwe\ber\br c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn w\bwi\bit\bth\bh m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp
-
- Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix
- specific format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format
- is commonly referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant
- programs utilize the mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling
- for all MIME types in one place for all programs. Programs known to
- use this format include Netscape, XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
-
- In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle
- internally, Mutt parses a series of external configuration files to
- find an external handler. The default search string for these files
- is a colon delimited list set to
-
- ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
-
- where $HOME is your home directory.
-
- In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file,
- usually as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline
- entries.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be B\bBa\bas\bsi\bic\bcs\bs o\bof\bf t\bth\bhe\be m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp f\bfi\bil\ble\be
-
- A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments,
- blank, or definitions.
-
- A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you
- want.
-
- A blank line is blank.
-
- A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any
- number of optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided
- by a semicolon ';' character.
-
- The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype
- method. For example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In
- addition, the mailcap format includes two formats for wildcards, one
- using the special '*' subtype, the other is the implicit wild, where
- you only include the major type. For example, image/*, or video, will
- match all image types and video types, respectively.
-
- The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified.
- There are two different types of commands supported. The default is to
- send the body of the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can
- change this behaviour by using %s as a parameter to your view command.
- This will cause Mutt to save the body of the MIME message to a
- temporary file, and then call the view command with the %s replaced by
- the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will turn over the
- terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which time
- Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
-
- So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the
- external pager more on stdin:
-
- text/plain; more
-
- Or, you could send the message as a file:
-
- text/plain; more %s
-
- Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html
- message:
-
- text/html; lynx %s
-
- In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you
- must use the %s syntax. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: _\bS_\bo_\bm_\be _\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br _\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs _\bo_\bf _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bi_\bn _\ba
- _\bb_\bu_\bg _\bw_\bh_\be_\br_\be _\bt_\bh_\be_\by _\bw_\bi_\bl_\bl _\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk _\bt_\bh_\be _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be _\bf_\bo_\br _\ba _\bv_\bi_\be_\bw_\be_\br _\bf_\bo_\br _\bt_\be_\bx_\bt_\b/_\bh_\bt_\bm_\bl_\b.
- _\bT_\bh_\be_\by _\bw_\bi_\bl_\bl _\bf_\bi_\bn_\bd _\bt_\bh_\be _\bl_\bi_\bn_\be _\bw_\bh_\bi_\bc_\bh _\bc_\ba_\bl_\bl_\bs _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx_\b, _\ba_\bn_\bd _\br_\bu_\bn _\bi_\bt_\b. _\bT_\bh_\bi_\bs _\bc_\ba_\bu_\bs_\be_\bs
- _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx _\bt_\bo _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bu_\bo_\bu_\bs_\bl_\by _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bw_\bn _\bi_\bt_\bs_\be_\bl_\bf _\bt_\bo _\bv_\bi_\be_\bw _\bt_\bh_\be _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt_\b.
-
- On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you
- just want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can
- use:
-
- text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
-
- Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on
- all other text formats, then you would use the following:
-
- text/html; lynx %s
- text/*; more
-
- This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. S\bSe\bec\bcu\bur\bre\be u\bus\bse\be o\bof\bf m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp
-
- The interpretion of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters
- can lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote
- parameters in expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky
- characters by substituting them, see the ``mailcap_sanitize''
- variable.
-
- Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be
- safe, there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less
- care of it. Therefore you should pay attention to the following
- rules:
-
- _\bK_\be_\be_\bp _\bt_\bh_\be _\b%_\b-_\be_\bx_\bp_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bo_\bs _\ba_\bw_\ba_\by _\bf_\br_\bo_\bm _\bs_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b. Don't quote them with
- single or double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as
- should any other program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them
- into backtick expansions. Be highly careful with eval statements, and
- avoid them if possible at all. Trying to fix broken behaviour with
- quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alternative to correct
- quoting in the first place.
-
- If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need
- quoting or backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable
- and reference the shell variable where necessary, as in the following
- example (using $charset inside the backtick expansion is safe, since
- it is not itself subject to any further expansion):
-
- text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
- && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b. A\bAd\bdv\bva\ban\bnc\bce\bed\bd m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp U\bUs\bsa\bag\bge\be
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. O\bOp\bpt\bti\bio\bon\bna\bal\bl F\bFi\bie\bel\bld\bds\bs
-
- In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you
- can add semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other
- options. Mutt recognizes the following optional fields:
-
- c\bco\bop\bpi\bio\bou\bus\bso\bou\but\btp\bpu\but\bt
- This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large
- amounts of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager
- (either the internal pager or the external pager defined by the
- pager variable) on the output of the view command. Without this
- flag, Mutt assumes that the command is interactive. One could
- use this to replace the pipe to more in the lynx -dump example
- in the Basic section:
-
- text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
-
- This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
- and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
-
- n\bne\bee\bed\bds\bst\bte\ber\brm\bmi\bin\bna\bal\bl
- Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with ``autoview'',
- in order to decide whether it should honor the setting of the
- ``$wait_key'' variable or not. When an attachment is viewed
- using an interactive program, and the corresponding mailcap
- entry has a _\bn_\be_\be_\bd_\bs_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\bi_\bn_\ba_\bl flag, Mutt will use ``$wait_key'' and
- the exit status of the program to decide if it will ask you to
- press a key after the external program has exited. In all other
- situations it will not prompt you for a key.
-
- c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\be=\b=<\b<c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd>\b>
- This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
- attachment of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the
- compose menu.
-
- c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\bet\bty\byp\bpe\bed\bd=\b=<\b<c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd>\b>
- This flag specifies the command to use to create a new
- attachment of a specific MIME type. This command differs from
- the compose command in that mutt will expect standard MIME
- headers on the data. This can be used to specify parameters,
- filename, description, etc. for a new attachment. Mutt
- supports this from the compose menu.
-
- p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt=\b=<\b<c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd>\b>
- This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
- type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
-
- e\bed\bdi\bit\bt=\b=<\b<c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd>\b>
- This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
- type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses
- it to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined
- editor for text attachments.
-
- n\bna\bam\bme\bet\bte\bem\bmp\bpl\bla\bat\bte\be=\b=<\b<t\bte\bem\bmp\bpl\bla\bat\bte\be>\b>
- This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in
- the command fields. Certain programs will require a certain
- file extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For
- instance, lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the
- file ends in .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html
- viewer with a line in the mailcap file like:
-
- text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
-
- t\bte\bes\bst\bt=\b=<\b<c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd>\b>
- This field specifies a command to run to test whether this
- mailcap entry should be used. The command is defined with the
- command expansion rules defined in the next section. If the
- command returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this
- entry. If the command returns non-zero, then the test failed,
- and Mutt continues searching for the right entry. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: _\bt_\bh_\be
- _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bn_\bt_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be _\bm_\bu_\bs_\bt _\bm_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt _\bp_\be_\br_\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\bs _\bt_\bh_\be _\bt_\be_\bs_\bt_\b. For
- example:
-
- text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
- text/html; lynx %s
-
- In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
- return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
- isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis-
- play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
- will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
- object.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. S\bSe\bea\bar\brc\bch\bh O\bOr\brd\bde\ber\br
-
- When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for
- the most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are
- attempting to print an image/gif, and you have the following entries
- in your mailcap file, Mutt will search for an entry with the print
- command:
-
- image/*; xv %s
- image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
- nametemplate=%s.gif
-
- Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the
- print command.
-
- In addition, you can use this with ``Autoview'' to denote two commands
- for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the other
- to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
- can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use
- interactively depending on your environment.
-
- text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
- text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
- text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
-
- For ``Autoview'', Mutt will choose the third entry because of the
- copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
- RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the pro-
- gram returns non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive
- viewing.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b. C\bCo\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd E\bEx\bxp\bpa\ban\bns\bsi\bio\bon\bn
-
- The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the
- /bin/sh shell using the system() function. Before the command is
- passed to /bin/sh -c, it is parsed to expand various special
- parameters with information from Mutt. The keywords Mutt expands are:
-
- %\b%s\bs As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded
- to a filename specified by the calling program. This file
- contains the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the
- composing program should place the results of composition. In
- addition, the use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the
- body of the message to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
-
- %\b%t\bt Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content
- type of the message in the same form as the first parameter of
- the mailcap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
-
- %
\b%{
\b{<
\b<p
\bpa
\bar
\bra
\bam
\bme
\bet
\bte
\ber
\br>
\b>}
\b}
- Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
- from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance,
- if Your mail message contains:
-
- Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
-
- then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta-
- mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
- xterm using the right charset to view the message.
+ This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
+ viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. _\bc_\bo_\bm_\b-
+ _\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is executed if the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn matches the message to be displayed. When mul-
+ tiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in
+ the muttrc.
- \\b\%\b% This will be replaced by a %
+ See _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bM_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
+ exact format of _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn.
- Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in
- RFC 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart mes-
- sages, which is handled internally by Mutt.
-
- 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b4.\b. E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp f\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs
+ Example:
- This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
+ message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
+ message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
- ______________________________________________________________________
- # I'm always running X :)
- video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
- image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 29
- # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
- text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
- ______________________________________________________________________
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b0 _\bC_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\be _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\bo_\bg_\br_\ba_\bp_\bh_\bi_\bc _\bk_\be_\by _\bo_\bf _\bt_\bh_\be _\br_\be_\bc_\bi_\bp_\bi_\be_\bn_\bt
- This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
-
- ______________________________________________________________________
- # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
- # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
- video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
+ Usage: crypt-hook _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bk_\be_\by_\bi_\bd
- # Send html to a running netscape by remote
- text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
+ When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a cer-
+ tain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the recipi-
+ ent's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or because, for
+ some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-
+ hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public
+ key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
- # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
- # object
- text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
+ The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either
+ put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even just a real name.
- # Else use lynx to view it as text
- text/html; lynx %s
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b1 _\bA_\bd_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bk_\be_\by _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\bs _\bt_\bo _\bt_\bh_\be _\bk_\be_\by_\bb_\bo_\ba_\br_\bd _\bb_\bu_\bf_\bf_\be_\br
- # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
- text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
+ Usage: push _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
- text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
+ This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may con-
+ tain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence string
+ in the _\bm_\ba_\bc_\br_\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) command. You may use it to automatically
+ run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders.
- # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
- image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b2 _\bE_\bx_\be_\bc_\bu_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs
- # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
- # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
- # for images
- image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
- edit=xpaint %s
+ Usage: exec _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn [ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ... ]
- # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
- image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
- pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
-
- # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
- application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
- ______________________________________________________________________
-
- 5\b5.\b.4\b4.\b. M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE A\bAu\but\bto\bov\bvi\bie\bew\bw
+ This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
+ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\br_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be (section 6.4 , page 146). ``exec function'' is equivalent
+ to ``push <function>''.
- In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the
- MIME viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for
- automatically viewing MIME attachments while in the pager.
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b3 _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bS_\bc_\bo_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
- copiousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually,
- you also use the entry to convert the attachment to a text
- representation which you can view in the pager.
+ Usage: score _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be
- You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types
- that you wish to view automatically.
+ Usage: unscore _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- For instance, if you set auto_view to:
+ The score commands adds _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be to a message's score if _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn matches it. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\b-
+ _\bt_\be_\br_\bn is a string in the format described in the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs (section 4.2 , page
+ 36) section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not
+ available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used). _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be is a
+ positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
+ matching score entries. However, you may optionally prefix _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be with an equal
+ sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match.
+ Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
- auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
+ The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m\bmu\bus\bst\bt specify the
+ same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern
+ ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.
- Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view
- attachments of these types.
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b4 _\bS_\bp_\ba_\bm _\bd_\be_\bt_\be_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
- image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
- application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
- application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
- application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
+ Usage: spam _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the
- autoview list. This can be used with message-hook to autoview
- messages based on size, etc. ``unauto_view *'' will remove all
- previous entries.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 30
- 5\b5.\b.5\b5.\b. M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE M\bMu\bul\blt\bti\bip\bpa\bar\brt\bt/\b/A\bAl\blt\bte\ber\brn\bna\bat\bti\biv\bve\be
+ Usage: nospam _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a
- multipart/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the
- alternative_order list to determine if one of the available types is
- preferred. The alternative_order list consists of a number of
- mimetypes in order, including support for implicit and explicit
- wildcards, for example:
+ Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
+ your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt, _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh,
+ and _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
+ filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
+ the %H selector in the _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable.
+ (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags only when they are defined for a
+ given message.)
- alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
+ Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the
+ spam command. _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
+ mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
+ will receive a ``spam tag'' or ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a
+ nospam pattern -- see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up
+ to you, and is governed by the _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt parameter. _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt can be any static text,
+ but it also can include back-references from the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn expression. (A regular
+ expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression contained within
+ parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
+ with the second, etc.
- Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined
- ``auto_view'', and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any
- text type. As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows
- how to handle.
+ If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one spam-
+ related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a mes-
+ sage matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable is
+ set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+ strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.
- To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the
- unalternative_order command.
+ For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might define
+ these spam settings:
- 5\b5.\b.6\b6.\b. M\bMI\bIM\bME\bE L\bLo\boo\bok\bku\bup\bp
+ spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
+ spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
+ spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
+ set spam_separator=", "
- Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not
- be treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed
- to deal with binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an
- attachment's mime-type is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of
- the filename will be compared to the list of extensions in the
- mime.types file. The mime-type associated with this extension will
- then be used to process the attachment according to the rules in the
- mailcap file and according to any other configuration options (such as
- auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
+ If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits under the
+ ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of
+ being spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
+ characters before ``=many'' in a DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in
+ this case, ``Fuz2''.)
- mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
+ If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match super-
+ sedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt strings, you'll get
+ only the last one to match.
- In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this
- feature for any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example,
- in a global muttrc.
+ The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
+ $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
+ expression matches against for _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh and _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt functions. And it's what sort-
+ ing by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
- 6\b6.\b. R\bRe\bef\bfe\ber\bre\ben\bnc\bce\be
+ That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
+ have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
+ mutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.
- 6\b6.\b.1\b1.\b. C\bCo\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd l\bli\bin\bne\be o\bop\bpt\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 31
- Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your
- spool mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to
- send messages from the command line as well.
+ Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _\bl_\be_\bx_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bl_\bl_\by -- that is, by
+ ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
+ mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are equal
+ in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam attributes at
+ all -- that is, one that didn't match _\ba_\bn_\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at
+ lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward.
+ Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
+ ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective when you can
+ coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you can't, mutt can
+ still do something useful.
- -A expand an alias
- -a attach a file to a message
- -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
- -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
- -e specify a config command to be run after initilization files are read
- -f specify a mailbox to load
- -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
- -h print help on command line options
- -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
- -i specify a file to include in a message composition
- -m specify a default mailbox type
- -n do not read the system Muttrc
- -p recall a postponed message
- -Q query a configuration variable
- -R open mailbox in read-only mode
- -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
- -v show version number and compile-time definitions
- -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
- -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
- -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
- -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
+ The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
+ header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
+ want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a
+ nospam command.
- To read messages in a mailbox
+ If the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn on an exist-
+ ing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam list,
+ instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn for a spam command
+ matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
+ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn for nospam is ``*'', _\ba_\bl_\bl _\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\bi_\be_\bs _\bo_\bn _\bb_\bo_\bt_\bh _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs will be removed. This
+ might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a
+ folder-hook.
- mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\br_\bc ] [ -m _\bt_\by_\bp_\be ] [ -f _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx ]
+ You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
+ own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example, if you consider all
+ mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:
- To compose a new message
+ spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
- mutt [ -n ] [ -F _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\br_\bc ] [ -a _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be ] [ -c _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs ] [ -i _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ] [
- -s _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt ] _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs ... ]
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b5 _\bS_\be_\bt_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\bs
- Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply
- redirect input from the file you wish to send. For example,
+ Usage: set [no|inv]_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be[=_\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be] [ _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- mutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
+ Usage: toggle _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a
- subject of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will
- be the contents of the file ``~/run2.dat''.
+ Usage: unset _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- 6\b6.\b.2\b2.\b. C\bCo\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn C\bCo\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bds\bs
+ Usage: reset _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- The following are the commands understood by mutt.
+ This command is used to set (and unset) _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\bs (section 6.3 ,
+ page 64). There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
+ quadoption. _\bb_\bo_\bo_\bl_\be_\ba_\bn variables can be _\bs_\be_\bt (true) or _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt (false). _\bn_\bu_\bm_\bb_\be_\br
+ variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
- +\bo ``account-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters. _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg_\bs must
+ be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You may also use the
+ ``C'' escape sequences \\b\n\bn and \\b\t\bt for newline and tab, respectively.
- +\bo ``alias'' _\bk_\be_\by _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ , _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs, ... ]
+ _\bq_\bu_\ba_\bd_\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted for cer-
+ tain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _\by_\be_\bs will cause the
+ action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered yes to the
- +\bo ``unalias'' [ * | _\bk_\be_\by ... ]
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 32
- +\bo ``alternates'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ question. Similarly, a value of _\bn_\bo will cause the the action to be carried out
+ as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs will cause a prompt with a
+ default answer of ``yes'' and _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
- +\bo ``unalternates'' [ * | _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.
- +\bo ``alternative_order'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ For _\bb_\bo_\bo_\bl_\be_\ba_\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
+ toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example:
+ set invsmart_wrap.
- +\bo ``unalternative_order'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified vari-
+ ables.
- +\bo ``append-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified vari-
+ ables.
- +\bo ``auto_view'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ Using the enter-command function in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu, you can query the value of
+ a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:
- +\bo ``unauto_view'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ set ?allow_8bit
- +\bo ``bind'' _\bm_\ba_\bp _\bk_\be_\by _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
+ The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption vari-
+ ables.
- +\bo ``charset-hook'' _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
+ The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
+ (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
+ variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as the reset command.
- +\bo ``close-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'', which allows
+ you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
- +\bo ``color'' _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b6 _\bR_\be_\ba_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn_\bi_\bt_\bi_\ba_\bl_\bi_\bz_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bs _\bf_\br_\bo_\bm _\ba_\bn_\bo_\bt_\bh_\be_\br _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- +\bo ``uncolor'' _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ Usage: source _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
- +\bo ``exec'' _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn [ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ... ]
+ This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
+ For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
+ ~/.muttrc readable and keep my aliases private.
- +\bo ``fcc-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to the path of
+ your home directory.
- +\bo ``fcc-save-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is considered to be
+ an executable program from which to read input (eg. source ~/bin/myscript|).
- +\bo ``folder-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b7 _\bC_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bf_\be_\ba_\bt_\bu_\br_\be_\bs _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl_\bl_\by
- +\bo ``hdr_order'' _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br [ _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br ... ]
+ Usage: ifdef _\bi_\bt_\be_\bm _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd Usage: ifndef _\bi_\bt_\be_\bm _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- +\bo ``unhdr_order'' _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br [ _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br ... ]
+ These command allows to test if a variable, function or certain feature is
+ available or not respectively, before actually executing the command. ifdef
+ (short for ``if defined) handles commands if upon availability while ifndef
- +\bo ``iconv-hook'' _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\b-_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 33
- +\bo ``ignore'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ (short for ``if not defined'') does if not. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd may be any valid frac-
+ tion of a configuration file.
- +\bo ``unignore'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ All names of variables and functions may be tested. Additionally, the following
+ compile-features may be tested when prefixed with 'feature_': ncurses, slang,
+ iconv, idn, dotlock, standalone, pop, nntp, imap, ssl, gnutls, sasl, sasl2,
+ libesmtp, compressed, color, classic_pgp, classic_smime, gpgme, header_cache.
- +\bo ``lists'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ Examples follow.
- +\bo ``unlists'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ To only source a file with IMAP related settings only if IMAP support is com-
+ piled in, use:
- +\bo ``macro'' _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu _\bk_\be_\by _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
+ ifdef feature_imap 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
+ # or
+ # ifdef imap_user 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
+ # or
+ # ...
- +\bo ``mailboxes'' _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
+ To exit mutt-ng directly if no NNTP support is compiled in:
- +\bo ``mbox-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
+ ifndef feature_nntp 'push q'
+ # or
+ # ifndef newsrc 'push q'
+ # or
+ # ...
- +\bo ``message-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ To only set the _\b<_\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section 6.3.101 , page 88) when the sys-
+ tem's SVN is recent enough to have it:
- +\bo ``mime_lookup'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ ifdef imap_mail_check 'set imap_mail_check=300'
- +\bo ``unmime_lookup'' _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
+ _\b3_\b._\b2_\b8 _\bR_\be_\bm_\bo_\bv_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs
- +\bo ``mono'' _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
+ Usage: unhook [ * | _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ]
- +\bo ``unmono'' _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
+ either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an argument, or you
+ can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-
+ hook.
- +\bo ``my_hdr'' _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+ _\b4_\b. _\bA_\bd_\bv_\ba_\bn_\bc_\be_\bd _\bU_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be
- +\bo ``unmy_hdr'' _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd [ _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd ... ]
+ _\b4_\b._\b1 _\bR_\be_\bg_\bu_\bl_\ba_\br _\bE_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs
- +\bo ``open-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs (section
+ 4.2 , page 36) must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in the
+ ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used by egrep and
+ GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a brief description of
+ this syntax.
- +\bo ``crypt-hook'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bk_\be_\by_\b-_\bi_\bd
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 34
- +\bo ``push'' _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+ The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
+ letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\'' must be quoted if used
+ for a regular expression in an initialization command: ``\\''.
- +\bo ``reset'' _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
+ A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
+ expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
+ various operators to combine smaller expressions.
- +\bo ``save-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+ Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either ' or '
+ which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character.
+ See _\bS_\by_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bx _\bo_\bf _\bI_\bn_\bi_\bt_\bi_\ba_\bl_\bi_\bz_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bF_\bi_\bl_\be_\bs (section 3.1 , page 14) for more informa-
+ tion on ' and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal ' or ' you must pref-
+ ace it with \ (backslash).
- +\bo ``score'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be
+ The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
+ character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
+ expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
+ be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
- +\bo ``unscore'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
+ The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and the dollar
+ sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
+ beginning and end of a line.
- +\bo ``send-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single character
+ in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret ``^'' then it
+ matches any character n\bno\bot\bt in the list. For example, the regular expression
+ [\b[0\b01\b12\b23\b34\b45\b56\b67\b78\b89\b9]\b] matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be
+ specified by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''.
+ Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a lit-
+ eral ``]'' place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^''
+ place it anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
+ it last.
- +\bo ``reply-hook'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+ Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
+ of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The following classes are
+ defined by the POSIX standard:
- +\bo ``set'' [no|inv]_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be[=_\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be] [ _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
+ [:alnum:]
+ Alphanumeric characters.
- +\bo ``unset'' _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
+ [:alpha:]
+ Alphabetic characters.
- +\bo ``source'' _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+ [:blank:]
+ Space or tab characters.
- +\bo ``spam'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+ [:cntrl:]
+ Control characters.
- +\bo ``nospam'' _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
+ [:digit:]
+ Numeric characters.
- +\bo ``subscribe'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ [:graph:]
+ Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
- +\bo ``unsubscribe'' _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 35
- +\bo ``toggle'' _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
+ printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
- +\bo ``unhook'' _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be
+ [:lower:]
+ Lower-case alphabetic characters.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b. C\bCo\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn v\bva\bar\bri\bia\bab\bbl\ble\bes\bs
+ [:print:]
+ Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b1.\b. a\bab\bbo\bor\brt\bt_\b_n\bno\bos\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt
+ [:punct:]
+ Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
+ control characters, or space characters).
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ [:space:]
+ Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
- If set to _\by_\be_\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the
- subject prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _\bn_\bo, composing
- messages with no subject given at the subject prompt will never be
- aborted.
+ [:upper:]
+ Upper-case alphabetic characters.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b2.\b. a\bab\bbo\bor\brt\bt_\b_u\bun\bnm\bmo\bod\bdi\bif\bfi\bie\bed\bd
+ [:xdigit:]
+ Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
+ a character list. Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the
+ symbolic names, and must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the
+ bracket list. For example, [\b[[\b[:\b:d\bdi\big\bgi\bit\bt:\b:]\b]]\b] is equivalent to [\b[0\b0-\b-9\b9]\b].
- If set to _\by_\be_\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the
- message body if no changes are made to the file (this check only
- happens after the _\bf_\bi_\br_\bs_\bt edit of the file). When set to _\bn_\bo,
- composition will never be aborted.
+ Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
+ non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating ele-
+ ments) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
+ characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b3.\b. a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs_\b_f\bfi\bil\ble\be
+ Collating Symbols
+ A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed
+ in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating ele-
+ ment, then [\b[[\b[.\b.c\bch\bh.\b.]\b]]\b] is a regexp that matches this collating ele-
+ ment, while [\b[c\bch\bh]\b] is a regexp that matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
- Type: path
- Default: "~/.muttngrc"
+ Equivalence Classes
+ An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of char-
+ acters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[='' and
+ ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to represent all
+ of ``'' ``'' and ``e''. In this case, [\b[[\b[=\b=e\be=\b=]\b]]\b] is a regexp that
+ matches any of ``'', ``'' and ``e''.
- The default file in which to save aliases created by the ````create-
- alias'''' function.
+ A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of sev-
+ eral repetition operators:
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must
- explicitly use the ````source'''' command for it to be executed.
+ ?
+ The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
+
+ *
+ The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 36
+
+ +
+ The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
+
+ {n}
+ The preceding item is matched exactly _\bn times.
+
+ {n,}
+ The preceding item is matched _\bn or more times.
+
+ {,m}
+ The preceding item is matched at most _\bm times.
+
+ {n,m}
+ The preceding item is matched at least _\bn times, but no more than _\bm
+ times.
+
+ Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
+ matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
+ match the concatenated subexpressions.
+
+ Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the result-
+ ing regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.
+
+ Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
+ over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
+ override these precedence rules.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _\br_\bx package, the following operators may
+ also be used in regular expressions:
+
+ \\y
+ Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
+ word.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b4.\b. a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ \\B
+ Matches the empty string within a word.
- Type: string
- Default: "%4n %2f %t %-10a %r"
+ \\<
+ Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
- Specifies the format of the data displayed for the `alias' menu. The
- following printf(3)-style sequences are available:
+ \\>
+ Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
- %\b%a\ba alias name
+ \\w
+ Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or under-
+ score).
- %\b%f\bf flags - currently, a "d" for an alias marked for deletion
+ \\W
+ Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
- %\b%n\bn index number
+ \\`
+ Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
- %\b%r\br address which alias expands to
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 37
- %\b%t\bt character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
+ \\'
+ Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b5.\b. a\bal\bll\blo\bow\bw_\b_8\b8b\bbi\bit\bt
+ Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
+ or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b4_\b._\b2 _\bP_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs
- Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either Quoted-
- Printable or Base64 encoding when sending mail.
+ Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit, tag-
+ pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to select messages:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b6.\b. a\bal\bll\blo\bow\bw_\b_a\ban\bns\bsi\bi
+ ~A all messages
+ ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
+ ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
+ ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
+ ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
+ ~D deleted messages
+ ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
+ ~E expired messages
+ ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
+ ~F flagged messages
+ ~f USER messages originating from USER
+ ~g cryptographically signed messages
+ ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
+ ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
+ ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
+ ~k message contains PGP key material
+ ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
+ ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
+ ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
+ ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
+ ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
+ ~N new messages
+ ~O old messages
+ ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
+ ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
+ ~Q messages which have been replied to
+ ~R read messages
+ ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
+ ~S superseded messages
+ ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
+ ~T tagged messages
+ ~t USER messages addressed to USER
+ ~U unread messages
+ ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
+ ~V cryptographically verified messages
+ ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
+ ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
+ ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
+ ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
+ ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
+ ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
+ address (excluded are addresses matching against
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 38
- Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich
- text messages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes
- are rare, but if this option is set, their text will be colored
- accordingly. Note that this may override your color choices, and even
- present a security problem, since a message could include a line like
- "[-- PGP output follows ..." and give it the same color as your
- attachment color.
+ alternates or any alias)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b7.\b. a\bar\brr\bro\bow\bw_\b_c\bcu\bur\brs\bso\bor\br
+ Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are _\br_\be_\bg_\bu_\bl_\ba_\br _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs (section 4.1 , page
+ 33). Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside of
+ patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will strip one level
+ of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your intention
+ to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use two back-
+ slashes instead (\\).
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
- When set, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry
- in menus instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or
- modem links this will make response faster because there is less that
- has to be redrawn on the screen when moving to the next or previous
- entries in the menu.
+ _\b4_\b._\b2_\b._\b1 _\bP_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bM_\bo_\bd_\bi_\bf_\bi_\be_\br
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b8.\b. a\bas\bsc\bci\bii\bi_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bs
+ Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t) match
+ if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that
+ all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with ^. This
+ example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ ^~C \.de$
- If set, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread
- and attachment trees, instead of the default _\bA_\bC_\bS characters.
+ _\b4_\b._\b2_\b._\b2 _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be_\bx _\bP_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b9.\b. a\bas\bsk\bk_\b_f\bfo\bol\bll\blo\bow\bw_\b_u\bup\bp
+ Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ ~t mutt ~f elkins
- If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for follow-up groups before editing
- the body of an outgoing message.
+ would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of recipients
+ a\ban\bnd\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header field.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. a\bas\bsk\bk_\b_x\bx_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bme\ben\bnt\bt_\b_t\bto\bo
+ Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search pat-
+ terns:
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ +\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
- If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for x-comment-to field before editing
- the body of an outgoing message.
+ +\bo | -- logical OR operator
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. a\bas\bsk\bkb\bbc\bcc\bc
+ +\bo () -- logical grouping operator
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
+ select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc'' field
+ and which are from ``elkins''.
- If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients
- before editing an outgoing message.
+ !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b2.\b. a\bas\bsk\bkc\bcc\bc
+ Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the ' and
+ ' delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the ``^Junk
+ +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody'' or ``Ed
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 39
- If set, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before
- editing the body of an outgoing message.
+ +SomeoneElse'':
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b3.\b. a\bas\bss\bsu\bum\bme\bed\bd_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bse\bet\bt
+ '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
- Type: string
- Default: "us-ascii"
+ Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical bar
+ ("|"), you m\bmu\bus\bst\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those
+ characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt's pattern lan-
+ guage. For example,
- This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes
- for messages without character encoding indication. Header field
- values and message body content without character encoding indication
- would be assumed that they are written in one of this list. By
- default, all the header fields and message body without any charset
- indication are assumed to be in "us-ascii".
+ ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
- For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
+ Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be separated to
+ two OR'd patterns: _\b~_\bf _\bm_\be_\b@_\b(_\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b\_\b._\bo_\br_\bg and _\bc_\bs_\b\_\b._\bh_\bm_\bc_\b\_\b._\be_\bd_\bu_\b). They are never what you
+ want.
- set assumed_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
+ _\b4_\b._\b2_\b._\b3 _\bS_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bb_\by _\bD_\ba_\bt_\be
- However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This
- variable is valid only if ``$strict_mime'' is unset.
+ Mutt supports two types of dates, _\ba_\bb_\bs_\bo_\bl_\bu_\bt_\be and _\br_\be_\bl_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b4.\b. a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ A\bAb\bbs\bso\bol\blu\but\bte\be. Dates m\bmu\bus\bst\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional,
+ defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid range of
+ dates is:
- Type: string
- Default: "%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] "
+ Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
- This variable describes the format of the `attachment' menu. The
- following printf-style sequences are understood:
+ If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all mes-
+ sages _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum (second)
+ date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _\ba_\bf_\bt_\be_\br the given date will be
+ selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''), only messages
+ sent on the given date will be selected.
- %\b%C\bC charset
+ E\bEr\brr\bro\bor\br M\bMa\bar\brg\bgi\bin\bns\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin
+ is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the following
+ units:
- %\b%c\bc requires charset conversion (n or c)
+ y years
+ m months
+ w weeks
+ d days
- %\b%D\bD deleted flag
+ As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character, which is
+ equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
- %\b%d\bd description
+ Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
+ the following pattern:
- %\b%e\be MIME content-transfer-encoding
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 40
- %\b%f\bf filename
+ Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
- %\b%I\bI disposition (I=inline, A=attachment)
+ R\bRe\bel\bla\bat\bti\biv\bve\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be speci-
+ fied as:
- %\b%m\bm major MIME type
+ +\bo >_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages older than _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units)
- %\b%M\bM MIME subtype
+ +\bo <_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages newer than _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units)
- %\b%n\bn attachment number
+ +\bo =_\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt (messages exactly _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt units old)
- %\b%s\bs size
+ _\bo_\bf_\bf_\bs_\be_\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following units:
- %\b%t\bt tagged flag
+ y years
+ m months
+ w weeks
+ d days
- %\b%T\bT graphic tree characters
+ Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
- %\b%u\bu unlink (=to delete) flag
+ Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
- %\b%>\b>X\bX
- right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l\blo\boc\bca\bal\bl time zone, so
+ unless you change the setting of your _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
+ 91) to include a %[...] format, these are n\bno\bot\bt the dates shown in the main
+ index.
- %\b%|\b|X\bX
- pad to the end of the line with character "X"
+ _\b4_\b._\b3 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bT_\ba_\bg_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b5.\b. a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh_\b_s\bse\bep\bp
+ Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
+ once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
+ mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given sub-
+ ject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function,
+ which is bound to ``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual mes-
+ sages by hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
+ default. See _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs (section 4.2 , page 36) for Mutt's pattern matching
+ syntax.
- Type: string
- Default: "\n"
+ Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-prefix'' oper-
+ ator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default. When the ``tag-prefix''
+ operator is used, the n\bne\bex\bxt\bt operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
+ that operation can be used in that manner. If the _\b$_\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bt_\ba_\bg (section 6.3.18 ,
+ page 69) variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
+ automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
- The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving,
- printing, piping, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
+ In _\bm_\ba_\bc_\br_\bo_\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) or _\bp_\bu_\bs_\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) commands,
+ you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages,
+ mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt will stop
+ "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after this
+ operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b6.\b. a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh_\b_s\bsp\bpl\bli\bit\bt
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 41
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b4_\b._\b4 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs
- If this variable is unset, when operating (saving, printing, piping,
- etc) on a list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the
- attachments and will operate on them as a single attachment. The
- ````$attach_sep'''' separator is added after each attachment. When
- set, Mutt-ng will operate on the attachments one by one.
+ A _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to execute
+ arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
+ to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
+ whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt world, a _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk consists of a _\br_\be_\bg_\bu_\bl_\ba_\br
+ _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) or _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) along
+ with a configuration option/command. See
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b7.\b. a\bat\btt\btr\bri\bib\bbu\but\bti\bio\bon\bn
+ +\bo _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.5 , page 19)
- Type: string
- Default: "On %d, %n wrote:"
+ +\bo _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.18 , page 27)
- This is the string that will precede a message which has been included
- in a reply. For a full listing of defined printf()-like sequences see
- the section on ````$index_format''''.
+ +\bo _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.19 , page 28)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b8.\b. a\bau\but\bto\bo_\b_t\bta\bag\bg
+ +\bo _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.15 , page 26)
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ +\bo _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)
- When set, functions in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu which affect a message will be
- applied to all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you
- must first use the tag-prefix function (default: ";") to make the next
- function apply to all tagged messages.
+ +\bo _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b9.\b. a\bau\but\bto\boe\bed\bdi\bit\bt
+ +\bo _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.17 , page 27)
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ for specific details on each type of _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk available.
- When set along with ````$edit_headers'''', Mutt-ng will skip the
- initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
- of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have
- finished editing the body of your message.
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective
+ until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally not desired, a
+ default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to restore configuration
+ defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
- Also see ````$fast_reply''''.
+ send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
+ send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b0.\b. b\bbe\bee\bep\bp
+ _\b4_\b._\b4_\b._\b1 _\bM_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bM_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bH_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bs
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-hook) are
+ evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other types of hooks, a _\br_\be_\bg_\b-
+ _\bu_\bl_\ba_\br _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) is sufficient. But in dealing with
+ messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since for different
+ purposes you want to match different criteria.
- When this variable is set, mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
+ Mutt allows the use of the _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) language for
+ matching messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
+ would when _\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg or _\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg the mailbox, except that you are restricted to
+ those operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of the
+ message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b1.\b. b\bbe\bee\bep\bp_\b_n\bne\bew\bw
+ For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
+ to a specific address, you could do something like:
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
- When this variable is set, mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a
- message notifying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting
- of the ````$beep'''' variable.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 42
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b2.\b. b\bbo\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
+ which would execute the given command when sending mail to _\bm_\be_\b@_\bc_\bs_\b._\bh_\bm_\bc_\b._\be_\bd_\bu.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
+ searching language. You can still specify a simple _\br_\be_\bg_\bu_\bl_\ba_\br _\be_\bx_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn like the
+ other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate your pattern into the full lan-
+ guage, using the translation specified by the _\b$_\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 6.3.47 ,
+ page 75) variable. The pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared,
+ so the value of _\b$_\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 6.3.47 , page 75) that is in effect at
+ that time will be used.
- Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If
- set to _\by_\be_\bs you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message.
- Setting this variable to _\bn_\bo is not generally useful, and thus not
- recommended, because you are unable to bounce messages.
+ _\b4_\b._\b5 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\be _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b3.\b. b\bbo\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be_\b_d\bde\bel\bli\biv\bve\ber\bre\bed\bd
+ The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a mailbox listing
+ which looks very similar to the ones you probably know from GUI mail clients.
+ The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes, shows the number in each and high-
+ lights the ones with new email Use the following configuration commands:
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ set sidebar_visible="yes"
+ set sidebar_width=25
- When this variable is set, mutt-ng will include Delivered-To headers
- when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to unset this
- variable.
+ If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b4.\b. c\bca\bat\btc\bch\bhu\bup\bp_\b_n\bne\bew\bws\bsg\bgr\bro\bou\bup\bp
+ set mbox='=INBOX'
+ mailboxes INBOX \
+ MBOX1 \
+ MBOX2 \
+ ...
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
- If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in newsgroup
- as read when you quit the newsgroup (catchup newsgroup).
+ color sidebar_new red black
+ color sidebar white black
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b5.\b. c\bce\ber\brt\bti\bif\bfi\bic\bca\bat\bte\be_\b_f\bfi\bil\ble\be
+ The available functions are:
- Type: path
- Default: "~/.mutt_certificates"
+ sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
+ sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
+ sidebar-next Highlights the next mailbox
+ sidebar-next-new Highlights the next mailbox with new mail
+ sidebar-previous Highlights the previous mailbox
+ sidebar-open Opens the currently highlighted mailbox
- This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are
- saved. When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if
- you accept it or not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be
- saved in this file and further connections are automatically accepted.
+ Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
- You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server
- certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also
- automatically accepted.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 43
- Example: set certificate_file=~/.mutt/certificates
+ bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
+ bind index \Cn sidebar-next
+ bind index \Cb sidebar-open
+ bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
+ bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
+ bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b6.\b. c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bse\bet\bt
+ macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
+ macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch on and
+ off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
- Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
+ _\b4_\b._\b6 _\bE_\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bl _\bA_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs _\bQ_\bu_\be_\br_\bi_\be_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b7.\b. c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk_\b_n\bne\bew\bw
+ Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP, ph/qi,
+ bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt using a simple
+ interface. Using the _\b$_\bq_\bu_\be_\br_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd (section 6.3.214 , page 117) variable,
+ you specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this option only affects _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bd_\bi_\br and _\bM_\bH style mailboxes.
+ The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
+ return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
+ line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
+ information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-
+ zero exit code and a one line error message.
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox
- is open. Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite
- some time since it involves scanning the directory and checking each
- file to see if it has already been looked at. If _\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk_\b__\bn_\be_\bw is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt,
- no check for new mail is performed while the mailbox is open.
+ An example multiple response output:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b8.\b. c\bco\bol\bll\bla\bap\bps\bse\be_\b_u\bun\bnr\bre\bea\bad\bd
+ Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
+ me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
+ blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
+ roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One is to
+ do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q). This
+ will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
+ matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
+ aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new
+ query, or have a new query appended to the current responses.
- When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any
- unread messages.
+ The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
+ similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
+ the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
+ address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed
+ back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
+ mutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
+ will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more
+ addresses to be added to the prompt.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b9.\b. c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 44
- Type: string
- Default: "-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-"
+ _\b4_\b._\b7 _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx _\bF_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt_\bs
- Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be menu.
- This string is similar to ````$status_format'''', but has its own set
- of printf()-like sequences:
+ Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats: mbox,
+ MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there is no need to
+ use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses
+ the default specified with the _\b$_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b__\bt_\by_\bp_\be (section 6.3.128 , page 96) vari-
+ able.
- %\b%a\ba total number of attachments
+ m\bmb\bbo\box\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are
+ stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
- %\b%h\bh local hostname
+ From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
- %\b%l\bl approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
+ to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
+ ``From_'' line).
- %\b%v\bv Mutt-ng version string
+ M\bMM\bMD\bDF\bF. This is a variant of the _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx format. Each message is surrounded by
+ lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
- See the text describing the ````$status_format'''' option for more
- information on how to set ````$compose_format''''.
+ M\bMH\bH. A radical departure from _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx and _\bM_\bM_\bD_\bF, a mailbox consists of a directory
+ and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the mes-
+ sage number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number Mutt
+ displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the file-
+ name. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
+ .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
+ mailboxes).
+
+ M\bMa\bai\bil\bld\bdi\bir\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a replace-
+ ment for sendmail). Similar to _\bM_\bH, except that it adds three subdirectories of
+ the mailbox: _\bt_\bm_\bp, _\bn_\be_\bw and _\bc_\bu_\br. Filenames for the messages are chosen in such a
+ way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the mailbox over NFS,
+ which means that no file locking is needed.
+
+ _\b4_\b._\b8 _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx _\bS_\bh_\bo_\br_\bt_\bc_\bu_\bt_\bs
+
+ There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
+ These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
+ path.
+
+ +\bo ! -- refers to your _\b$_\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135) (incoming)
+ mailbox
+
+ +\bo > -- refers to your _\b$_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96) file
+
+ +\bo < -- refers to your _\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119) file
+
+ +\bo ^ -- refers to the current mailbox
+
+ +\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
+
+ +\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 45
+
+ +\bo = or + -- refers to your _\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) directory
+
+ +\bo @_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs -- refers to the _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br (section 3.15 , page 26) as
+ determined by the address of the alias
+
+ _\b4_\b._\b9 _\bH_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bL_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs
+
+ Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
+ mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt know what addresses
+ you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a mail-
+ ing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you are
+ subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs _\ba_\bn_\bd _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be
+ (section 3.10 , page 24) commands in your muttrc.
+
+ Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things, the
+ first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
+ received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu display.
+ This is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mail-
+ box. In the _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable, the escape
+ ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the ``To''
+ field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it
+ returns the name of the author).
+
+ Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend to get
+ quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they
+ are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that
+ person. The ``list-reply'' function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the
+ _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu and _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known
+ mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-
+ Followup-To, see below).
+
+ Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to a
+ list of recipients which includes one or several subscribed mailing lists, and
+ if the _\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo (section 6.3.67 , page 80) option is set, mutt will gener-
+ ate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom you
+ send this message, but not your address. This indicates that group-replies or
+ list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this message should only be sent
+ to the original recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll
+ receive your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b0.\b. c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bg_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bse\bet\bt
+ Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a Mail-
+ Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the _\b$_\bh_\bo_\bn_\bo_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo
+ (section 6.3.91 , page 86) configuration variable is set. Using list-reply
+ will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even
+ if it's not specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To
+ header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't exist
+ when you send the message.
+
+ The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a ``Reply-To''
+ field which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of
+ the message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the
+ author in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 46
+
+ address given in the ``Reply-To'' field. Mutt uses the _\b$_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\bt_\bo (section
+ 6.3.226 , page 119) variable to help decide which address to use. If set to
+ _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs or _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo, you will be prompted as to whether or not you would like to
+ use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the
+ address given in the ``From'' field. When set to _\by_\be_\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field
+ will be used when present.
+
+ The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing lists or
+ list subject matter (or just to annotate messages individually). The
+ _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y'' escapes
+ can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and Mutt's pattern-
+ matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:'' fields with the `` y''
+ selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard message header field, but it can eas-
+ ily be inserted by procmail and other mail filtering agents.
- When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this
- encoding.
+ Lastly, Mutt has the ability to _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133) the mailbox
+ into _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs (section 2.3.3 , page 7). A thread is a group of messages which
+ all relate to the same subject. This is usually organized into a tree-like
+ structure where a message and all of its replies are represented graphically.
+ If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
+ dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily delete
+ uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b1.\b. c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\bir\brm\bma\bap\bpp\bpe\ben\bnd\bd
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b0 _\bE_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken either
+ by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This allows
+ to clean your mailboxes formats) from these annoyances which make it hard to
+ follow a discussion.
- When set, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages
- to an existing mailbox.
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b0_\b._\b1 _\bL_\bi_\bn_\bk_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b32\b2.\b. c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\bir\brm\bmc\bcr\bre\bea\bat\bte\be
+ Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and "Refer-
+ ences:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken discussions
+ because Mutt has not enough information to guess the correct threading. You
+ can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message and using
+ the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The reply will then be
+ connected to this "parent" message.
+
+ You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the tag-
+ prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
+
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b0_\b._\b2 _\bB_\br_\be_\ba_\bk_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
+
+ On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
+ by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
+ totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread''
+ function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
+ the current message into a whole different thread.
+
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b1 _\bD_\be_\bl_\bi_\bv_\be_\br_\by _\bS_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs _\bN_\bo_\bt_\bi_\bf_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\b(_\bD_\bS_\bN_\b) _\bS_\bu_\bp_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt
+
+ RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
+ status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as ``return
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 47
+
+ receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some command line options in
+ which the mail client can make requests as to what type of status messages
+ should be returned.
+
+ To support this, there are two variables. _\b$_\bd_\bs_\bn_\b__\bn_\bo_\bt_\bi_\bf_\by (section 6.3.53 , page
+ 76) is used to request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
+ message delivered, etc.). _\b$_\bd_\bs_\bn_\b__\br_\be_\bt_\bu_\br_\bn (section 6.3.54 , page 77) requests how
+ much of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full mes-
+ sage). Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
+
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b2 _\bP_\bO_\bP_\b3 _\bS_\bu_\bp_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt _\b(_\bO_\bP_\bT_\bI_\bO_\bN_\bA_\bL_\b)
+
+ If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script with
+ the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bp_\bo_\bp flag), it has the ability to work with mailboxes located on a
+ remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
+ pop://popserver/.
+
+ You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
+ pop://popserver:port/.
+
+ You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: pop://user-
+ name@popserver[:port]/.
- When set, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to
- a mailbox which does not yet exist before creating it.
+ Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
+ the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely can be controlled by
+ the _\b$_\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk_\bi_\bn_\bt_\be_\br_\bv_\ba_\bl (section 6.3.197 , page 113) variable, which defaults
+ to every 60 seconds.
+
+ If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script with the
+ _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\bs_\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be encrypted. This naturally
+ requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
+ with POP3/SSL, you should use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[user-
+ name@]popserver[:port]/.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b33\b3.\b. c\bco\bon\bnn\bne\bec\bct\bt_\b_t\bti\bim\bme\beo\bou\but\bt
+ Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _\bf_\be_\bt_\bc_\bh_\b-_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl function (default: G).
+ It allows to connect to _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt (section 6.3.199 , page 113), fetch all your
+ new mail and place it in the local _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135).
+ After this point, Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
- Type: number
- Default: 30
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you should con-
+ sider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
- Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after
- this many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A
- negative value causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection
- to succeed.
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b3 _\bI_\bM_\bA_\bP _\bS_\bu_\bp_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt _\b(_\bO_\bP_\bT_\bI_\bO_\bN_\bA_\bL_\b)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b34\b4.\b. c\bco\bon\bnt\bte\ben\bnt\bt_\b_t\bty\byp\bpe\be
+ If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script with
+ the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp flag), it has the ability to work with folders located on a
+ remote IMAP server.
- Type: string
- Default: "text/plain"
+ You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
+ imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP server and
+ INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the IMAP server. If you
+ want to access another mail folder at the IMAP server, you should use
- Sets the default Content-Type for the body of newly composed messages.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 48
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b35\b5.\b. c\bco\bop\bpy\by
+ imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where path/to/folder is the path of the folder
+ you want to access.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
+ imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
- This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages
- will be saved for later references. Also see ````$record'''',
- ````$save_name'''', ````$force_name'''' and ````fcc-hook''''.
+ You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: imap://user-
+ name@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b36\b6.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_a\bau\but\bto\boe\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt
+ If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be script with the
+ _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\bs_\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be encrypted. This naturally
+ requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
+ with IMAP/SSL, you should use imaps://[user-
+ name@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder path.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e. {[user-
+ name@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
- Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP
- encrypt outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in connection
- to the _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk command. It can be overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-
- _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when encryption is not required or signing is requested as well.
- IF ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL is used instead to
- create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of the
- _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu. (Crypto only)
+ Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt should cor-
+ rectly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
+ accordingly.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b37\b7.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bop\bpg\bgp\bp
+ When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
+ the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the _\bt_\bo_\bg_\bg_\bl_\be_\b-_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd
+ command. See also the _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd (section 6.3.100 , page 88) vari-
+ able.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
+ want to carefully tune the _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section 6.3.101 , page 88) and
+ _\b$_\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt (section 6.3.311 , page 141) variables.
- This variable controls whether or not mutt-ng may automatically enable
- PGP encryption/signing for messages. See also
- ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
- ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
- ````$smime_is_default''''.
+ Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
+ v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
+ selects the same folder.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b38\b8.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bos\bsi\big\bgn\bn
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b3_\b._\b1 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bF_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br _\bB_\br_\bo_\bw_\bs_\be_\br
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This is
+ mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:
- Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to
- cryptographically sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by
- use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when signing is not required or encryption is
- requested as well. If ````$smime_is_default'''' is set, then OpenSSL
- is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be
- overridden by use of the _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu. (Crypto only)
+ +\bo Instead of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP", possibly
+ followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry contains both mes-
+ sages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
+ both messages and subfolders.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b39\b9.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bos\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be
+ +\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
+ selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
+ subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
+ use view-file instead (bound to space by default).
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ +\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-mailbox,
+ delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default bindings: C, d and r,
+ respectively). You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes (nor-
+ mally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
- This variable controls whether or not mutt-ng may automatically enable
- S/MIME encryption/signing for messages. See also
- ````$crypt_autoencrypt'''', ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''',
- ````$crypt_autosign'''', ````$crypt_replysign'''' and
- ````$smime_is_default''''.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 49
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b40\b0.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\bye\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b3_\b._\b2 _\bA_\bu_\bt_\bh_\be_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
+ CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add NTLM authentica-
+ tion for you poor exchange users out there, but it has yet to be integrated
+ into the main tree). There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
+ which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
+ To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or "anonymous".
- If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which
- are encrypted. (Crypto only)
+ SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
+ (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
+ available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
+ DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
+ invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
+ it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
+ and compile mutt with the _\b-_\b-_\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bs_\bl flag.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b41\b1.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\bys\bsi\big\bgn\bn
+ Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server, in
+ the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ There are a few variables which control authentication:
- If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
- are signed.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a\ban\bnd\bd signed!
- (Crypto only)
+ +\bo _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br (section 6.3.107 , page 90) - controls the username under
+ which you request authentication on the IMAP server, for all authentica-
+ tors. This is overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e.
+ by using a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b42\b2.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\bys\bsi\big\bgn\bne\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bte\bed\bd
+ +\bo _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs (section 6.3.102 , page 88) - a password which you may preset,
+ used by all authentication methods where a password is needed.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ +\bo _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\be_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br_\bs (section 6.3.94 , page 86) - a colon-delimited list
+ of IMAP authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
+ If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the
+ order listed above).
- If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which
- are encrypted. This makes sense in combination with
- ````$crypt_replyencrypt'''', because it allows you to sign all
- messages which are automatically encrypted. This works around the
- problem noted in ````$crypt_replysign'''', that mutt-ng is not able to
- find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b4 _\bM_\ba_\bn_\ba_\bg_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bm_\bu_\bl_\bt_\bi_\bp_\bl_\be _\bI_\bM_\bA_\bP_\b/_\bP_\bO_\bP _\ba_\bc_\bc_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bt_\bs _\b(_\bO_\bP_\bT_\bI_\bO_\bN_\bA_\bL_\b)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b43\b3.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_t\bti\bim\bme\bes\bst\bta\bam\bmp\bp
+ If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers, you may
+ find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
+ The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
+ invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox (including inside the folder
+ browser), not just when you open the mailbox.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Some examples:
- If set, mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP
- or S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you
- are using colors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may unset
- this setting. (Crypto only)
+ account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
+ account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
+ account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b44\b4.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_u\bus\bse\be_\b_g\bgp\bpg\bgm\bme\be
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b5 _\bS_\bt_\ba_\br_\bt _\ba _\bW_\bW_\bW _\bB_\br_\bo_\bw_\bs_\be_\br _\bo_\bn _\bU_\bR_\bL_\bs _\b(_\bE_\bX_\bT_\bE_\bR_\bN_\bA_\bL_\b)
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ If a message contains URLs (_\bu_\bn_\bi_\bf_\bi_\be_\bd _\br_\be_\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br = address in the WWW space
- This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If
- it is set and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for
- S/MIME and PGP will be used instead of the classic code. Note, that
- you need to use this option in .muttrc as it won't have any effect
- when used interactively.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 50
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b45\b5.\b. c\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_v\bve\ber\bri\bif\bfy\by_\b_s\bsi\big\bg
+ like _\bh_\bt_\bt_\bp_\b:_\b/_\b/_\bw_\bw_\bw_\b._\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b._\bo_\br_\bg_\b/), it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
+ start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
+ external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/con-
+ trib/ and the configuration commands:
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ macro index \cb |urlview\n
+ macro pager \cb |urlview\n
- If ``yes'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If
- ``ask'', ask whether or not to verify the signature. If ``no'', never
- attempt to verify cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b6 _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br_\bs _\bS_\bu_\bp_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt _\b(_\bO_\bP_\bT_\bI_\bO_\bN_\bA_\bL_\b)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b46\b6.\b. d\bda\bat\bte\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ If Mutt was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\be
+ script with the _\b-_\b-_\be_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b-_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd flag), Mutt can open folders stored in an
+ arbitrary format, provided that the user has a script to convert from/to this
+ format to one of the accepted.
- Type: string
- Default: "!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z"
+ The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with gzip.
- This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d''
- sequence in ````$index_format''''. This is passed to the _\bs_\bt_\br_\bf_\bt_\bi_\bm_\be
- call to process the date. See the man page for _\bs_\bt_\br_\bf_\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\b(_\b3_\b) for the
- proper syntax.
+ In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an accepted
+ format and appends its context to the folder in the user-defined format, which
+ may be faster than converting the entire folder to the accepted format, append-
+ ing to it and converting back to the user-defined format.
- Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month
- and week day names are expanded according to the locale specified in
- the variable ````$locale''''. If the first character in the string is
- a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the
- rest of the string are expanded in the _\bC locale (that is in US
- English).
+ There are three hooks defined (_\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50), _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-
+ _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) and _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51))
+ which define commands to uncompress and compress a folder and to append mes-
+ sages to an existing compressed folder respectively.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b47\b7.\b. d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt_\b_h\bho\boo\bok\bk
+ For example:
- Type: string
- Default: "~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)"
+ open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
+ close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
+ append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
- This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and
- fcc-hooks will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple
- regexp, instead of a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when
- they are declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to the
- value of this variable at the time the hook is declared. The default
- value matches if the message is either from a user matching the
- regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from address
- matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the
- given regular expression.
+ You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (sec-
+ tion 4.16.3 , page 51), the folder will be open and closed again each time you
+ will add to it. If you omit _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) (or give
+ empty command) , the folder will be open in the mode. If you specify _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-
+ _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) though you'll be able to append to the folder.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b48\b8.\b. d\bde\bel\ble\bet\bte\be
+ Note that Mutt will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of the
+ accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt supposes it is not
+ compressed. This is important because it allows the use of programs that do not
+ have well defined extensions. Just use '.' as a regexp. But this may be sur-
+ prising if your compressing script produces empty files. In this situation,
+ unset _\b$_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\be_\bm_\bp_\bt_\by (section 6.3.233 , page 121), so that the compressed file
+ will be removed if you delete all of the messages.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b6_\b._\b1 _\bO_\bp_\be_\bn _\ba _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx _\bf_\bo_\br _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bi_\bn_\bg
- Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
- synchronizing a mailbox. If set to _\by_\be_\bs, messages marked for deleting
- will automatically be purged without prompting. If set to _\bn_\bo,
- messages marked for deletion will be kept in the mailbox.
+ Usage: open-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp '_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.4\b49\b9.\b. d\bde\bel\ble\bet\bte\be_\b_u\bun\bnt\bta\bag\bg
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 51
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders whose names
+ match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp.
- If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them
- for deletion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a
- message, or when you save it to another folder.
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should accept two
+ parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed) folder name, and %t
+ which is replaced with the name of the temporary folder to which to write.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b50\b0.\b. d\bdi\big\bge\bes\bst\bt_\b_c\bco\bol\bll\bla\bap\bps\bse\be
+ %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string, and all of
+ the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name. In addition, %% is
+ replaced by %, as in printf, and any other %anything is left as is.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the original compressed file. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should
+ return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
- If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not
- show the subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To
- see these subparts, press 'v' on that menu.
+ Example:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b51\b1.\b. d\bdi\bis\bsp\bpl\bla\bay\by_\b_f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br
+ open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type.
- When set, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message
- is viewed it is passed as standard input to ``$display_filter'', and
- the filtered message is read from the standard output.
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b6_\b._\b2 _\bW_\br_\bi_\bt_\be _\ba _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b52\b2.\b. d\bdo\bot\btl\blo\boc\bck\bk_\b_p\bpr\bro\bog\bgr\bra\bam\bm
+ Usage: close-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp '_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd'
- Type: path
- Default: "/usr/local/bin/muttng_dotlock"
+ This is used to close the folder that was open with the _\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section
+ 4.16.1 , page 50) command after some changes were made to it.
- Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock (1) binary to be used by mutt-
- ng.
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the folders
+ whose names match _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. It has the same format as in the _\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section
+ 4.16.1 , page 50) command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder previ-
+ ously produced by the <_\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) command.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b53\b3.\b. d\bds\bsn\bn_\b_n\bno\bot\bti\bif\bfy\by
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the decompressed file. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should return
+ non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Example:
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
- or greater.
+ close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
- This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The
- string consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more
- of the following: _\bn_\be_\bv_\be_\br, to never request notification, _\bf_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bu_\br_\be, to
- request notification on transmission failure, _\bd_\be_\bl_\ba_\by, to be notified of
- message delays, _\bs_\bu_\bc_\bc_\be_\bs_\bs, to be notified of successful transmission.
+ If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type, and the
+ file can only be open in the readonly mode.
- Example: set dsn_notify="failure,delay"
+ _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) is not called when you exit from the
+ folder if the folder was not changed.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b54\b4.\b. d\bds\bsn\bn_\b_r\bre\bet\btu\bur\brn\bn
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b6_\b._\b3 _\bA_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd _\ba _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be _\bt_\bo _\ba _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\br_\be_\bs_\bs_\be_\bd _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Usage: append-hook _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp '_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd'
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x
- or greater.
- This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN
- messages. It may be set to either _\bh_\bd_\br_\bs to return just the message
- header, or _\bf_\bu_\bl_\bl to return the full message.
+ This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 52
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b55\b5.\b. d\bdu\bup\bpl\bli\bic\bca\bat\bte\be_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bds\bs
+ is the command that can be used for appending to the folders whose names match
+ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp. It has the same format as in the _\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50)
+ command. The temporary folder in this case contains the messages that are
+ being appended.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should n\bno\bot\bt remove the decompressed file. The _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd should return
+ non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
- This variable controls whether mutt-ng, when sorting by threads,
- threads messages with the same message-id together. If it is set, it
- will indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an
- equals sign in the thread diagram.
+ Example:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b56\b6.\b. e\bed\bdi\bit\bt_\b_h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\brs\bs
+ append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ When _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is used, the folder is not opened,
+ which saves time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type
+ is. Thus the default (_\b$_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b__\bt_\by_\bp_\be (section 6.3.128 , page 96)) type is always
+ supposed (i.e. this is the format used for the temporary folder).
- This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages
- along with the body of your message.
+ If the file does not exist when you save to it, _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 ,
+ page 51) is called, and not _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51). _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-
+ _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is only for appending to existing folders.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b57\b7.\b. e\bed\bdi\bit\bto\bor\br
+ If the _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type. In this
+ case, the folder will be open and closed again (using _\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section
+ 4.16.1 , page 50) and _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51)respectively) each
+ time you will add to it.
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b4_\b._\b1_\b6_\b._\b4 _\bE_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\be_\bd _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
- This variable specifies which editor is used by mutt-ng. It defaults
- to the value of the VISUAL, or EDITOR, environment variable, or to the
- string "vi" if neither of those are set.
+ The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted folders. If
+ you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use the following hooks:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b58\b8.\b. e\ben\bnc\bco\bod\bde\be_\b_f\bfr\bro\bom\bm
+ open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
+ close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted folder, so
+ there is no append-hook defined.
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they
- contain the string "From " in the beginning of a line. Useful to
- avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to
- do with messages.
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory, where it
+ can be read by your system administrator. So think about the security aspects
+ of this.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.5\b59\b9.\b. e\ben\bnv\bve\bel\blo\bop\bpe\be_\b_f\bfr\bro\bom\bm
+ _\b5_\b. _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt_\b'_\bs _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bS_\bu_\bp_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _\be_\bn_\bv_\be_\bl_\bo_\bp_\be sender
- from the "From:" header. Note that this information is passed to
- sendmail command using the "-f" command line switch, so don't set this
- option if you are using that switch in ``$sendmail'' yourself, or if
- the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
+ Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode MIME
+ MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the discern-
+ ing MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever possible.
+ When configuring Mutt for MIME, there are two extra types of configuration
+ files which Mutt uses. One is the mime.types file, which contains the mapping
+ of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b60\b0.\b. e\bes\bsc\bca\bap\bpe\be
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 53
- Type: string
- Default: "~"
+ specifies the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
- Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
+ _\b5_\b._\b1 _\bU_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bi_\bn _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b61\b1.\b. f\bfa\bas\bst\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by
+ There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the pager
+ (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose menu.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b5_\b._\b1_\b._\b1 _\bV_\bi_\be_\bw_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\bs _\bi_\bn _\bt_\bh_\be _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br
- When set, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped
- when replying to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is
- skipped when forwarding messages.
+ When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt decodes
+ the message to a text representation. Mutt internally supports a number of
+ MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched, message/rfc822, and mes-
+ sage/news. In addition, the export controlled version of Mutt recognizes a
+ variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this variable has no effect when the ````$autoedit'''' variable
- is set.
+ Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These lines
+ are of the form:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b62\b2.\b. f\bfc\bcc\bc_\b_a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh
+ [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
+ [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
+ and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary.
- This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages
- are saved along with the main body of your message.
+ If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b63\b3.\b. f\bfc\bcc\bc_\b_c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br
+ [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b5_\b._\b1_\b._\b2 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bA_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt _\bM_\be_\bn_\bu
- When this variable is set, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and
- unsigned, even when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed.
- (PGP only)
+ The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the attachment
+ menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the attachments in
+ a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe, delete, and
+ view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of attachments at
+ once, by tagging the attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You
+ can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
+ attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can
+ view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b64\b4.\b. f\bfi\bil\ble\be_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bse\bet\bt
+ Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like _\br_\be_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be
+ (section 2.3.4 , page 9), and the reply and forward functions) to attachments
+ of type message/rfc822.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
- This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes
- for text file attatchments. If unset, ``$charset'' value will be used
- instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
- Japanese text handling:
+ _\b5_\b._\b1_\b._\b3 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be _\bM_\be_\bn_\bu
- set file_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
+ The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
+ to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
+ also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
+ body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose,
+ review, and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
- Note: "iso-2022-*" must be put at the head of the value as shown above
- if included.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 54
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b65\b5.\b. f\bfo\bol\bld\bde\ber\br
+ modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and descrip-
+ tion.
- Type: path
- Default: "~/Mail"
+ Attachments appear as follows:
- Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A `+' or `=' at the
- beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this
- variable. Note that if you change this variable from the default
- value you need to make sure that the assignment occurs _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be you use
- `+' or `=' for any other variables since expansion takes place during
- the `set' command.
+ - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
+ 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b66\b6.\b. f\bfo\bol\bld\bde\ber\br_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or postponing, or
+ canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the toggle-unlink command
+ (default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
+ the edit-type command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
+ attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
+ 7bit links. It can be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E).
+ The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
+ megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
+ rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
+ attachment, and can be changed with the edit-description command (default: d).
- Type: string
- Default: "%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f"
+ _\b5_\b._\b2 _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bT_\by_\bp_\be _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b._\bt_\by_\bp_\be_\bs
- This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your
- personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but
- has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
+ When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your personal
+ mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system mime.types file at
+ /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
- %\b%C\bC current file number
+ The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space sepa-
+ rated list of extensions. For example:
- %\b%d\bd date/time folder was last modified
+ application/postscript ps eps
+ application/pgp pgp
+ audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
- %\b%f\bf filename
+ A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should contain
+ most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
- %\b%F\bF file permissions
+ If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file you
+ attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary information,
+ Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it as text/plain. If
+ the file contains binary information, then Mutt will mark it as applica-
+ tion/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that Mutt assigns to an
+ attachment by using the edit-type command from the compose menu (default: ^T).
+ The MIME type is actually a major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated
+ by a '/'. 6 major types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have
+ been approved after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these
+ if the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recognises
+ other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in the
+ molecular modelling community to pass molecular data in various forms to vari-
+ ous molecular viewers. Non-recognised mime types should only be used if the
+ recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
- %\b%g\bg group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
+ _\b5_\b._\b3 _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bV_\bi_\be_\bw_\be_\br _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp
- %\b%l\bl number of hard links
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 55
- %\b%N\bN N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
+ Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific for-
+ mat specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format is commonly referred
+ to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the mailcap
+ format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one place for
+ all programs. Programs known to use this format include Netscape, XMosaic,
+ lynx and metamail.
- %\b%s\bs size in bytes
+ In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle internally, Mutt
+ parses a series of external configuration files to find an external handler.
+ The default search string for these files is a colon delimited list set to
- %\b%t\bt * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
+ ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
- %\b%u\bu owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
+ where $HOME is your home directory.
- %\b%>\b>X\bX
- right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
+ In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
+ as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.
- %\b%|\b|X\bX
- pad to the end of the line with character "X"
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b67\b7.\b. f\bfo\bol\bll\blo\bow\bwu\bup\bp_\b_t\bto\bo
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b1 _\bT_\bh_\be _\bB_\ba_\bs_\bi_\bc_\bs _\bo_\bf _\bt_\bh_\be _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or def-
+ initions.
- Controls whether or not the _\bM_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b-_\bF_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b-_\bT_\bo header field is generated
- when sending mail. When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when
- you are replying to a known mailing list, specified with the
- ``subscribe'' or ````lists'''' commands.
+ A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.
- This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving
- duplicate copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing
- lists, and second, ensuring that you do get a reply separately for any
- messages sent to known lists to which you are not subscribed. The
- header will contain only the list's address for subscribed lists, and
- both the list address and your own email address for unsubscribed
- lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to a
- subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address,
- resulting in two copies of the same email for you.
+ A blank line is blank.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b68\b8.\b. f\bfo\bol\bll\blo\bow\bwu\bup\bp_\b_t\bto\bo_\b_p\bpo\bos\bst\bte\ber\br
+ A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
+ optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon ';'
+ character.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype method. For
+ example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap for-
+ mat includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special '*' subtype, the
+ other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For exam-
+ ple, image/*, or video, will match all image types and video types, respec-
+ tively.
- If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt and the keyword "poster" is present in
- _\bF_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b-_\bT_\bo header, follow-up to newsgroup function is not permitted.
- The message will be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
+ The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
+ two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
+ the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
+ %s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause Mutt to save the body
+ of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command with
+ the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will
+ turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which
+ time Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.6\b69\b9.\b. f\bfo\bor\brc\bce\be_\b_n\bna\bam\bme\be
+ So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
+ pager more on stdin:
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ text/plain; more
- This variable is similar to ````$save_name'''', except that Mutt-ng
- will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username of the
- address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 56
- Also see the ````$record'''' variable.
+ Or, you could send the message as a file:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b70\b0.\b. f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be
+ text/plain; more %s
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:
- Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
- forwarding a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded.
- This variable is only used, if ````$mime_forward'''' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt,
- otherwise ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is used instead.
+ text/html; lynx %s
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b71\b1.\b. f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_d\bde\bec\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt
+ In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you must use
+ the %s syntax. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: _\bS_\bo_\bm_\be _\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br _\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs _\bo_\bf _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bi_\bn _\ba _\bb_\bu_\bg _\bw_\bh_\be_\br_\be _\bt_\bh_\be_\by _\bw_\bi_\bl_\bl
+ _\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk _\bt_\bh_\be _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be _\bf_\bo_\br _\ba _\bv_\bi_\be_\bw_\be_\br _\bf_\bo_\br _\bt_\be_\bx_\bt_\b/_\bh_\bt_\bm_\bl_\b. _\bT_\bh_\be_\by _\bw_\bi_\bl_\bl _\bf_\bi_\bn_\bd _\bt_\bh_\be _\bl_\bi_\bn_\be
+ _\bw_\bh_\bi_\bc_\bh _\bc_\ba_\bl_\bl_\bs _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx_\b, _\ba_\bn_\bd _\br_\bu_\bn _\bi_\bt_\b. _\bT_\bh_\bi_\bs _\bc_\ba_\bu_\bs_\be_\bs _\bl_\by_\bn_\bx _\bt_\bo _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bu_\bo_\bu_\bs_\bl_\by _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bw_\bn _\bi_\bt_\bs_\be_\bl_\bf _\bt_\bo
+ _\bv_\bi_\be_\bw _\bt_\bh_\be _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt_\b.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
+ want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:
- Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message.
- When set, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This
- variable is only used if ````$mime_forward'''' is _\bs_\be_\bt and
- ````$mime_forward_decode'''' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt. (PGP only)
+ text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b72\b2.\b. f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_e\bed\bdi\bit\bt
+ Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
+ text formats, then you would use the following:
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ text/html; lynx %s
+ text/*; more
- This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically
- placed in the editor when forwarding messages. For those who always
- want to forward with no modification, use a setting of ``no''.
+ This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b73\b3.\b. f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b2 _\bS_\be_\bc_\bu_\br_\be _\bu_\bs_\be _\bo_\bf _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp
- Type: string
- Default: "[%a: %s]"
+ The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
+ lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote parameters in expan-
+ sion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting them,
+ see the _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp_\b__\bs_\ba_\bn_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bz_\be (section 6.3.120 , page 95) variable.
- This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message.
- It uses the same format sequences as the ````$index_format''''
- variable.
+ Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
+ there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
+ Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b74\b4.\b. f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\be
+ _\bK_\be_\be_\bp _\bt_\bh_\be _\b%_\b-_\be_\bx_\bp_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bo_\bs _\ba_\bw_\ba_\by _\bf_\br_\bo_\bm _\bs_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b. Don't quote them with single or
+ double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as should any other pro-
+ gram which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
+ highly careful with eval statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
+ to fix broken behaviour with quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alterna-
+ tive to correct quoting in the first place.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
+ backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
+ shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
+ inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
+ further expansion):
- When _\bs_\be_\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message
- (when ````$mime_forward'''' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt) will be quoted using
- ````$indent_string''''.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 57
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b75\b5.\b. f\bfr\bro\bom\bm
+ text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
+ && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
- Type: e-mail address
- Default: ""
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b3 _\bA_\bd_\bv_\ba_\bn_\bc_\be_\bd _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp _\bU_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be
- When set, this variable contains a default from address. It can be
- overridden using my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and
- ````$reverse_name''''. This variable is ignored if ````$use_from''''
- is unset.
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b._\b1 _\bO_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl _\bF_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd_\bs
- Defaults to the contents of the environment variable EMAIL.
+ In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
+ semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options. Mutt recog-
+ nizes the following optional fields:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b76\b6.\b. g\bge\bec\bco\bos\bs_\b_m\bma\bas\bsk\bk
+ copiousoutput
+ This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large amounts
+ of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager (either the
+ internal pager or the external pager defined by the pager variable)
+ on the output of the view command. Without this flag, Mutt assumes
+ that the command is interactive. One could use this to replace the
+ pipe to more in the lynx -dump example in the Basic section:
- Type: regular expression
- Default: "^[^,]*"
+ text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
- A regular expression used by mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a
- password entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular
- expression is set to "^[^,]*" which will return the string up to the
- first "," encountered. If the GECOS field contains a string like
- "lastname, firstname" then you should set the gecos_mask=".*".
+ This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
+ and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
- This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-
- mail to user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If mutt-ng
- expands stevef to "Franklin" stevef@foo.bar then you should set the
- gecos_mask to a regular expression that will match the whole name so
- mutt-ng will expand "Franklin" to "Franklin, Steve".
+ needsterminal
+ Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section
+ 5.4 , page 60), in order to decide whether it should honor the
+ setting of the _\b$_\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) variable or
+ not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program,
+ and the corresponding mailcap entry has a _\bn_\be_\be_\bd_\bs_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\bi_\bn_\ba_\bl flag, Mutt
+ will use _\b$_\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) and the exit sta-
+ tus of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key
+ after the external program has exited. In all other situations it
+ will not prompt you for a key.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b77\b7.\b. g\bgr\bro\bou\bup\bp_\b_i\bin\bnd\bde\bex\bx_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ compose=<command>
+ This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
+ of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
- Type: string
- Default: "%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d"
+ composetyped=<command>
+ This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
+ of a specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose
+ command in that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data.
+ This can be used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc.
+ for a new attachment. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
- This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to
- your personal taste. This string is similar to ````index_format'''',
- but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
+ print=<command>
+ This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
+ type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
+
+ edit=<command>
+ This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 58
+
+ type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses it
+ to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined edi-
+ tor for text attachments.
+
+ nametemplate=<template>
+ This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the
+ command fields. Certain programs will require a certain file
+ extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For instance,
+ lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the file ends in
+ .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html viewer with a
+ line in the mailcap file like:
+
+ text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
- %C current newsgroup number
- %d description of newsgroup (becomes from server)
- %f newsgroup name
- %M - if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
- %N N if newsgroup is new, u if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
- %n number of new articles in newsgroup
- %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
- %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
- %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
+ test=<command>
+ This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
+ entry should be used. The command is defined with the command
+ expansion rules defined in the next section. If the command
+ returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this entry. If the
+ command returns non-zero, then the test failed, and Mutt continues
+ searching for the right entry. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: _\bt_\bh_\be _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bn_\bt_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be _\bm_\bu_\bs_\bt _\bm_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh
+ _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be _\bM_\bu_\bt_\bt _\bp_\be_\br_\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\bs _\bt_\bh_\be _\bt_\be_\bs_\bt_\b. For example:
+
+ text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
+ text/html; lynx %s
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b78\b8.\b. h\bhd\bdr\brs\bs
+ In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
+ return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
+ isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis-
+ play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
+ will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
+ object.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b._\b2 _\bS_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh _\bO_\br_\bd_\be_\br
- When unset, the header fields normally added by the ````my_hdr''''
- command are not created. This variable _\bm_\bu_\bs_\bt be unset before composing
- a new message or replying in order to take effect. If set, the user
- defined header fields are added to every new message.
+ When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for the most
+ useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to print an
+ image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file, Mutt will
+ search for an entry with the print command:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.7\b79\b9.\b. h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\br
+ image/*; xv %s
+ image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
+ nametemplate=%s.gif
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
+ command.
- When set, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the
- message you are replying to into the edit buffer. The ````$weed''''
- setting applies.
+ In addition, you can use this with _\bA_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) to denote
+ two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the
+ other to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
+ can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use interactively
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b80\b0.\b. h\bhe\bel\blp\bp
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 59
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ depending on your environment.
- When set, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions
- provided by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
+ text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
+ text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
+ text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is
- bound to a sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help
- line may not be updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is
- running. Since this variable is primarily aimed at new users, neither
- of these should present a major problem.
+ For _\bA_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page 60), Mutt will choose the third entry because
+ of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
+ RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the program returns
+ non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive viewing.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b81\b1.\b. h\bhi\bid\bdd\bde\ben\bn_\b_h\bho\bos\bst\bt
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b._\b3 _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd _\bE_\bx_\bp_\ba_\bn_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
+ shell using the system() function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
+ it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from Mutt.
+ The keywords Mutt expands are:
- When set, mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ````$hostname''''
- variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This variable does
- not affect the generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the
- cut-off of first-level domains.
+ %s
+ As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to
+ a filename specified by the calling program. This file contains
+ the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the composing
+ program should place the results of composition. In addition, the
+ use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the body of the message
+ to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b82\b2.\b. h\bhi\bid\bde\be_\b_l\bli\bim\bmi\bit\bte\bed\bd
+ %t
+ Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content type
+ of the message in the same form as the first parameter of the mail-
+ cap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ %{<parameter>}
+ Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter from
+ the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if Your
+ mail message contains:
- When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are
- hidden by limiting, in the thread tree.
+ Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b83\b3.\b. h\bhi\bid\bde\be_\b_m\bmi\bis\bss\bsi\bin\bng\bg
+ then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta-
+ mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
+ xterm using the right charset to view the message.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ \%
+ This will be replaced by a %
- When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in
- the thread tree.
+ Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC 1524.
+ The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is han-
+ dled internally by Mutt.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b84\b4.\b. h\bhi\bid\bde\be_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bd_\b_s\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt
+ _\b5_\b._\b3_\b._\b4 _\bE_\bx_\ba_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bs
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
- When set, mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread
- tree that have the same subject as their parent or closest previously
- displayed sibling.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 60
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b85\b5.\b. h\bhi\bid\bde\be_\b_t\bto\bop\bp_\b_l\bli\bim\bmi\bit\bte\bed\bd
+ # I'm always running X :)
+ video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
+ image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
+ text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
- When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are
- hidden by limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note
- that when ``$hide_missing'' is set, this option will have no effect.
+ This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b86\b6.\b. h\bhi\bid\bde\be_\b_t\bto\bop\bp_\b_m\bmi\bis\bss\bsi\bin\bng\bg
+ # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
+ # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
+ video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ # Send html to a running netscape by remote
+ text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
- When set, mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at
- the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when
- ``$hide_limited'' is set, this option will have no effect.
+ # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
+ # object
+ text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b87\b7.\b. h\bhi\bis\bst\bto\bor\bry\by
+ # Else use lynx to view it as text
+ text/html; lynx %s
- Type: number
- Default: 10
+ # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
+ text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
- This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of
- the string history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the
- variable is set.
+ # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
+ text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b88\b8.\b. h\bho\bon\bno\bor\br_\b_f\bfo\bol\bll\blo\bow\bwu\bup\bp_\b_t\bto\bo
+ # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
+ image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
+ # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
+ # for images
+ image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
+ edit=xpaint %s
- This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To header is
- honored when group-replying to a message.
+ # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
+ image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
+ pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.8\b89\b9.\b. h\bho\bos\bst\btn\bna\bam\bme\be
+ # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
+ application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b5_\b._\b4 _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bA_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw
- Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail
- addresses. This overrides the compile time definition obtained from
- /etc/resolv.conf.
+ In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the MIME
+ viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for automatically viewing
+ MIME attachments while in the pager.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b90\b0.\b. i\big\bgn\bno\bor\bre\be_\b_l\bli\bis\bst\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by_\b_t\bto\bo
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 61
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the copi-
+ ousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also use
+ the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can view
+ in the pager.
- Affects the behaviour of the _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by function when replying to messages
- from mailing lists. When set, if the ``Reply-To:'' field is set to
- the same value as the ``To:'' field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-
- To:'' field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the
- list, and will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing
- list when this option is set, use the _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b-_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by function; _\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bp_\b-_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by
- will reply to both the sender and the list.
+ You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types that you
+ wish to view automatically.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b91\b1.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bth\bhe\ben\bnt\bti\bic\bca\bat\bto\bor\brs\bs
+ For instance, if you set auto_view to:
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
- This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt-ng may
- attempt to use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order mutt-ng
- should try them. Authentication methods are either 'login' or the
- right side of an IMAP 'AUTH=xxx' capability string, eg 'digest-md5',
- 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'. This parameter is case-insensitive. If this
- parameter is unset (the default) mutt-ng will try all available
- methods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
+ Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view attachments
+ of these types.
- Example: set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"
+ text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
+ image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
+ application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
+ application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
+ application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if
- the previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but
- authentication fails, mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
+ ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
+ This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
+ ``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b92\b2.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_d\bde\bel\bli\bim\bm_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bs
+ _\b5_\b._\b5 _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bM_\bu_\bl_\bt_\bi_\bp_\ba_\br_\bt_\b/_\bA_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be
- Type: string
- Default: "/."
+ Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multipart/alter-
+ native type to display. First, mutt will check the alternative_order list to
+ determine if one of the available types is preferred. The alternative_order
+ list consists of a number of MIME types in order, including support for
+ implicit and explicit wildcards, for example:
- This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as
- folder separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in
- using the '=' shortcut for your _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br variable.
+ alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b93\b3.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_f\bfo\bor\brc\bce\be_\b_s\bss\bsl\bl
+ Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section
+ 5.4 , page 60), and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any text type.
+ As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the unalterna-
+ tive_order command.
- If this variable is set, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting
- to IMAP servers.
+ _\b5_\b._\b6 _\bM_\bI_\bM_\bE _\bL_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bu_\bp
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b94\b4.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_h\bhe\bea\bad\bde\ber\brs\bs
+ Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not be
+ treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
+ binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's mime-type
+ is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
+ to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type associated
+ with this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to
+ the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 62
- Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default
- headers ("DATE FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE
- CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL") from IMAP
- servers before displaying the index menu. You may want to add more
- headers for spam detection. N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: This is a space separated list.
+ (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b95\b5.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_h\bho\bom\bme\be_\b_n\bna\bam\bme\bes\bsp\bpa\bac\bce\be
+ mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
+ any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global muttrc.
- You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in
- the IMAP browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable
- to the IMAP path to your folders.
+ _\b6_\b. _\bR_\be_\bf_\be_\br_\be_\bn_\bc_\be
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b96\b6.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_k\bke\bee\bep\bpa\bal\bli\biv\bve\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b1 _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd _\bl_\bi_\bn_\be _\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs
- Type: number
- Default: 900
+ Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your spool mail-
+ box. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages from
+ the command line as well.
- This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that
- mutt-ng will wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the
- server from closing them before mutt-ng has finished with them. The
- default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30
- minutes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the
- RFC does get violated every now and then. Reduce this number if you
- find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP server due to
- inactivity.
+ -A expand an alias
+ -a attach a file to a message
+ -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
+ -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
+ -e specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read
+ -f specify a mailbox to load
+ -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
+ -h print help on command line options
+ -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
+ -i specify a file to include in a message composition
+ -m specify a default mailbox type
+ -n do not read the system Muttrc
+ -p recall a postponed message
+ -Q query a configuration variable
+ -R open mailbox in read-only mode
+ -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
+ -v show version number and compile-time definitions
+ -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
+ -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
+ -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
+ -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b97\b7.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_l\bli\bis\bst\bt_\b_s\bsu\bub\bbs\bsc\bcr\bri\bib\bbe\bed\bd
+ To read messages in a mailbox
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\br_\bc ] [ -m _\bt_\by_\bp_\be ] [ -f _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx ]
- This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for
- only subscribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the
- IMAP browser with the _\bt_\bo_\bg_\bg_\bl_\be_\b-_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd function.
+ To compose a new message
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b98\b8.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_p\bpa\bas\bss\bs
+ mutt [ -n ] [ -F _\bm_\bu_\bt_\bt_\br_\bc ] [ -a _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be ] [ -c _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs ] [ -i _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ] [ -s _\bs_\bu_\bb_\b-
+ _\bj_\be_\bc_\bt ] _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs ... ]
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
+ input from the file you wish to send. For example,
- Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If unset, Mutt-ng will
- prompt you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
- W\bWa\bar\brn\bni\bin\bng\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly
- secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttngrc even if
- you are the only one who can read the file.
+ mutt -s 'data set for run #2' professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.9\b99\b9.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_p\bpa\bas\bss\bsi\biv\bve\be
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 63
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
+ of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents of
+ the file ``~/run2.dat''.
- When set, mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new
- mail. Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP
- connections. This is useful if you don't want to be prompted to
- user/password pairs on mutt-ng invocation, or if opening the
- connection is slow.
+ _\b6_\b._\b2 _\bC_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bC_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b00\b0.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_p\bpe\bee\bek\bk
+ The following are the commands understood by mutt.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ +\bo _\ba_\bc_\bc_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bt_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.14 , page 49) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- If set, mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read
- whenever you fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good
- thing, but can make closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This
- option exists to appease speed freaks.
+ +\bo _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) _\bk_\be_\by _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs [ , _\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs, ... ]
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b01\b1.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_r\bre\bec\bco\bon\bnn\bne\bec\bct\bt
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) [ * | _\bk_\be_\by ... ]
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ +\bo _\ba_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server
- when the connection is lost.
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\ba_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) [ * | _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b02\b2.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_s\bse\ber\brv\bve\ber\brn\bno\boi\bis\bse\be
+ +\bo _\ba_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be_\b__\bo_\br_\bd_\be_\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\ba_\bl_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bv_\be_\b__\bo_\br_\bd_\be_\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- When set, mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server
- as error messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or
- generated due to configuration problems on the server which are out of
- the users' hands, you may wish to suppress them at some point.
+ +\bo _\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b03\b3.\b. i\bim\bma\bap\bp_\b_u\bus\bse\ber\br
+ +\bo _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- Your login name on the IMAP server.
+ +\bo _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) _\bm_\ba_\bp _\bk_\be_\by _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
+ +\bo _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b04\b4.\b. i\bim\bmp\bpl\bli\bic\bci\bit\bt_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bov\bvi\bie\bew\bw
+ +\bo _\bc_\bl_\bo_\bs_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ +\bo _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\bf_\bo_\br_\be_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd _\bb_\ba_\bc_\bk_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- If set to ``yes'', mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the
- copiousoutput flag set for _\be_\bv_\be_\br_\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an
- internal viewer defined for. If such an entry is found, mutt-ng will
- use the viewer defined in that entry to convert the body part to text
- form.
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bc_\bo_\bl_\bo_\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b05\b5.\b. i\bin\bnc\bcl\blu\bud\bde\be
+ +\bo _\be_\bx_\be_\bc (section 3.22 , page 29) _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn [ _\bf_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ... ]
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ +\bo _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.16 , page 27) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to
- is included in your reply.
+ +\bo _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b06\b6.\b. i\bin\bnc\bcl\blu\bud\bde\be_\b_o\bon\bnl\bly\byf\bfi\bir\brs\bst\bt
+ +\bo _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.5 , page 19) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ +\bo _\bh_\bd_\br_\b__\bo_\br_\bd_\be_\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br [ _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br ... ]
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of
- the message you are replying.
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bh_\bd_\br_\b__\bo_\br_\bd_\be_\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br [ _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br ... ]
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b07\b7.\b. i\bin\bnd\bde\ben\bnt\bt_\b_s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg
+ +\bo _\bi_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bv_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\b-_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Type: string
- Default: "> "
+ +\bo _\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a
- message to which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to
- change this value, as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 64
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b08\b8.\b. i\bin\bnd\bde\bex\bx_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- Type: string
- Default: "%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s"
+ +\bo _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- This variable allows you to customize the message index display to
- your personal taste.
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C''
- function printf to format output (see the man page for more detail).
- The following sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
+ +\bo _\bm_\ba_\bc_\br_\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu _\bk_\be_\by _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be [ _\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn ]
- %\b%a\ba address of the author
+ +\bo _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx_\be_\bs (section 3.12 , page 25) _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be [ _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be ... ]
- %\b%A\bA reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
+ +\bo _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.11 , page 25) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bb_\bo_\bx
- %\b%b\bb filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
+ +\bo _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.19 , page 28) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- %\b%B\bB the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
- (%b).
+ +\bo _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bl_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bu_\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- %\b%c\bc number of characters (bytes) in the message
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bl_\bo_\bo_\bk_\bu_\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be [ _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\bt_\by_\bp_\be ... ]
- %\b%C\bC current message number
+ +\bo _\bm_\bo_\bn_\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _\bo_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\be [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ]
- %\b%d\bd date and time of the message in the format specified by
- ``date_format'' converted to sender's time zone
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bm_\bo_\bn_\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- %\b%D\bD date and time of the message in the format specified by
- ``date_format'' converted to the local time zone
+ +\bo _\bm_\by_\b__\bh_\bd_\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- %\b%e\be current message number in thread
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bm_\by_\b__\bh_\bd_\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd [ _\bf_\bi_\be_\bl_\bd ... ]
- %\b%E\bE number of messages in current thread
+ +\bo _\bo_\bp_\be_\bn_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- %\b%f\bf entire From: line (address + real name)
+ +\bo _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.20 , page 28) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bk_\be_\by_\b-_\bi_\bd
- %\b%F\bF author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
+ +\bo _\bp_\bu_\bs_\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
- %\b%H\bH spam attribute(s) of this message
+ +\bo _\br_\be_\bs_\be_\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- %\b%g\bg newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
+ +\bo _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- %\b%i\bi message-id of the current message
+ +\bo _\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be
- %\b%l\bl number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh,
- and possibly IMAP folders)
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn [ _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn ... ]
- %\b%L\bL If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
- defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays "To
- <list-name>", otherwise the same as %F.
+ +\bo _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.18 , page 27) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- %\b%m\bm total number of message in the mailbox
+ +\bo _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section , page ) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
- %\b%M\bM number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
+ +\bo _\bs_\be_\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) [no|inv]_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be[=_\bv_\ba_\bl_\bu_\be] [ _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- %\b%N\bN message score
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- %\b%n\bn author's real name (or address if missing)
+ +\bo _\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be (section 3.26 , page 32) _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- %\b%O\bO (_O_riginal save folder) Where mutt-ng would formerly have
- stashed the message: list name or recipient name if no list
+ +\bo _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn _\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- %\b%s\bs subject of the message
+ +\bo _\bn_\bo_\bs_\bp_\ba_\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn
- %\b%S\bS status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 65
- %\b%t\bt `to:' field (recipients)
+ +\bo _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- %\b%T\bT the appropriate character from the ``$to_chars'' string
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp [ _\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp ... ]
- %\b%u\bu user (login) name of the author
+ +\bo _\bt_\bo_\bg_\bg_\bl_\be (section 3.25 , page 31) _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be [_\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be ... ]
- %\b%v\bv first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is
- from you
+ +\bo _\bu_\bn_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.28 , page 33) _\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk_\b-_\bt_\by_\bp_\be
- %\b%W\bW name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3 _\bC_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\bu_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\bs
- %\b%y\by `x-label:' field, if present
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1 _\ba_\bb_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bn_\bo_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt
- %\b%Y\bY `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread
- tree, (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different
- from preceding message's `x-label'.
+ Type: quadoption
- %\b%Z\bZ message status flags
+ Default: ask-yes
- %\b%{\b{f\bfm\bmt\bt}\b}
- the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
- zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
- ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
+ If set to _\by_\be_\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
+ prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _\bn_\bo, composing messages with no
+ subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.
- %\b%[\b[f\bfm\bmt\bt]\b]
- the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
- zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
- ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2 _\ba_\bb_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bu_\bn_\bm_\bo_\bd_\bi_\bf_\bi_\be_\bd
- %\b%(\b(f\bfm\bmt\bt)\b)
- the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt''
- is expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang
- disables locales
+ Type: quadoption
- %\b%<\b<f\bfm\bmt\bt>\b>
- the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library
- function ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
+ Default: yes
- %\b%>\b>X\bX
- right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
+ If set to _\by_\be_\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
+ body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the
+ _\bf_\bi_\br_\bs_\bt edit of the file). When set to _\bn_\bo, composition will never be aborted.
- %\b%|\b|X\bX
- pad to the end of the line with character "X"
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3 _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- See also: ````$to_chars''''.
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b10\b09\b9.\b. i\bin\bne\bew\bws\bs
+ Default: '~/.muttngrc'
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ The default file in which to save aliases created by the ``_\bc_\br_\be_\ba_\bt_\be_\b-_\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs (sec-
+ tion 2.3.4 , page 7)'' function.
- If set, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news
- posted by Mutt-ng. Otherwise, mutt-ng posts article using current
- connection to news server. The following printf-style sequence is
- understood:
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
+ the ``_\bs_\bo_\bu_\br_\bc_\be (section 3.26 , page 32)'' command for it to be executed.
- %s newsserver name
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4 _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- Example: set inews="/usr/local/bin/inews -hS"
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b10\b0.\b. i\bis\bsp\bpe\bel\bll\bl
+ Default: '%4n %2f %t %-10a %r'
- Type: path
- Default: "/usr/bin/ispell"
+ Specifies the format of the data displayed for the ``alias'' menu. The follow-
+ ing printf(3)-style sequences are available:
- How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
+ %a
+ alias name
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b11\b1.\b. k\bke\bee\bep\bp_\b_f\bfl\bla\bag\bgg\bge\bed\bd
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 66
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ %f
+ flags - currently, a 'd' for an alias marked for deletion
- If set, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your
- spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result of a
- ````mbox-hook'''' command.
+ %n
+ index number
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b12\b2.\b. l\bli\bis\bst\bt_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by
+ %r
+ address which alias expands to
- Type: quadoption
- Default: no
+ %t
+ character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
- When set, address replies to the mailing list the original message
- came from (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``ask-
- yes'' or ``ask-no'' will ask if you really intended to reply to the
- author only.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5 _\ba_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\b__\b8_\bb_\bi_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b13\b3.\b. l\blo\boc\bca\bal\ble\be
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: "C"
+ Default: yes
- The locale used by _\bs_\bt_\br_\bf_\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\b(_\b3_\b) to format dates. Legal values are the
- strings your system accepts for the locale variable _\bL_\bC_\b__\bT_\bI_\bM_\bE.
+ Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either quoted-printable
+ or base64 encoding when sending mail.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b14\b4.\b. m\bma\bai\bil\bl_\b_c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6 _\ba_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\b__\ba_\bn_\bs_\bi
- Type: number
- Default: 5
+ Type: boolean
- This variable configures how often (in seconds) mutt-ng should look
- for new mail.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b15\b5.\b. m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp_\b_p\bpa\bat\bth\bh
+ Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text mes-
+ sages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but if
+ this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may
+ override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a mes-
+ sage could include a line like ``[-- PGP output follows ...' and give it the
+ same color as your attachment color.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7 _\ba_\br_\br_\bo_\bw_\b__\bc_\bu_\br_\bs_\bo_\br
- This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to
- display MIME bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b16\b6.\b. m\bma\bai\bil\blc\bca\bap\bp_\b_s\bsa\ban\bni\bit\bti\biz\bze\be
+ Default: no
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
+ instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
+ will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
+ screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.
- If set, mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap %
- expandos to a well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe
- setting, but we are not sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME
- stuff.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8 _\ba_\bs_\bc_\bi_\bi_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs
- D\bDO\bON\bN'\b'T\bT C\bCH\bHA\bAN\bNG\bGE\bE T\bTH\bHI\bIS\bS S\bSE\bET\bTT\bTI\bIN\bNG\bG U\bUN\bNL\bLE\bES\bSS\bS Y\bYO\bOU\bU A\bAR\bRE\bE R\bRE\bEA\bAL\bLL\bLY\bY S\bSU\bUR\bRE\bE W\bWH\bHA\bAT\bT Y\bYO\bOU\bU A\bAR\bRE\bE
- D\bDO\bOI\bIN\bNG\bG!\b!
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b17\b7.\b. m\bma\bai\bil\bld\bdi\bir\br_\b_t\btr\bra\bas\bsh\bh
+ Default: no
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
+ attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.
- If set, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir
- (T)rashed flag instead of unlinked. N\bNO\bOT\bTE\bE:\b: this only applies to
- maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no effect on other
- mailbox types.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 67
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b18\b8.\b. m\bma\bar\brk\bk_\b_o\bol\bld\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9 _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b__\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\b__\bu_\bp
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: boolean
- Controls whether or not mutt-ng marks _\bn_\be_\bw u\bun\bnr\bre\bea\bad\bd messages as _\bo_\bl_\bd if
- you exit a mailbox without reading them. With this option set, the
- next time you start mutt-ng, the messages will show up with an "O"
- next to them in the index menu, indicating that they are old.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b11\b19\b9.\b. m\bma\bar\brk\bke\ber\brs\bs
+ Availability: NNTP
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the Followup-To: header field before edit-
+ ing the body of an outgoing news article.
- Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a
- ``+'' marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see
- the ````$smart_wrap'''' variable.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0 _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b__\bx_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bt_\bo
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b20\b0.\b. m\bma\bas\bsk\bk
+ Type: boolean
- Type: regular expression
- Default: "!^\.[^.]"
+ Default: no
- A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by
- the _\bn_\bo_\bt operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will
- be shown. The match is always case-sensitive.
+ Availability: NNTP
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b21\b1.\b. m\bma\bax\bx_\b_l\bli\bin\bne\be_\b_l\ble\ben\bng\bgt\bth\bh
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the X-Comment-To: header field before edit-
+ ing the body of an outgoing news article.
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1 _\ba_\bs_\bk_\bb_\bc_\bc
- When set, the maximum line length for displaying f=f messages is
- limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means
- that the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and
- ``$wrapmargin''.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b22\b2.\b. m\bmb\bbo\box\bx
+ Default: no
- Type: path
- Default: "~/mbox"
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
+ editing an outgoing message.
- This specifies the folder into which read mail in your
- ````$spoolfile'''' folder will be appended.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2 _\ba_\bs_\bk_\bc_\bc
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b23\b3.\b. m\bmb\bbo\box\bx_\b_t\bty\byp\bpe\be
+ Type: boolean
- Type: folder magic
- Default: mbox
+ Default: no
- The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of
- mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir.
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
+ the body of an outgoing message.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b24\b4.\b. m\bme\ben\bnu\bu_\b_c\bco\bon\bnt\bte\bex\bxt\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3 _\ba_\bs_\bs_\bu_\bm_\be_\bd_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ Type: string
- This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
- when scrolling through menus. (Similar to ````$pager_context''''.)
+ Default: 'us-ascii'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b25\b5.\b. m\bme\ben\bnu\bu_\b_s\bsc\bcr\bro\bol\bll\bl
+ This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for mes-
+ sages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
+ body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
+ are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
+ body without any charset indication are assumed to be in us-ascii.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt
- to move across a screen boundary. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the screen is cleared and
- the next or previous page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow
- links to avoid many redraws).
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 68
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b26\b6.\b. m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ set assumed_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
- Type: string
- Default: "%s"
+ However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This variable
+ is valid only if _\b$_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\bm_\bi_\bm_\be (section 6.3.301 , page 139) is unset.
- This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for
- attachments of type message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined
- printf()-like sequences see the section on ````$index_format''''.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4 _\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b27\b7.\b. m\bme\bet\bta\ba_\b_k\bke\bey\by
+ Type: string
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: '%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] '
- If set, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit
- 8) set as if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains
- after having the high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed
- has an ASCII value of 0xf4, then this is treated as if the user had
- pressed ESC then ``x''. This is because the result of removing the
- high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is the ASCII character
- ``x''.
+ This variable describes the format of the ``attachment'' menu. The following
+ printf(3)-style sequences are understood:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b28\b8.\b. m\bme\bet\bto\boo\bo
+ %C
+ charset
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ %c
+ requires charset conversion (n or c)
- If unset, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates''
- command) from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
+ %D
+ deleted flag
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b12\b29\b9.\b. m\bmh\bh_\b_p\bpu\bur\brg\bge\be
+ %d
+ description
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ %e
+ MIME Content-Transfer-Encoding: header field
- When unset, mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted
- messages to _\b,_\b<_\bo_\bl_\bd _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting
- them. If the variable is set, the message files will simply be
- deleted.
+ %f
+ filename
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b30\b0.\b. m\bmh\bh_\b_s\bse\beq\bq_\b_f\bfl\bla\bag\bgg\bge\bed\bd
+ %I
+ MIME Content-Disposition: header field (I=inline, A=attachment)
- Type: string
- Default: "flagged"
+ %m
+ major MIME type
- The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
+ %M
+ MIME subtype
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b31\b1.\b. m\bmh\bh_\b_s\bse\beq\bq_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bli\bie\bed\bd
+ %n
+ attachment number
- Type: string
- Default: "replied"
+ %s
+ size
- The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
+ %t
+ tagged flag
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b32\b2.\b. m\bmh\bh_\b_s\bse\beq\bq_\b_u\bun\bns\bse\bee\ben\bn
+ %T
+ graphic tree characters
- Type: string
- Default: "unseen"
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 69
- The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
+ %u
+ unlink (=to delete) flag
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b33\b3.\b. m\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd
+ %>X
+ right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
- Type: quadoption
- Default: no
+ %|X
+ pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
- When set, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a
- separate MIME part instead of included in the main body of the
- message. This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver
- can properly view the message as it was delivered to you. If you like
- to switch between MIME and not MIME from mail to mail, set this
- variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5 _\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\bp
- Also see ````$forward_decode'''' and ````$mime_forward_decode''''.
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b34\b4.\b. m\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be
+ Default: '\n'
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing, pip-
+ ing, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
- Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
- forwarding a message while ````$mime_forward'''' is _\bs_\be_\bt. Otherwise
- ````$forward_decode'''' is used instead.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6 _\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\b__\bs_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b35\b5.\b. m\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_f\bfo\bor\brw\bwa\bar\brd\bd_\b_r\bre\bes\bst\bt
+ Type: boolean
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ Default: yes
- When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the
- recvattach menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable
- manner will be attached to the newly composed message if this option
- is set.
+ If this variable is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
+ list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the attachments and will
+ operate on them as a single attachment. The ``_\b$_\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\bp (section 6.3.15 ,
+ page 68)'' separator is added after each attachment. When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will
+ operate on the attachments one by one.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b36\b6.\b. m\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_s\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7 _\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: string
- If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, 8-bit ``subject:'' line in article header will not be
- encoded according to RFC2047 to base64. This is useful when message
- is Usenet article, because MIME for news is nonstandard feature.
+ Default: 'On %d, %n wrote:'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b37\b7.\b. m\bmi\bix\bx_\b_e\ben\bnt\btr\bry\by_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
+ reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
+ on ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''.
- Type: string
- Default: "%4n %c %-16s %a"
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8 _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bt_\ba_\bg
- This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster
- chain selection screen. The following printf-like sequences are
- supported:
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%n\bn The running number on the menu.
+ Default: no
- %\b%c\bc Remailer capabilities.
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, functions in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu which affect a message will be applied to
+ all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
+ ``tag-prefix'' function (default: ';') to make the next function apply to all
+ tagged messages.
- %\b%s\bs The remailer's short name.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9 _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt
- %\b%a\ba The remailer's e-mail address.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b38\b8.\b. m\bmi\bix\bxm\bma\bas\bst\bte\ber\br
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 70
- Type: path
- Default: "mixmaster"
+ Default: no
- This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your
- system. It is used with various sets of parameters to gather the list
- of known remailers, and to finally send a message through the
- mixmaster chain.
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt along with ``_\b$_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77)'', Mutt-ng will
+ skip the initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
+ of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
+ editing the body of your message.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b13\b39\b9.\b. m\bmo\bov\bve\be
+ Also see ``_\b$_\bf_\ba_\bs_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by (section 6.3.61 , page 78)''.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0 _\bb_\be_\be_\bp
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your
- spool mailbox to your ````$mbox'''' mailbox, or as a result of a
- ````mbox-hook'''' command.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b40\b0.\b. m\bms\bsg\bgi\bid\bd_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ Default: yes
- Type: string
- Default: "%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p"
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
- This is the format for the ``local part'' of the message-IDs generated
- by Mutt-ng. The format string contains of one or more characters. The
- '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the string,
- similar to printf(). The following characters are allowed:
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1 _\bb_\be_\be_\bp_\b__\bn_\be_\bw
- %\b%d\bd the current day of month
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%h\bh the current hour
+ Default: no
- %\b%m\bm the current month
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a message noti-
+ fying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the ``_\b$_\bb_\be_\be_\bp (sec-
+ tion 6.3.20 , page 69)'' variable.
- %\b%M\bM the current minute
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2 _\bb_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bc_\be
- %\b%O\bO the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
+ Type: quadoption
- %\b%p\bp the process ID
+ Default: ask-yes
- %\b%P\bP the current message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every
- message-ID being generated)
+ Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to _\by_\be_\bs
+ you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to
+ _\bn_\bo is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
+ bounce messages.
- %\b%r\br a random integer value (decimal)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3 _\bb_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bc_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\bi_\bv_\be_\br_\be_\bd
- %\b%R\bR a random integer value (hexadecimal)
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%s\bs the current second
+ Default: yes
- %\b%T\bT the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will include Delivered-To: header fields
+ when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt this variable.
- %\b%X\bX the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4 _\bc_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bu_\bp_\b__\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bp
- %\b%Y\bY the current year (Y2K compliant)
+ Type: quadoption
- %\b%%\b% the '%' character
+ Default: ask-yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b41\b1.\b. n\bna\bar\brr\bro\bow\bw_\b_t\btr\bre\bee\be
+ Availability: NNTP
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 71
- This variable, when set, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing
- deeper threads to fit on the screen.
+ If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in a newsgroup as read
+ when you leaving it.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b42\b2.\b. n\bne\bew\bws\bs_\b_c\bca\bac\bch\bhe\be_\b_d\bdi\bir\br
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5 _\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\bi_\bf_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\be_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- Type: path
- Default: "~/.mutt"
+ Type: path
- This variable pointing to directory where Mutt-ng will save cached
- news articles headers in. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, headers will not be saved at all
- and will be reloaded each time when you enter to newsgroup.
+ Default: '~/.mutt_certificates'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b43\b3.\b. n\bne\bew\bws\bs_\b_s\bse\ber\brv\bve\ber\br
+ Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
+ When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
+ not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and fur-
+ ther connections are automatically accepted.
- This variable specifies domain name or address of NNTP server. It
- defaults to the newsserver specified in the environment variable
- $NNTPSERVER or contained in the file /etc/nntpserver. You can also
- specify username and an alternative port for each newsserver, ie:
+ You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
+ that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automatically
+ accepted.
- [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
+ Example: set certificate_file=~/.muttng/certificates
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b44\b4.\b. n\bne\bew\bws\bsr\brc\bc
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6 _\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Type: path
- Default: "~/.newsrc"
+ Type: string
- The file, containing info about subscribed newsgroups - names and
- indexes of read articles. The following printf-style sequence is
- understood:
+ Default: ''
- %s newsserver name
+ Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b45\b5.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_c\bco\bon\bnt\bte\bex\bxt\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7 _\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk_\b__\bn_\be_\bw
- Type: number
- Default: 1000
+ Type: boolean
- This variable defines number of articles which will be in index when
- newsgroup entered. If active newsgroup have more articles than this
- number, oldest articles will be ignored. Also controls how many
- articles headers will be saved in cache when you quit newsgroup.
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b46\b6.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_l\blo\boa\bad\bd_\b_d\bde\bes\bsc\bcr\bri\bip\bpt\bti\bio\bon\bn
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this option only affects _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bd_\bi_\br and _\bM_\bH style mailboxes.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
+ Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
+ involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
+ been looked at. If it's _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, no check for new mail is performed while the
+ mailbox is open.
- This variable controls whether or not descriptions for each newsgroup
- must be loaded when newsgroup is added to list (first time list
- loading or new newsgroup adding).
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8 _\bc_\bo_\bl_\bl_\ba_\bp_\bs_\be_\b__\bu_\bn_\br_\be_\ba_\bd
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b47\b7.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_p\bpa\bas\bss\bs
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: yes
- Your password for NNTP account.
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread mes-
+ sages.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b48\b8.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_p\bpo\bol\bll\bl
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 72
- Type: number
- Default: 60
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9 _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- The time in seconds until any operations on newsgroup except post new
- article will cause recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will
- recheck newsgroup on each operation in index (stepping, read article,
- etc.).
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b14\b49\b9.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_r\bre\bec\bco\bon\bnn\bne\bec\bct\bt
+ Default: '-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-'
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ Controls the format of the status line displayed in the ``compose'' menu. This
+ string is similar to ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)'', but has
+ its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to newsserver
- when connection lost.
+ %a
+ total number of attachments
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b50\b0.\b. n\bnn\bnt\btp\bp_\b_u\bus\bse\ber\br
+ %h
+ local hostname
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ %l
+ approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
- Your login name on the NNTP server. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt and NNTP server requires
- authentification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name when
- you connect to newsserver.
+ %v
+ Mutt-ng version string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b51\b1.\b. o\bop\bpe\ber\bra\bat\bti\bin\bng\bg_\b_s\bsy\bys\bst\bte\bem\bm
+ See the text describing the ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)''
+ option for more information on how to set ``_\b$_\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.29 ,
+ page 71)''.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0 _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\bg_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent header. If
- this is unset, it will be set to the operating system name that
- uname(2) returns. If uname(2) fails, "UNIX" will be used.
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b52\b2.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br
+ Default: ''
- Type: path
- Default: "builtin"
+ When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this encoding.
- This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view
- messages. builtin means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this
- variable should specify the pathname of the external pager you would
- like to use.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1 _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\br_\bm_\ba_\bp_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd
- Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional
- keystrokes are necessary because you can't call mutt-ng functions
- directly from the pager, and screen resizes cause lines longer than
- the screen width to be badly formatted in the help menu.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b53\b3.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br_\b_c\bco\bon\bnt\bte\bex\bxt\bt
+ Default: yes
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
+ existing mailbox.
- This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
- when displaying the next or previous page in the internal pager. By
- default, Mutt-ng will display the line after the last one on the
- screen at the top of the next page (0 lines of context).
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2 _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bf_\bi_\br_\bm_\bc_\br_\be_\ba_\bt_\be
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b54\b4.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: "-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s"
+ Default: yes
- This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status''
- displayed before each message in either the internal or an external
- pager. The valid sequences are listed in the ````$index_format''''
- section.
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a mail-
+ box which does not yet exist before creating it.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b55\b5.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br_\b_i\bin\bnd\bde\bex\bx_\b_l\bli\bin\bne\bes\bs
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3 _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bn_\be_\bc_\bt_\b__\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 73
- Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in
- the pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the
- folder, will be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index,
- giving the reader the context of a few messages before and after the
- message. This is useful, for example, to determine how many messages
- remain to be read in the current thread. One of the lines is reserved
- for the status bar from the index, so a _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\bs of 6 will
- only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of 0 results in no
- index being shown. If the number of messages in the current folder is
- less than _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\bs, then the index will only use as many
- lines as it needs.
+ Type: number
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b56\b6.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br_\b_s\bst\bto\bop\bp
+ Default: 30
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
+ many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative value
+ causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
- When set, the internal-pager will n\bno\bot\bt move to the next message when
- you are at the end of a message and invoke the _\bn_\be_\bx_\bt_\b-_\bp_\ba_\bg_\be function.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b4 _\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bt_\by_\bp_\be
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b57\b7.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bo_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be
+ Type: string
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: 'text/plain'
- If set, mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP
- messages whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily
- would result in the contents of the message being operated on. For
- example, if the user displays a pgp-traditional message which has not
- been manually checked with the check-traditional-pgp function, mutt-ng
- will automatically check the message for traditional pgp.
+ Sets the default Content-Type: header field for the body of newly composed mes-
+ sages.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b58\b8.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bto\boi\bin\bnl\bli\bin\bne\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b5 _\bc_\bo_\bp_\by
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Type: quadoption
- This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline
- (traditional) PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain
- circumstances. This can be overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when
- inline is not required.
+ Default: yes
- Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which
- consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to
- ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would
- not work. See also: ````$pgp_mime_auto''''.
+ This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
+ saved for later references. Also see ``_\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd (section 6.3.223 , page
+ 119)'', ``_\b$_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'', ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section
+ 6.3.70 , page 81)'' and ``_\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)''.
- Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by
- d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd. (PGP only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b6 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b15\b59\b9.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk_\b_e\bex\bxi\bit\bt
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Default: no
- If set, mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when
- signing or encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess
- failed. (PGP only)
+ Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP encrypt out-
+ going messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk
+ command. It can be overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when encryption is not
+ required or signing is requested as well. If ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bs_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt (section
+ 6.3.273 , page 130)'' is _\bs_\be_\bt, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
+ messages and settings can be overridden by use of the _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu. (Crypto
+ only)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b60\b0.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\brs\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b7 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bp_\bg_\bp
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- This format is used to create a old-style "clearsigned" PGP message.
- Note that the use of this format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd. (PGP only)
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b61\b1.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable PGP
+ encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt (section
+ 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt (section 6.3.40 , page 74)'',
+ ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'', ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn (section
+ 6.3.41 , page 74)'' and ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bs_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)''.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 74
- This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode
- application/pgp attachments.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b8 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn
- The PGP command formats have their own set of printf-like sequences:
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%p\bp Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
- string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
+ Default: no
- %\b%f\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+ Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to cryptographically
+ sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when
+ signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
+ ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bs_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)'' is _\bs_\be_\bt, then OpenSSL is
+ used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of
+ the _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu. (Crypto only)
- %\b%s\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
- multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b9 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be
- %\b%a\ba The value of ``$pgp_sign_as''.
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%r\br One or more key IDs.
+ Default: yes
- For examples on how to configure these formats for the various
- versions of PGP which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc
- files in the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your
- system alongside the documentation. (PGP only)
+ This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable S/MIME
+ encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt (section
+ 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt (section 6.3.40 , page 74)'',
+ ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'', ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn (section
+ 6.3.41 , page 74)'' and ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bs_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)''.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b62\b2.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_d\bde\bec\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b0 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b63\b3.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_e\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_o\bon\bnl\bly\by_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
+ encrypted. (Crypto only)
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b1 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn
- This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP
- only)
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b64\b4.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_e\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Default: no
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.
- This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a\ban\bnd\bd signed! (Crypto
+ only)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b65\b5.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_e\ben\bnt\btr\bry\by_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b2 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\be_\bd
- Type: string
- Default: "%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u"
+ Type: boolean
- This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to
- your personal taste. This string is similar to ````$index_format'''',
- but has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
+ Default: no
- %\b%n\bn number
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
+ encrypted. This makes sense in combination with ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt (section
+ 6.3.40 , page 74)'', because it allows you to sign all messages which are
- %\b%k\bk key id
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 75
- %\b%u\bu user id
+ automatically encrypted. This works around the problem noted in
+ ``_\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn (section 6.3.41 , page 74)'', that Mutt-ng is not able to
+ find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
- %\b%a\ba algorithm
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b3 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bm_\bp
- %\b%l\bl key length
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%f\bf flags
+ Default: yes
- %\b%c\bc capabilities
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
+ S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using col-
+ ors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt this setting.
+ (Crypto only)
- %\b%t\bt trust/validity of the key-uid association
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b4 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bg_\bp_\bg_\bm_\be
- %\b%[\b[<\b<s\bs>\b>]\b]
- date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
+ Type: boolean
- (PGP only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b66\b6.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_e\bex\bxp\bpo\bor\brt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If it is _\bs_\be_\bt
+ and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
+ will be used instead of the classic code.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be: You need to use this option in your .muttngrc configuration file as it
+ won't have any effect when used interactively.
- This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring.
- (PGP only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b5 _\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b67\b7.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_g\bge\bet\btk\bke\bey\bys\bs_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Type: quadoption
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: yes
- This command is invoked whenever mutt-ng will need public key
- information. %r is the only printf-like sequence used with this
- format. (PGP only)
+ If ``_\by_\be_\bs'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If ``_\ba_\bs_\bk'', ask
+ whether or not to verify the signature. If ``_\bn_\bo'', never attempt to verify
+ cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b68\b8.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_g\bgo\boo\bod\bd_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b6 _\bd_\ba_\bt_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- Type: regular expression
- Default: ""
+ Type: string
- If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only
- considered verified if the output from ``$pgp_verify_command''
- contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command
- is 0 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
+ Default: '!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b16\b69\b9.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_i\big\bgn\bno\bor\bre\be_\b_s\bsu\bub\bbk\bke\bey\bys\bs
+ This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d'' sequence in
+ ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''. This is passed to strftime(3)
+ to process the date.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month and week
+ day names are expanded according to the locale specified in the variable
+ ``_\b$_\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\be (section 6.3.117 , page 94)''. If the first character in the string
+ is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the rest
+ of the string are expanded in the _\bC locale (that is in US English).
- Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys.
- Instead, the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities.
- Unset this if you want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP
- only)
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 76
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b70\b0.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_i\bim\bmp\bpo\bor\brt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b7 _\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: string
- This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's
- public key ring. (PGP only)
+ Default: '~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b71\b1.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_l\bli\bis\bst\bt_\b_p\bpu\bub\bbr\bri\bin\bng\bg_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks
+ will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp, instead of
+ a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are declared, so a hook
+ will be interpreted according to the value of this variable at the time the
+ hook is declared. The default value matches if the message is either from a
+ user matching the regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from
+ address matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
+ regular expression.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b8 _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be
- This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The
- output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
- --with-colons.
+ Type: quadoption
- This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
- mutt-ng. (PGP only)
+ Default: ask-yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b72\b2.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_l\bli\bis\bst\bt_\b_s\bse\bec\bcr\bri\bin\bng\bg_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or synchroniz-
+ ing a mailbox. If set to _\by_\be_\bs, messages marked for deleting will automatically
+ be purged without prompting. If set to _\bn_\bo, messages marked for deletion will
+ be kept in the mailbox.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b4_\b9 _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be_\b__\bu_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bg
- This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The
- output format must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys
- --with-colons.
+ Type: boolean
- This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with
- mutt-ng. (PGP only)
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b73\b3.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_l\blo\bon\bng\bg_\b_i\bid\bds\bs
+ If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them for dele-
+ tion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
+ save it to another folder.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b0 _\bd_\bi_\bg_\be_\bs_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bl_\bl_\ba_\bp_\bs_\be
- If set, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. Unset uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs.
- (PGP only)
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b74\b4.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_m\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_a\bau\but\bto\bo
+ Default: yes
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not show the
+ subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
+ press 'v' on that menu.
- This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically
- sending a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline
- (traditional) fails (for any reason).
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b1 _\bd_\bi_\bs_\bp_\bl_\ba_\by_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\bt_\be_\br
- Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by
- d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd. (PGP only)
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b75\b5.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\byi\bin\bnl\bli\bin\bne\be
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is
+ viewed it is passed as standard input to _\b$_\bd_\bi_\bs_\bp_\bl_\ba_\by_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\bt_\be_\br (section 6.3.51 ,
- Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create
- an inline (traditional) message when replying to a message which is
- PGP encrypted/signed inline. This can be overridden by use of the
- _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when inline is not required. This option does not
- automatically detect if the (replied-to) message is inline; instead it
- relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously checked/flagged messages.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 77
- Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which
- consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to
- ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would
- not work. See also: ````$pgp_mime_auto''''.
+ page 76), and the filtered message is read from the standard output.
- Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by
- d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd. (PGP only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b2 _\bd_\bo_\bt_\bl_\bo_\bc_\bk_\b__\bp_\br_\bo_\bg_\br_\ba_\bm
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b76\b6.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_r\bre\bet\bta\bai\bin\bna\bab\bbl\ble\be_\b_s\bsi\big\bgs\bs
+ Type: path
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: '/opt/freebsd4/mutt-ng/bin/muttng_dotlock'
- If set, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested
- multipart/signed and multipart/encrypted body parts.
+ Availability: Standalone and Dotlock
- This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing
- lists, where the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily
- removed, while the inner multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP
- only)
+ Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock(1) binary to be used by Mutt-ng.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b77\b7.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_s\bsh\bho\bow\bw_\b_u\bun\bnu\bus\bsa\bab\bbl\ble\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b3 _\bd_\bs_\bn_\b__\bn_\bo_\bt_\bi_\bf_\by
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: string
- If set, mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection
- menu. This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or
- have been marked as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b78\b8.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_a\bas\bs
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
+ greater.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
+ consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the follow-
+ ing: _\bn_\be_\bv_\be_\br, to never request notification, _\bf_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bu_\br_\be, to request notification on
+ transmission failure, _\bd_\be_\bl_\ba_\by, to be notified of message delays, _\bs_\bu_\bc_\bc_\be_\bs_\bs, to be
+ notified of successful transmission.
- If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify
- which of your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the
- keyid form to specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
+ Example: set dsn_notify='failure,delay'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b17\b79\b9.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b4 _\bd_\bs_\bn_\b__\br_\be_\bt_\bu_\br_\bn
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: string
- This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a
- multipart/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b80\b0.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_s\bso\bor\brt\bt_\b_k\bke\bey\bys\bs
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
+ greater.
- Type: sort order
- Default: address
+ This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages.
+ It may be set to either _\bh_\bd_\br_\bs to return just the message header, or _\bf_\bu_\bl_\bl to
+ return the full message.
- Specifies how the entries in the `pgp keys' menu are sorted. The
- following are legal values:
+ Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
- a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs
- sort alphabetically by user id
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b5 _\bd_\bu_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
- k\bke\bey\byi\bid\bd
- sort alphabetically by key id
+ Type: boolean
- d\bda\bat\bte\be
- sort by key creation date
+ Default: yes
- t\btr\bru\bus\bst\bt
- sort by the trust of the key
+ This variable controls whether Mutt-ng, when sorting by threads, threads mes-
+ sages with the same Message-Id: header field together. If it is _\bs_\be_\bt, it will
+ indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
+ in the thread diagram.
- If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with
- `reverse-'. (PGP only)
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 78
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b81\b1.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_s\bst\btr\bri\bic\bct\bt_\b_e\ben\bnc\bc
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b6 _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: boolean
- If set, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
- _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\bd_\b-_\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead
- to problems with non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if
- you know what you are doing. (PGP only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b82\b2.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_t\bti\bim\bme\beo\bou\but\bt
+ This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
+ the body of your message.
- Type: number
- Default: 300
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b7 _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br
- The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
- not used. (PGP only)
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b83\b3.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_u\bus\bse\be_\b_g\bgp\bpg\bg_\b_a\bag\bge\ben\bnt\bt
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ This variable specifies which editor is used by Mutt-ng. It defaults to the
+ value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string 'vi'
+ if neither of those are set.
- If set, mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP
- only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b8 _\be_\bn_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be_\b__\bf_\br_\bo_\bm
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b84\b4.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_v\bve\ber\bri\bif\bfy\by_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: no
- This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
+ string ``From '' (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. Useful
+ to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do
+ with messages.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b85\b5.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp_\b_v\bve\ber\bri\bif\bfy\by_\b_k\bke\bey\by_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b5_\b9 _\be_\bn_\bv_\be_\bl_\bo_\bp_\be_\b__\bf_\br_\bo_\bm
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- This command is used to verify key information from the key selection
- menu. (PGP only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b86\b6.\b. p\bpi\bip\bpe\be_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _\be_\bn_\bv_\be_\bl_\bo_\bp_\be sender from the
+ ``From:'' header field. Note that this information is passed to the sendmail
+ command using the ``-f' command line switch, so don't set this option if you
+ are using that switch in _\b$_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123) yourself, or
+ if the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b0 _\be_\bs_\bc_\ba_\bp_\be
- Used in connection with the _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be command. When unset, Mutt-ng
- will pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When set, Mutt-ng
- will weed headers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages
- first.
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b87\b7.\b. p\bpi\bip\bpe\be_\b_s\bse\bep\bp
+ Default: '~'
- Type: string
- Default: "\n"
+ Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
- The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged
- messages to an external Unix command.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b1 _\bf_\ba_\bs_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b88\b8.\b. p\bpi\bip\bpe\be_\b_s\bsp\bpl\bli\bit\bt
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 79
- Used in connection with the _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be command and the ``tag-
- prefix'' operator. If this variable is unset, when piping a list of
- tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe
- them as a single folder. When set, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one
- by one. In both cases the messages are piped in the current sorted
- order, and the ````$pipe_sep'''' separator is added after each
- message.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b18\b89\b9.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bth\bh_\b_t\btr\bry\by_\b_a\bal\bll\bl
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when reply-
+ ing to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when forwarding
+ messages.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: this variable has no effect when the ``_\b$_\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\be_\bd_\bi_\bt (section 6.3.19 , page
+ 69)'' variable is _\bs_\be_\bt.
- If set, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When unset, Mutt-ng
- will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previous
- methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication
- fails, Mutt-ng will not connect to the POP server.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b2 _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b__\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b90\b0.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bth\bhe\ben\bnt\bti\bic\bca\bat\bto\bor\brs\bs
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: yes
- This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt-ng may
- attempt to use to log in to an POP server, in the order mutt-ng should
- try them. Authentication methods are either 'user', 'apop' or any
- SASL mechanism, eg 'digest-md5', 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'. This
- parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is unset (the
- default) mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-
- secure to least-secure.
+ This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
+ saved along with the main body of your message.
- Example: set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b3 _\bf_\bc_\bc_\b__\bc_\bl_\be_\ba_\br
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b91\b1.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bki\bin\bnt\bte\ber\brv\bva\bal\bl
+ Type: boolean
- Type: number
- Default: 60
+ Default: no
- This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for
- new mail.
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
+ when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b92\b2.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_d\bde\bel\ble\bet\bte\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b4 _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-no
+ Type: string
- If set, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the
- POP server when using the fetch-mail function. When unset, Mutt-ng
- will download messages but also leave them on the POP server.
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b93\b3.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_h\bho\bos\bst\bt
+ This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
+ file attatchments. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, _\b$_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt (section 6.3.26 , page 71) value will
+ be used instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
+ Japanese text handling:
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ set file_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
- The name of your POP server for the fetch-mail function. You can also
- specify an alternative port, username and password, ie:
+ Note: ``iso-2022-*'' must be put at the head of the value as shown above if
+ included.
- [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b5 _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b94\b4.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_l\bla\bas\bst\bt
+ Type: path
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: '~/Mail'
- If this variable is set, mutt-ng will try to use the "LAST" POP
- command for retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when
- using the fetch-mail function.
+ Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A ``+'' or ``='' at the
+ beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note
+ that if you change this variable from the default value you need to make sure
+ that the assignment occurs _\bb_\be_\bf_\bo_\br_\be you use ``+'' or ``='' for any other vari-
+ ables since expansion takes place during the ``set'' command.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b95\b5.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_p\bpa\bas\bss\bs
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 80
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b6 _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- Specifies the password for your POP account. If unset, Mutt-ng will
- prompt you for your password when you open POP mailbox. W\bWa\bar\brn\bni\bin\bng\bg: you
- should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure machine,
- because the superuser can read your muttngrc even if you are the only
- one who can read the file.
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b96\b6.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_r\bre\bec\bco\bon\bnn\bne\bec\bct\bt
+ Default: '%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f'
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
+ taste. This string is similar to ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
+ 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to POP server
- when connection lost.
+ %C
+ current file number
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b97\b7.\b. p\bpo\bop\bp_\b_u\bus\bse\ber\br
+ %d
+ date/time folder was last modified
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ %f
+ filename
- Your login name on the POP server.
+ %F
+ file permissions
- This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
+ %g
+ group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b98\b8.\b. p\bpo\bos\bst\bt_\b_i\bin\bnd\bde\ben\bnt\bt_\b_s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg
+ %l
+ number of hard links
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ %N
+ N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
- Similar to the ````$attribution'''' variable, Mutt-ng will append this
- string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied to.
+ %s
+ size in bytes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.1\b19\b99\b9.\b. p\bpo\bos\bst\bt_\b_m\bmo\bod\bde\ber\bra\bat\bte\bed\bd
+ %t
+ * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ %u
+ owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
- If set to _\by_\be_\bs, Mutt-ng will post article to newsgroup that have not
- permissions to posting (e.g. moderated). N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if newsserver does not
- support posting to that newsgroup or totally read-only, that posting
- will not have an effect.
+ %>X
+ right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b00\b0.\b. p\bpo\bos\bst\btp\bpo\bon\bne\be
+ %|X
+ pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b7 _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo
- Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ````$postponed''''
- mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b01\b1.\b. p\bpo\bos\bst\btp\bpo\bon\bne\bed\bd
+ Default: yes
- Type: path
- Default: "~/postponed"
+ Controls whether or not the Mail-Followup-To: header field is generated when
+ sending mail. When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when you are replying
- Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ````postpone'' sending a message''
- which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a message, Mutt-ng
- saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
- ````$postpone'''' variable.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 81
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b02\b2.\b. p\bpr\bre\bec\bco\bon\bnn\bne\bec\bct\bt
+ to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe'' or ``_\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bs (section
+ 3.10 , page 24)'' commands or detected by common mailing list headers.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
+ copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists. Second, ensuring
+ that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known lists to
+ which you are not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
+ for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own email address for
+ unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to
+ a subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address, resulting in
+ two copies of the same email for you.
- If set, a shell command to be executed if mutt-ng fails to establish a
- connection to the server. This is useful for setting up secure
- connections, e.g. with ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero
- status, mutt-ng gives up opening the server. Example:
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b8 _\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo_\b__\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\be_\br
- preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
- /dev/null > /dev/null"
+ Type: quadoption
- Mailbox 'foo' on mailhost.net can now be reached as
- '{localhost:1234}foo'.
+ Default: ask-yes
- NOTE: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the
- remote machine without having to enter a password.
+ Availability: NNTP
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b03\b3.\b. p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt
+ If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt and the keyword 'poster' is present in the Followup-To:
+ header field, a follow-up to the newsgroup is not permitted. The message will
+ be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b6_\b9 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bb_\bu_\bf_\bf_\by_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set
- to _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often
- (like me).
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b04\b4.\b. p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Default: no
- Type: path
- Default: "lpr"
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, it causes Mutt-ng to check for new mail when the _\bb_\bu_\bf_\bf_\by_\b-_\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt command
+ is invoked. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, _\bb_\bu_\bf_\bf_\by_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt will just list all mailboxes which are
+ already known to have new mail.
- This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
+ Also see the following variables: ``_\b$_\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt (section 6.3.311 , page 141)'',
+ ``_\b$_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section 6.3.118 , page 94)'' and ``_\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section
+ 6.3.101 , page 88)''.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b05\b5.\b. p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt_\b_d\bde\bec\bco\bod\bde\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b0 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: boolean
- Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
- set, the message is decoded before it is passed to the external
- command specified by ``$print_command''. If this option is unset, no
- processing will be applied to the message when printing it. The
- latter setting may be useful if you are using some advanced printer
- filter which is able to properly format e-mail messages for printing.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b06\b6.\b. p\bpr\bri\bin\bnt\bt_\b_s\bsp\bpl\bli\bit\bt
+ This variable is similar to ``_\b$_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'',
+ except that Mutt-ng will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username
+ of the address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Also see the ``_\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119)'' variable.
- Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is
- set, the command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed once for
- each message which is to be printed. If this option is unset, the
- command specified by ``$print_command'' is executed only once, and all
- the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the message
- separator.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b1 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be
- Those who use the e\ben\bns\bsc\bcr\bri\bip\bpt\bt(1) program's mail-printing mode will most
- likely want to set this option.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b07\b7.\b. p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\bt_\b_a\baf\bft\bte\ber\br
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 82
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Default: yes
- If you use an _\be_\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bl ````$pager'''', setting this variable will
- cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits rather
- than returning to the index menu. If unset, Mutt-ng will return to
- the index menu when the external pager exits.
+ Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
+ a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
+ used, if ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, otherwise
+ ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)'' is used instead.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b08\b8.\b. q\bqu\bue\ber\bry\by_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b2 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- This specifies the command that mutt-ng will use to make external
- address queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be
- substituted with the query string the user types. See ````query''''
- for more information.
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b20\b09\b9.\b. q\bqu\bui\bit\bt
+ Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When
+ _\bs_\be_\bt, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used
+ if ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _\bs_\be_\bt and ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\b-
+ _\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)'' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt. (PGP only)
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b3 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\be_\bd_\bi_\bt
- This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit
- from mutt-ng. If it set to yes, they do quit, if it is set to no,
- they have no effect, and if it is set to ask-yes or ask-no, you are
- prompted for confirmation when you try to quit.
+ Type: quadoption
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b10\b0.\b. q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\be_\b_e\bem\bmp\bpt\bty\by
+ Default: yes
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
+ editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
+ modification, use a setting of _\bn_\bo.
- Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using
- ````indent_string''''.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b4 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b11\b1.\b. q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\be_\b_q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd
+ Type: string
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: '[%a: %s]'
- Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If set, one quote character
- will be added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines
- will be prepended by ````indent_string''''.
+ This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
+ the same format sequences as the ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''
+ variable.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b12\b2.\b. q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\be_\b_r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bxp\bp
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b5 _\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be
- Type: regular expression
- Default: "^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+"
+ Type: boolean
- A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted
- sections of text in the body of a message.
+ Default: no
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: In order to use the _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\bdx\bx patterns in the internal pager, you
- need to set this to a regular expression that matches _\be_\bx_\ba_\bc_\bt_\bl_\by the
- quote characters at the beginning of quoted lines.
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
+ ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt) will be quoted using
+ ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b13\b3.\b. r\bre\bea\bad\bd_\b_i\bin\bnc\bc
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b6 _\bf_\br_\bo_\bm
- Type: number
- Default: 10
+ Type: e-mail address
- If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message
- it is currently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed
- after _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc messages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng
- will print a message when it reads message 25, and then again when it
- gets to message 50). This variable is meant to indicate progress when
- reading large mailboxes which may take some time. When set to 0, only
- a single message will appear before the reading the mailbox.
+ Default: ''
- Also see the ````$write_inc'''' variable.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 83
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b14\b4.\b. r\bre\bea\bad\bd_\b_o\bon\bnl\bly\by
+ This variable contains a default from address. It can be overridden using
+ my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and ``_\b$_\br_\be_\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.229 , page
+ 120)''. This variable is ignored if ``_\b$_\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bf_\br_\bo_\bm (section 6.3.320 , page
+ 143)'' is unset.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ E.g. you can use send-hook Mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de 'my_hdr From: Foo Bar
+ <foo@bar.fb>' when replying to the mutt-ng developer's mailing list and Mutt-ng
+ takes this email address.
- If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
+ Defaults to the contents of the environment variable $EMAIL.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b15\b5.\b. r\bre\bea\bal\bln\bna\bam\bme\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b7 _\bg_\be_\bc_\bo_\bs_\b__\bm_\ba_\bs_\bk
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: regular expression
- This variable specifies what "real" or "personal" name should be used
- when sending messages.
+ Default: '^[^,]*'
- By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd. Note that this
- variable will _\bn_\bo_\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
- ``$from'' variable.
+ A regular expression used by Mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a password
+ entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set to
+ ``^[^,]*'' which will return the string up to the first ``,'' encountered. If
+ the GECOS field contains a string like 'lastname, firstname' then you should
+ do: set gecos_mask='.*'.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b16\b6.\b. r\bre\bec\bca\bal\bll\bl
+ This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail to
+ user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If Mutt-ng expands stevef to
+ ``Franklin'' stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to a regular
+ expression that will match the whole name so Mutt-ng will expand ``Franklin''
+ to ``Franklin, Steve''.
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b8 _\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bp_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when
- composing a new message. Also see ````$postponed''''.
+ Type: string
- Setting this variable to ``yes'' is not generally useful, and thus not
- recommended.
+ Default: '%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b17\b7.\b. r\bre\bec\bco\bor\brd\bd
+ Availability: NNTP
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
+ personal taste. This string is similar to ``_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 ,
+ page 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
- This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be
- appended. (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of
- your messages, but another way to do this is using the ````my_hdr''''
- command to create a _\bB_\bc_\bc_\b: field with your email address in it.)
+ %C current newsgroup number
+ %d description of newsgroup (retrieved from server)
+ %f newsgroup name
+ %M ``-'' if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
+ %N ``N'' if newsgroup is new, ``u'' if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
+ %n number of new articles in newsgroup
+ %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
+ %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
+ %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
- The value of _\b`_\b`_\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd_\b'_\b' is overridden by the ````$force_name'''' and
- ````$save_name'''' variables, and the ````fcc-hook'''' command.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 84
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b18\b8.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by_\b_r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bxp\bp
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b7_\b9 _\bh_\bd_\br_\bs
- Type: regular expression
- Default: "^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*"
+ Type: boolean
- A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading
- and replying. The default value corresponds to the English "Re:" and
- the German "Aw:".
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b21\b19\b9.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by_\b_s\bse\bel\blf\bf
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the header fields normally added by the ``_\bm_\by_\b__\bh_\bd_\br (section 3.13 ,
+ page 25)'' command are not created. This variable _\bm_\bu_\bs_\bt be _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt before compos-
+ ing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If _\bs_\be_\bt, the user
+ defined header fields are added to every new message.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b0 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br
- If unset and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will
- assume that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather
- than to yourself.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b20\b0.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by_\b_t\bto\bo
+ Default: no
- Type: quadoption
- Default: ask-yes
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the message you
+ are replying to into the edit buffer. The ``_\b$_\bw_\be_\be_\bd (section 6.3.326 , page
+ 144)'' setting applies.
- If set, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address
- listed in the Reply-to: header as the recipient of the reply. If
- unset, it will use the address in the From: header field instead.
- This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the Reply-
- To: header field to the list address and you want to send a private
- message to the author of a message.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b1 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b21\b1.\b. r\bre\bes\bso\bol\blv\bve\be
+ Type: path
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Default: ''
- When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next
- (possibly undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the
- current message is executed.
+ Availability: Header Cache
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b22\b2.\b. r\bre\bev\bve\ber\brs\bse\be_\b_a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs
+ The _\b$_\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be (section 6.3.81 , page 84) variable points to the header
+ cache database.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ If _\b$_\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be (section 6.3.81 , page 84) points to a directory it will con-
+ tain a header cache database per folder. If _\b$_\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be (section 6.3.81 ,
+ page 84) points to a file that file will be a single global header cache. By
+ default it is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt and so no header caching will be done.
- This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the
- "personal" name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an
- alias that matches the message's sender. For example, if you have the
- following alias:
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b2 _\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be_\b__\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\bs_\bi_\bz_\be
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '16384'
+
+ Availability: Header Cache
+
+ Change the maildir header cache database page size.
+
+ Too large or too small of a page size for the common header can waste space,
+ memory effectiveness, or CPU time. The default should be more or less the best
+ you can get. For details google after Mutt-ng maildir header cache (first hit).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b3 _\bh_\be_\bl_\bp
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 85
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
+ by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
+ sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be
+ updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is running. Since this variable
+ is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major prob-
+ lem.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b4 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\bd_\be_\bn_\b__\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ``_\b$_\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section
+ 6.3.92 , page 86)'' variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This
+ variable does not affect the generation of Message-ID: header fields, and it
+ will not lead to the cut-off of first-level domains.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b5 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
+ limiting, in the thread tree.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b6 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bm_\bi_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
+ tree.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b7 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bs_\bu_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
+ have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b8 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bt_\bo_\bp_\b__\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 86
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
+ limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when _\b$_\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bm_\bi_\bs_\bs_\b-
+ _\bi_\bn_\bg (section 6.3.86 , page 85) is set, this option will have no effect.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b8_\b9 _\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bt_\bo_\bp_\b__\bm_\bi_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bn_\bg
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
+ threads in the thread tree. Note that when _\b$_\bh_\bi_\bd_\be_\b__\bl_\bi_\bm_\bi_\bt_\be_\bd (section 6.3.85 ,
+ page 85) is _\bs_\be_\bt, this option will have no effect.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b0 _\bh_\bi_\bs_\bt_\bo_\br_\by
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 10
+
+ This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
+ history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is changed.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b1 _\bh_\bo_\bn_\bo_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\bl_\bl_\bo_\bw_\bu_\bp_\b__\bt_\bo
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To: header field is hon-
+ ored when group-replying to a message.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b2 _\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail addresses. This
+ overrides the compile time definition obtained from /etc/resolv.conf.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b3 _\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\bt_\bo
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Affects the behaviour of the _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by function when replying to messages from
+ mailing lists. When _\bs_\be_\bt, if the ``Reply-To:'' header field is set to the same
+ value as the ``To:'' header field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-To:''
+ header field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the list, and
+ will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing list when this
+ option is set, use the _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b-_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by function; _\bg_\br_\bo_\bu_\bp_\b-_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by will reply to both the
+ sender and the list.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 87
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b4 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\be_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
+ use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
+ tication methods are either ``login'' or the right side of an IMAP ``AUTH=''
+ capability string, e.g. ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''. This param-
+ eter is case-insensitive.
+
+ If this parameter is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt (the default) Mutt-ng will try all available meth-
+ ods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
+
+ Example: set imap_authenticators='gssapi:cram-md5:login'
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previ-
+ ous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
+ Mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b5 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\bi_\bm_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '/.'
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
+ separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the '='
+ shortcut for your _\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b6 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bs_\bs_\bl
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Availability: IMAP and SSL or IMAP and GNUTLS
+
+ If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting to IMAP
+ servers.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b7 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 88
+
+ Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default headers (``DATE
+ FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-
+ REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL'') from IMAP servers before displaying the
+ ``index'' menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: This is a space separated list.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b8 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bh_\bo_\bm_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\bs_\bp_\ba_\bc_\be
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in the IMAP
+ browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable to the IMAP path
+ to your folders.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b9_\b9 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bk_\be_\be_\bp_\ba_\bl_\bi_\bv_\be
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 900
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that Mutt-ng will
+ wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
+ them before Mutt-ng has finished with them.
+
+ The default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 min-
+ utes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
+ violated every now and then.
+
+ Reduce this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP
+ server due to inactivity.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b0 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only sub-
+ scribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
+ the _\bt_\bo_\bg_\bg_\bl_\be_\b-_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd function.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b1 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk
+
+ Type: number
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 89
+
+ Default: 5
+
+ This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
+ mail in IMAP folders. This is split from the ``_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section 6.3.118 ,
+ page 94)'' variable to generate less traffic and get more accurate information
+ for local folders.
+
+ It defaults to the default value of ``_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section 6.3.118 , page 94)''
+ which is 5 seconds. But you may want to increase it.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b2 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt
+ you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
+
+ W\bWa\bar\brn\bni\bin\bng\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
+ machine, because the superuser can read your configuration even if you are the
+ only one who can read the file.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b3 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs_\bi_\bv_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
+ Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
+ useful if you don't want to be prompted to user/password pairs on Mutt-ng invo-
+ cation, or if opening the connection is slow.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b4 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bp_\be_\be_\bk
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
+ fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
+ closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
+ freaks.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b5 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bn_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 90
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server when the
+ connection is lost.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b6 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bs_\be_\br_\bv_\be_\br_\bn_\bo_\bi_\bs_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
+ messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to configu-
+ ration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish
+ to suppress them at some point.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b7 _\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: IMAP
+
+ Your login name on the IMAP server.
+
+ This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b8 _\bi_\bm_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bc_\bi_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bv_\bi_\be_\bw
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the ``copiousoutput'' flag
+ set for _\be_\bv_\be_\br_\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined for.
+ If such an entry is found, Mutt-ng will use the viewer defined in that entry to
+ convert the body part to text form.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b0_\b9 _\bi_\bn_\bc_\bl_\bu_\bd_\be
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
+ included in your reply.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b0 _\bi_\bn_\bc_\bl_\bu_\bd_\be_\b__\bo_\bn_\bl_\by_\bf_\bi_\br_\bs_\bt
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 91
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of the mes-
+ sage you are replying.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b1 _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '> '
+
+ Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
+ which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
+ as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b2 _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
+
+ This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your per-
+ sonal taste.
+
+ ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C'' function
+ printf(3) to format output (see the man page for more detail). The following
+ sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
+
+ %a
+ address of the author
+
+ %A
+ reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
+
+ %b
+ filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
+
+ %B
+ the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
+ (%b).
+
+ %c
+ number of characters (bytes) in the message
+
+ %C
+ current message number
+
+ %d
+ date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
+ mat'' converted to sender's time zone
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 92
+
+ %D
+ date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
+ mat'' converted to the local time zone
+
+ %e
+ current message number in thread
+
+ %E
+ number of messages in current thread
+
+ %f
+ entire From: line (address + real name)
+
+ %F
+ author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
+
+ %H
+ spam attribute(s) of this message
+
+ %g
+ newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
+
+ %i
+ message-id of the current message
+
+ %l
+ number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh, and
+ possibly IMAP folders)
+
+ %L
+ If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
+ defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays 'To
+ <list-name>', otherwise the same as %F.
+
+ %m
+ total number of message in the mailbox
+
+ %M
+ number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
+
+ %N
+ message score
+
+ %n
+ author's real name (or address if missing)
+
+ %O
+ (_O_riginal save folder) Where Mutt-ng would formerly have stashed
+ the message: list name or recipient name if no list
+
+ %s
+ subject of the message
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 93
+
+ %S
+ status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
+
+ %t
+ `to:' field (recipients)
+
+ %T
+ the appropriate character from the _\b$_\bt_\bo_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs (section 6.3.313 ,
+ page 141) string
+
+ %u
+ user (login) name of the author
+
+ %v
+ first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from
+ you
+
+ %W
+ name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
+
+ %y
+ `x-label:' field, if present
+
+ %Y
+ `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
+ (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from pre-
+ ceding message's `x-label'.
+
+ %Z
+ message status flags
+
+ %{fmt}
+ the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
+ zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
+ a leading bang disables locales
+
+ %[fmt]
+ the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
+ zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
+ a leading bang disables locales
+
+ %(fmt)
+ the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt'' is
+ expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang dis-
+ ables locales
+
+ %<fmt>
+ the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
+ ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
+
+ %>X
+ right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 94
+
+ %|X
+ pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
+
+ See also: ``_\b$_\bt_\bo_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs (section 6.3.313 , page 141)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b3 _\bi_\bn_\be_\bw_\bs
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
+ Mutt-ng. Otherwise, Mutt-ng posts article using current connection. The fol-
+ lowing printf(3)-style sequence is understood:
+
+ %s newsserver name
+
+ Example: set inews='/usr/local/bin/inews -hS'
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b4 _\bi_\bs_\bp_\be_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: 'ispell'
+
+ How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b5 _\bk_\be_\be_\bp_\b__\bf_\bl_\ba_\bg_\bg_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool mail-
+ box to your ``_\b$_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
+ ``_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b6 _\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, address replies to the mailing list the original message came from
+ (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``_\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs'' or ``_\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo''
+ will ask if you really intended to reply to the author only.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b7 _\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bl_\be
+
+ Type: string
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 95
+
+ Default: 'C'
+
+ The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates. Legal values are the strings
+ your system accepts for the locale variable LC_TIME.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b8 _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 5
+
+ This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
+ mail.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: This does not apply to IMAP mailboxes, see _\b$_\bi_\bm_\ba_\bp_\b__\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk (section
+ 6.3.101 , page 88).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b1_\b9 _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bt_\bh
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
+ bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b0 _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bc_\ba_\bp_\b__\bs_\ba_\bn_\bi_\bt_\bi_\bz_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
+ well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
+ sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
+
+ D\bDO\bON\bN'\b'T\bT C\bCH\bHA\bAN\bNG\bGE\bE T\bTH\bHI\bIS\bS S\bSE\bET\bTT\bTI\bIN\bNG\bG U\bUN\bNL\bLE\bES\bSS\bS Y\bYO\bOU\bU A\bAR\bRE\bE R\bRE\bEA\bAL\bLL\bLY\bY S\bSU\bUR\bRE\bE W\bWH\bHA\bAT\bT Y\bYO\bOU\bU A\bAR\bRE\bE D\bDO\bOI\bIN\bNG\bG!\b!
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b1 _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bd_\bi_\br_\b__\bh_\be_\ba_\bd_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: Header Cache
+
+ Check for Maildir unaware programs other than Mutt-ng having modified maildir
+ files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
+ every time the folder is opened.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b2 _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\bd_\bi_\br_\b__\bt_\br_\ba_\bs_\bh
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 96
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir (T)rashed
+ flag instead of physically deleted.
+
+ N\bNO\bOT\bTE\bE:\b: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no
+ effect on other mailbox types.
+
+ It is similiar to the trash option.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b3 _\bm_\ba_\br_\bk_\b__\bo_\bl_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng marks _\bn_\be_\bw u\bun\bnr\bre\bea\bad\bd messages as _\bo_\bl_\bd if you exit a
+ mailbox without reading them.
+
+ With this option _\bs_\be_\bt, the next time you start Mutt-ng, the messages will show
+ up with an 'O' next to them in the ``index'' menu, indicating that they are
+ old.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b4 _\bm_\ba_\br_\bk_\be_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a ``+''
+ marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see the
+ ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\ba_\br_\bt_\b__\bw_\br_\ba_\bp (section 6.3.259 , page 127)'' variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b5 _\bm_\ba_\bs_\bk
+
+ Type: regular expression
+
+ Default: '!^\.[^.]'
+
+ A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the _\bn_\bo_\bt
+ operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The
+ match is always case-sensitive.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b6 _\bm_\ba_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\b__\bl_\be_\bn_\bg_\bt_\bh
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the maximum line length for displaying ``format = flowed'' messages
+ is limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means that
+ the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and _\b$_\bw_\br_\ba_\bp_\bm_\ba_\br_\bg_\bi_\bn
+ (section 6.3.328 , page 145).
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 97
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b7 _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '~/mbox'
+
+ This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``_\b$_\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section
+ 6.3.291 , page 135)'' folder will be appended.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b8 _\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b__\bt_\by_\bp_\be
+
+ Type: folder magic
+
+ Default: mbox
+
+ The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of mbox,
+ MMDF, MH and Maildir.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b2_\b9 _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu_\b__\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bx_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
+ scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``_\b$_\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bx_\bt (section 6.3.159 , page
+ 104)''.)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b0 _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu_\b__\bm_\bo_\bv_\be_\b__\bo_\bf_\bf
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
+ the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When _\bs_\be_\bt, the bottom
+ entry may move off the bottom.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b1 _\bm_\be_\bn_\bu_\b__\bs_\bc_\br_\bo_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
+ across a screen boundary. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the screen is cleared and the next or pre-
+ vious page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
+ redraws).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b2 _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%s'
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 98
+
+ This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for attachments of type
+ message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
+ section on ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b3 _\bm_\be_\bt_\ba_\b__\bk_\be_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
+ if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains after having the
+ high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf4,
+ then this is treated as if the user had pressed ESC then ``x''. This is
+ because the result of removing the high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is
+ the ASCII character ``x''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b4 _\bm_\be_\bt_\bo_\bo
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates'' command)
+ from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b5 _\bm_\bh_\b__\bp_\bu_\br_\bg_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages to
+ _\b,_\b<_\bo_\bl_\bd _\bf_\bi_\bl_\be _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If the vari-
+ able is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b6 _\bm_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\bq_\b__\bf_\bl_\ba_\bg_\bg_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: 'flagged'
+
+ The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b7 _\bm_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\bq_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\bi_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: 'replied'
+
+ The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b8 _\bm_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\bq_\b__\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\be_\bn
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 99
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: 'unseen'
+
+ The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b3_\b9 _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate MIME
+ part instead of included in the main body of the message.
+
+ This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view
+ the message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and
+ not MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
+
+ Also see ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81)'' and ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\b-
+ _\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b0 _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
+ a message while ``_\b$_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _\bs_\be_\bt. Other-
+ wise ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81)'' is used instead.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b1 _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd_\b__\br_\be_\bs_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
+ menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
+ attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b2 _\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bs_\bu_\bb_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, an 8-bit ``Subject:'' header field in a news article will not be
+ encoded according to RFC2047.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Only change this setting if you know what you are doing.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 100
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b3 _\bm_\bi_\bx_\b__\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%4n %c %-16s %a'
+
+ Availability: Mixmaster
+
+ This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster chain
+ selection screen. The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
+
+ %n
+ The running number on the menu.
+
+ %c
+ Remailer capabilities.
+
+ %s
+ The remailer's short name.
+
+ %a
+ The remailer's e-mail address.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b4 _\bm_\bi_\bx_\bm_\ba_\bs_\bt_\be_\br
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: 'mixmaster'
+
+ Availability: Mixmaster
+
+ This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your system. It is
+ used with various sets of parameters to gather the list of known remailers, and
+ to finally send a message through the mixmaster chain.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b5 _\bm_\bo_\bv_\be
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-no
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your spool mailbox
+ to your ``_\b$_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
+ ``_\bm_\bb_\bo_\bx_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b6 _\bm_\bs_\bg_\bi_\bd_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p'
+
+ This is the format for the ``local part'' of the Message-Id: header field gen-
+ erated by Mutt-ng. The format string contains of one or more characters. The
+ '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the string, similar to
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 101
+
+ printf(3). The following characters are allowed:
+
+ %d
+ the current day of month
+
+ %h
+ the current hour
+
+ %m
+ the current month
+
+ %M
+ the current minute
+
+ %O
+ the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
+
+ %p
+ the process ID
+
+ %P
+ the current Message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every Mes-
+ sage-ID being generated)
+
+ %r
+ a random integer value (decimal)
+
+ %R
+ a random integer value (hexadecimal)
+
+ %s
+ the current second
+
+ %T
+ the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
+
+ %X
+ the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
+
+ %Y
+ the current year (Y2K compliant)
+
+ %%
+ the '%' character
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Please only change this setting if you know what you are doing. Also
+ make sure to consult RFC2822 to produce technically _\bv_\ba_\bl_\bi_\bd strings.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b7 _\bn_\ba_\br_\br_\bo_\bw_\b__\bt_\br_\be_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 102
+
+ This variable, when _\bs_\be_\bt, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
+ threads to fit on the screen.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b8 _\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be_\b__\bd_\bi_\br
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '~/.muttng'
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ This variable points to directory where Mutt-ng will cache news article head-
+ ers. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, headers will not be saved at all and will be reloaded each time
+ when you enter a newsgroup.
+
+ As for the header caching in connection with IMAP and/or Maildir, this drasti-
+ cally increases speed and lowers traffic.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b4_\b9 _\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\b__\bs_\be_\br_\bv_\be_\br
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ This variable specifies the name (or address) of the NNTP server to be used.
+
+ It defaults to the value specified via the environment variable $NNTPSERVER or
+ contained in the file /etc/nntpserver.
+
+ You can also specify a username and an alternative port for each newsserver,
+ e.g.
+
+ [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Using a password as shown and stored in a configuration file presents a
+ security risk since the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the
+ file's permissions.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b0 _\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\br_\bc
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '~/.newsrc'
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ This file contains information about subscribed newsgroup and articles read so
+ far.
+
+ To ease the use of multiple news servers, the following printf(3)-style
+ sequence is understood:
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 103
+
+ %s newsserver name
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b1 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bx_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 1000
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ This variable controls how many news articles to cache per newsgroup (if
+ caching is enabled, see _\b$_\bn_\be_\bw_\bs_\b__\bc_\ba_\bc_\bh_\be_\b__\bd_\bi_\br (section 6.3.148 , page 101)) and how
+ many news articles to show in the ``index'' menu.
+
+ If there're more articles than defined with _\b$_\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bx_\bt (section 6.3.151 ,
+ page 102), all older ones will be removed/not shown in the index.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b2 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bl_\bo_\ba_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ This variable controls whether or not descriptions for newsgroups are to be
+ loaded when subscribing to a newsgroup.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b3 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ Your password for NNTP account.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
+ the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b4 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bp_\bo_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 60
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ The time in seconds until any operations on a newsgroup except posting a new
+ article will cause a recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will recheck on
+ each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 104
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b5 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bn_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a newsserver when the
+ was connection lost.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b6 _\bn_\bn_\bt_\bp_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ Your login name on the NNTP server. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt and the server requires authen-
+ tification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b7 _\bo_\bp_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b__\bs_\by_\bs_\bt_\be_\bm
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent: header field. If
+ this is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, it will be set to the operating system name that uname(2)
+ returns. If uname(2) fails, ``UNIX'' will be used.
+
+ It may, for example, look as: ``mutt-ng 1.5.9i (Linux)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b8 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: 'builtin'
+
+ This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages.
+ ``builtin'' means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this variable should
+ specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.
+
+ Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
+ necessary because you can't call Mutt-ng functions directly from the pager, and
+ screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
+ in the help menu.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b5_\b9 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\bo_\bn_\bt_\be_\bx_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 105
+
+ This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when dis-
+ playing the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, Mutt-ng
+ will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
+ page (0 lines of context).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b0 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s'
+
+ This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status'' displayed
+ before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
+ sequences are listed in the ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)'' sec-
+ tion.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b1 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\bs
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
+ pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
+ be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
+ context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
+ example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
+ thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
+ _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\bs of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of
+ 0 results in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current
+ folder is less than _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bl_\bi_\bn_\be_\bs, then the index will only use as many
+ lines as it needs.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b2 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br_\b__\bs_\bt_\bo_\bp
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the internal-pager will n\bno\bot\bt move to the next message when you are at
+ the end of a message and invoke the _\bn_\be_\bx_\bt_\b-_\bp_\ba_\bg_\be function.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b3 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
+ whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
+ contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
+ pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the check-tra-
+ ditional-pgp function, Mutt-ng will automatically check the message for tradi-
+ tional pgp.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 106
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b4 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bi_\bn_\bl_\bi_\bn_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline (traditional)
+ PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
+ overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when inline is not required.
+
+ Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
+ of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
+ ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
+ ``_\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo (section 6.3.180 , page 109)''.
+
+ Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b5 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk_\b__\be_\bx_\bi_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
+ encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b6 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bc_\bl_\be_\ba_\br_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This format is used to create a old-style ``clearsigned'' PGP message.
+
+ Note that the use of this format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b7 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
+ attachments.
+
+ The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
+
+ %p
+ Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
+ string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
+
+ %f
+ Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 107
+
+ %s
+ Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
+ multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
+
+ %a
+ The value of _\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\ba_\bs (section 6.3.184 , page 110).
+
+ %r
+ One or more key IDs.
+
+ For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
+ which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in the samples/
+ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the documenta-
+ tion. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b8 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b6_\b9 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bo_\bn_\bl_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b0 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b1 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u'
+
+ This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your per-
+ sonal taste. This string is similar to ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
+ 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
+
+ %n
+ number
+
+ %k
+ key id
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 108
+
+ %u
+ user id
+
+ %a
+ algorithm
+
+ %l
+ key length
+
+ %f
+ flags
+
+ %c
+ capabilities
+
+ %t
+ trust/validity of the key-uid association
+
+ %[<s>]
+ date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
+
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b2 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\be_\bx_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring. (PGP
+ only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b3 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bg_\be_\bt_\bk_\be_\by_\bs_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is invoked whenever Mutt-ng will need public key information. %r
+ is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this format. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b4 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bg_\bo_\bo_\bd_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn
+
+ Type: regular expression
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
+ verified if the output from _\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd (section 6.3.190 , page 112)
+ contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
+ even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b5 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bs_\bu_\bb_\bk_\be_\by_\bs
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 109
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
+ the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. _\bU_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt this if you
+ want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b6 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bi_\bm_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
+ ring. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b7 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\bp_\bu_\bb_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
+ must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
+
+ This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b8 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bl_\bi_\bs_\bt_\b__\bs_\be_\bc_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
+ must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
+
+ This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b7_\b9 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bl_\bo_\bn_\bg_\b__\bi_\bd_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. _\bU_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs. (PGP
+ only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b0 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 110
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically sending
+ a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
+ (for any reason).
+
+ Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b1 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\bi_\bn_\bl_\bi_\bn_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create an inline
+ (traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
+ inline. This can be overridden by use of the _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b-_\bm_\be_\bn_\bu, when inline is not
+ required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) mes-
+ sage is inline; instead it relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously
+ checked/flagged messages.
+
+ Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
+ of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
+ ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
+ ``_\b$_\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo (section 6.3.180 , page 109)''.
+
+ Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by d\bde\bep\bpr\bre\bec\bca\bat\bte\bed\bd.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b2 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\br_\be_\bt_\ba_\bi_\bn_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
+ and multipart/encrypted body parts.
+
+ This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
+ the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
+ multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b3 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bh_\bo_\bw_\b__\bu_\bn_\bu_\bs_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
+ This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
+ as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 111
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b4 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\ba_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify which of
+ your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the keyid form to
+ specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b5 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multi-
+ part/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b6 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by_\bs
+
+ Type: sort order
+
+ Default: address
+
+ Specifies how the entries in the ``pgp keys'' menu are sorted. The following
+ are legal values:
+
+ address
+ sort alphabetically by user id
+
+ keyid
+ sort alphabetically by key id
+
+ date
+ sort by key creation date
+
+ trust
+ sort by the trust of the key
+
+ If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with ``reverse-''.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b7 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\be_\bn_\bc
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as quoted-
+ printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems with
+ non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you are
+ doing. (PGP only)
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 112
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b8 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 300
+
+ The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
+ Default: 300. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b8_\b9 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bg_\bp_\bg_\b__\ba_\bg_\be_\bn_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b0 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b1 _\bp_\bg_\bp_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bk_\be_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.
+ (PGP only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b2 _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Used in connection with the _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be command. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will
+ pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will weed head-
+ ers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b3 _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bs_\be_\bp
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '\n'
+
+ The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
+ an external Unix command.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 113
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b4 _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bs_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Used in connection with the _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be command and the ``tag- prefix'' or
+ ``tag-prefix-cond'' operators. If this variable is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, when piping a list
+ of tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe them as
+ a single folder. When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one by one. In both
+ cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and the ``_\b$_\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b__\bs_\be_\bp
+ (section 6.3.193 , page 112)'' separator is added after each message.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b5 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\b__\bt_\br_\by_\b__\ba_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will only
+ fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods are unavail-
+ able. If a method is available but authentication fails, Mutt-ng will not con-
+ nect to the POP server.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b6 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\be_\bn_\bt_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
+ use to log in to an POP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
+ tication methods are either ``user'', ``apop'' or any SASL mechanism, eg
+ ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
+
+ This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt (the default)
+ Mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to least-
+ secure.
+
+ Example: set pop_authenticators='digest-md5:apop:user'
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b7 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bc_\bh_\be_\bc_\bk_\bi_\bn_\bt_\be_\br_\bv_\ba_\bl
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 60
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for new mail.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 114
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b8 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-no
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
+ server when using the ``fetch-mail'' function. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will down-
+ load messages but also leave them on the POP server.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b1_\b9_\b9 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ The name of your POP server for the ``fetch-mail'' function. You can also
+ specify an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:
+
+ [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
+ the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b0 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bl_\ba_\bs_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ If this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will try to use the ``LAST'' POP command for
+ retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the ``fetch-
+ mail'' function.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b1 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ Specifies the password for your POP account. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you
+ for your password when you open POP mailbox.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
+ the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 115
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b2 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bn_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a POP server when the
+ connection is lost.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b3 _\bp_\bo_\bp_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: POP
+
+ Your login name on the POP server.
+
+ This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b4 _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\b__\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Similar to the ``_\b$_\ba_\bt_\bt_\br_\bi_\bb_\bu_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69)'' variable, Mutt-ng
+ will append this string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied
+ to.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b5 _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\b__\bm_\bo_\bd_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ If set to _\by_\be_\bs, Mutt-ng will post articles to newsgroup that have not permis-
+ sions to post (e.g. moderated).
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: if the newsserver does not support posting to that newsgroup or a group
+ is totally read-only, that posting will not have any effect.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b6 _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``_\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd (section
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 116
+
+ 6.3.207 , page 115)'' mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b7 _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '~/postponed'
+
+ Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ``_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115)
+ sending a message'' which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a mes-
+ sage, Mutt-ng saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
+ ``_\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115)'' variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b8 _\bp_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bn_\be_\bc_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, a shell command to be executed if Mutt-ng fails to establish a connec-
+ tion to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections, e.g. with
+ ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, Mutt-ng gives up opening the
+ server. Example:
+
+ preconnect='ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
+ /dev/null > /dev/null'
+
+ Mailbox ``foo'' on mailhost.net can now be reached as ``{localhost:1234}foo''.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
+ machine without having to enter a password.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b0_\b9 _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-no
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set to _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo
+ by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b0 _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: 'lpr'
+
+ This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b1 _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\bo_\bd_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 117
+
+ Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, the
+ message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
+ _\b$_\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116). If this option is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, no pro-
+ cessing will be applied to the message when printing it. The latter setting
+ may be useful if you are using some advanced printer filter which is able to
+ properly format e-mail messages for printing.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b2 _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bp_\bl_\bi_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _\bs_\be_\bt, the
+ command specified by _\b$_\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116) is executed
+ once for each message which is to be printed. If this option is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the
+ command specified by _\b$_\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116) is executed
+ only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the mes-
+ sage separator.
+
+ Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
+ want to set this option.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b3 _\bp_\br_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bf_\bt_\be_\br
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If you use an _\be_\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bl ``_\b$_\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br (section 6.3.158 , page 104)'', setting this
+ variable will cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits
+ rather than returning to the index menu. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will return to the
+ index menu when the external pager exits.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b4 _\bq_\bu_\be_\br_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This specifies the command that Mutt-ng will use to make external address
+ queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted with the
+ query string the user types. See ``_\bq_\bu_\be_\br_\by (section 4.6 , page 42)'' for more
+ information.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b5 _\bq_\bu_\bi_\bt
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit from Mutt-
+ ng. If it set to _\by_\be_\bs, they do quit, if it is set to _\bn_\bo, they have no effect,
+ and if it is set to _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\by_\be_\bs or _\ba_\bs_\bk_\b-_\bn_\bo, you are prompted for confirmation when
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 118
+
+ you try to quit.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b6 _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\be_\bm_\bp_\bt_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using ``_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (sec-
+ tion 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b7 _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If _\bs_\be_\bt, one quote character will be
+ added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines will be prepended
+ by ``_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b8 _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp
+
+ Type: regular expression
+
+ Default: '^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+'
+
+ A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted sections of
+ text in the body of a message.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: In order to use the _\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\bdx\bx patterns in the internal pager, you need to
+ set this to a regular expression that matches _\be_\bx_\ba_\bc_\bt_\bl_\by the quote characters at
+ the beginning of quoted lines.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b1_\b9 _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 10
+
+ If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message it is cur-
+ rently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc mes-
+ sages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng will print a message when it
+ reads message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
+ meant to indicate progress when reading large mailboxes which may take some
+ time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading the
+ mailbox.
+
+ Also see the ``_\b$_\bw_\br_\bi_\bt_\be_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc (section 6.3.330 , page 145)'' variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b0 _\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bo_\bn_\bl_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 119
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b1 _\br_\be_\ba_\bl_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This variable specifies what ``real'' or ``personal'' name should be used when
+ sending messages.
+
+ By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd.
+
+ _\bN_\bo_\bt_\be_\b: This variable will _\bn_\bo_\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
+ _\b$_\bf_\br_\bo_\bm (section 6.3.76 , page 82) variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b2 _\br_\be_\bc_\ba_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when composing a new
+ message. Also see ``_\b$_\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be_\bd (section 6.3.207 , page 115)''.
+
+ Setting this variable to _\by_\be_\bs is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b3 _\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
+ (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
+ another way to do this is using the ``_\bm_\by_\b__\bh_\bd_\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' com-
+ mand to create a Bcc: header field with your email address in it.)
+
+ The value of _\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd _\b(_\bs_\be_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b3 _\b, _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be _\b1_\b1_\b9_\b) is overridden by the
+ ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' and ``_\b$_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section
+ 6.3.234 , page 122)'' variables, and the ``_\bf_\bc_\bc_\b-_\bh_\bo_\bo_\bk (section 3.16 , page
+ 27)'' command.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b4 _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp
+
+ Type: regular expression
+
+ Default: '^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*'
+
+ A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and reply-
+ ing. The default value corresponds to the English ``Re:'' and the German
+ ``Aw:''.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 120
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b5 _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\bs_\be_\bl_\bf
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will assume
+ that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to your-
+ self.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b6 _\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\bt_\bo
+
+ Type: quadoption
+
+ Default: ask-yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address listed in the
+ ``Reply-To:'' header field as the recipient of the reply. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, it will
+ use the address in the ``From:'' header field instead.
+
+ This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the ``Reply-To:''
+ header field to the list address and you want to send a private message to the
+ author of a message.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b7 _\br_\be_\bs_\bo_\bl_\bv_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
+ undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is exe-
+ cuted.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b8 _\br_\be_\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\be_\b__\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the ``personal''
+ name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
+ message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:
alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
- and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
+ and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
+
+ From: abd30425@somewhere.net
+
+ It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
+ ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
+ not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 121
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b2_\b9 _\br_\be_\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
+ messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If
+ this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, the default From: line of the reply messages is built
+ using the address where you received the messages you are replying to i\bif\bf that
+ address matches your alternates. If the variable is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, or the address that
+ would be used doesn't match your alternates, the From: line will use your
+ address on the current machine.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b0 _\br_\be_\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\be_\b__\br_\be_\ba_\bl_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
- From: abd30425@somewhere.net
+ Default: yes
+
+ This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the _\br_\be_\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.229 ,
+ page 120) feature. When it is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
+ messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt,
+ Mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of the _\br_\be_\ba_\bl_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+ (section 6.3.221 , page 118) variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b1 _\br_\bf_\bc_\b2_\b0_\b4_\b7_\b__\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bm_\be_\bt_\be_\br_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME parame-
+ ters. You want to set this variable when Mutt-ng suggests you to save attach-
+ ments to files named like this:
+
+ =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
+
+ When this variable is _\bs_\be_\bt interactively, the change doesn't have the desired
+ effect before you have changed folders.
+
+ Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by the
+ standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.
+
+ Also note that setting this parameter will _\bn_\bo_\bt have the effect that Mutt-ng
+ _\bg_\be_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, Mutt-ng will unconditionally use the
+ encoding specified in RFC 2231.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b2 _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\ba_\bd_\bd_\br_\be_\bs_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 122
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
+ folder for saving a mail. If ``_\b$_\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'' or
+ ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' is _\bs_\be_\bt too, the selection of the
+ fcc folder will be changed as well.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b3 _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\be_\bm_\bp_\bt_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
+ closed (the exception is ``_\b$_\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135)'' which is
+ never removed). If _\bs_\be_\bt, mailboxes are never removed.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not delete MH
+ and Maildir directories.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b4 _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
+ check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
+ (this is done by searching for a mailbox in the ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\bl_\bd_\be_\br (section 6.3.65 ,
+ page 79)'' directory with the _\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be part of the recipient address). If the
+ mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise
+ the message is saved to the ``_\b$_\br_\be_\bc_\bo_\br_\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119)'' mailbox.
+
+ Also see the ``_\b$_\bf_\bo_\br_\bc_\be_\b__\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b5 _\bs_\ba_\bv_\be_\b__\bu_\bn_\bs_\bu_\bb_\bs_\bc_\br_\bi_\bb_\be_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into the ``newsrc''
+ file and into the news cache.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b6 _\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ When this variable is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
+ selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the ``_\b$_\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\bs_\bh_\b-
+ _\bo_\bl_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be (section 6.3.237 , page 122)'' variable and friends are used.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 123
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b7 _\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\bs_\bh_\bo_\bl_\bd_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: -1
+
+ Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
+ this variable are automatically marked for deletion by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
+ scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
+ variable will never mark a message for deletion.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b8 _\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\bs_\bh_\bo_\bl_\bd_\b__\bf_\bl_\ba_\bg
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 9999
+
+ Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this vari-
+ able's value are automatically marked ``flagged''.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b3_\b9 _\bs_\bc_\bo_\br_\be_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\bs_\bh_\bo_\bl_\bd_\b__\br_\be_\ba_\bd
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: -1
+
+ Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
+ this variable are automatically marked as read by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
+ scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
+ variable will never mark a message read.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b0 _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: 'us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8'
+
+ A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the first
+ character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If your ``_\b$_\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt
+ (section 6.3.26 , page 71)'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not under-
+ stand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used
+ standard character set (such as iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either
+ instead of or after iso-8859-1.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b1 _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi'
+
+ Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-ng.
+ Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
+ recipient addresses.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 124
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b2 _\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``_\b$_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 ,
+ page 123)'' process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
+ background.
+
+ Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
+
+ >0
+ number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
+
+ 0
+ wait forever for sendmail to finish
+
+ <0
+ always put sendmail in the background without waiting
+
+ Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
+ will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
+ as to where to find the output.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b3 _\bs_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login shell
+ from /etc/passwd is used.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b4 _\bs_\bh_\bo_\bw_\b__\bn_\be_\bw_\b__\bn_\be_\bw_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, the newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
+ browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also controls
+ whether or not the number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be
+ checked.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b5 _\bs_\bh_\bo_\bw_\b__\bo_\bn_\bl_\by_\b__\bu_\bn_\br_\be_\ba_\bd
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ Availability: NNTP
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 125
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be dis-
+ played in the newsgroup browser.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b6 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bb_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd_\ba_\br_\by
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '.'
+
+ When the sidebar is displayed and _\b$_\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bs_\bh_\bo_\br_\bt_\be_\bn_\b__\bh_\bi_\be_\br_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh_\by (section
+ 6.3.250 , page 125) is _\bs_\be_\bt, this variable specifies the characters at which to
+ split a folder name into ``hierarchy items.''
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b7 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bd_\be_\bl_\bi_\bm
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '|'
+
+ This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and other
+ screens.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b8 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bn_\be_\bw_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bo_\bn_\bl_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, only folders with new mail will be shown in the sidebar.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b4_\b9 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bn_\bu_\bm_\bb_\be_\br_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '%c%?n?(%n)?%?f?[%f]?'
+
+ This variable controls how message counts are printed when the sidebar is
+ enabled. If this variable is _\be_\bm_\bp_\bt_\by (_\ba_\bn_\bd _\bo_\bn_\bl_\by _\bi_\bf), no numbers will be printed
+ _\ba_\bn_\bd mutt-ng won't frequently count mail (which may be a great speedup esp. with
+ mbox-style mailboxes.)
+
+ The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
+
+ %c
+ Total number of messages.
+
+ %f
+ Number of flagged messages.
+
+ %n
+ Number of new messages.
+
+ The %f and %n expandos may optionally be printed non-zero.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 126
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b0 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bs_\bh_\bo_\br_\bt_\be_\bn_\b__\bh_\bi_\be_\br_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the ``hierarchy'' of the sidebar entries will be shortened only if
+ they cannot be printed in full length (because ``_\b$_\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bw_\bi_\bd_\bt_\bh (section
+ 6.3.252 , page 126)'' is set to a too low value). For example, if the news-
+ group name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen, it'll get
+ shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would and thus will not
+ get shortened.
+
+ At which characters this compression is done is controled via the _\b$_\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\b-
+ _\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bb_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bd_\ba_\br_\by (section 6.3.246 , page 124) variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b1 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bv_\bi_\bs_\bi_\bb_\bl_\be
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ This specifies whether or not to show the sidebar (a list of folders specified
+ with the ``mailboxes'' command).
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b2 _\bs_\bi_\bd_\be_\bb_\ba_\br_\b__\bw_\bi_\bd_\bt_\bh
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 0
+
+ The width of the sidebar.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b3 _\bs_\bi_\bg_\b__\bd_\ba_\bs_\bh_\be_\bs
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If set, a line containing ``-- '' (dash, dash, space) will be inserted before
+ your ``_\b$_\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bu_\br_\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126)''. It is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by recommended
+ that you not unset this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your
+ name. The reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
+ detect your signature.
+
+ For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
+ color in the builtin pager.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b4 _\bs_\bi_\bg_\b__\bo_\bn_\b__\bt_\bo_\bp
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 127
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
+ is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
+ know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
+ guardians.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b5 _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\ba_\bt_\bu_\br_\be
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: '~/.signature'
+
+ Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
+ messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is assumed that file-
+ name is a shell command and input should be read from its stdout.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b6 _\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\bo_\bf_\bf_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is useful for
+ people that want to sign off every message they send with their name.
+
+ If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact information or
+ witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature file instead of the sig-
+ noff string.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b7 _\bs_\bi_\bm_\bp_\bl_\be_\b__\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: '~f %s | ~s %s'
+
+ Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
+ A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~ operators. See
+ ``_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs (section 4.2 , page 36)'' for more information on search patterns.
+
+ For example, if you simply type ``joe'' at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-ng
+ will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable. For the
+ default value it would be:
+
+ ~f joe | ~s joe
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b8 _\bs_\bl_\be_\be_\bp_\b__\bt_\bi_\bm_\be
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 1
+
+ Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
+ messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
+ the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
+ this option suppresses the pause.
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 128
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b5_\b9 _\bs_\bm_\ba_\br_\bt_\b__\bw_\br_\ba_\bp
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
+ pager. If _\bs_\be_\bt, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, lines are
+ simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the ``_\b$_\bm_\ba_\br_\bk_\be_\br_\bs (section 6.3.124 ,
+ page 96)'' variable.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b0 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bl_\be_\by_\bs
+
+ Type: regular expression
+
+ Default: '(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])'
+
+ The _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
+ ``_\b$_\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118)'', most notably smileys in the
+ beginning of a line
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b1 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\ba_\bs_\bk_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\b__\bl_\ba_\bb_\be_\bl
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a certifi-
+ cate about to be added to the database or not. It is _\bs_\be_\bt by default. (S/MIME
+ only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b2 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bc_\ba_\b__\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
+ trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b3 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\bi_\bf_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage
+ and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys and
+ certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the hash-
+ value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
+ address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
+ location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 129
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b4 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/x-
+ pkcs7-mime attachments.
+
+ The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences sim-
+ ilar to PGP's:
+
+ %f
+ Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+
+ %s
+ Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
+ multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
+
+ %k
+ The key-pair specified with _\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by (section 6.3.266 ,
+ page 129)
+
+ %c
+ One or more certificate IDs.
+
+ %a
+ The algorithm used for encryption.
+
+ %C
+ CA location: Depending on whether _\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bc_\ba_\b__\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section
+ 6.3.262 , page 128) points to a directory or file, this expands to
+ '-CApath _\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bc_\ba_\b__\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 6.3.262 , page 128)' or
+ '-CAfile _\b$_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bc_\ba_\b__\bl_\bo_\bc_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn (section 6.3.262 , page 128)'.
+
+ For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the sam-
+ ples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the docu-
+ mentation. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b5 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: yes
+
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt (default) this tells Mutt-ng to use the default key for decryption. Oth-
+ erwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, Mutt-ng will try to use the
+ mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key,
+ if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b6 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by
+
+ Type: string
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 130
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the keyid
+ (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b7 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b8 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\be_\bn_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\bw_\bi_\bt_\bh
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
+ ``des'', ``des3'', ``rc2-40'', ``rc2-64'', ``\frc2-128''.
+
+ If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt ``_\b3_\bd_\be_\bs'' (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b6_\b9 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bg_\be_\bt_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
+ (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b0 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bg_\be_\bt_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\b__\be_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509 cer-
+ tificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate was
+ issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b1 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bg_\be_\bt_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\be_\br_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
+ signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
+ ``From:'' header field. (S/MIME only)
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 131
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b2 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bm_\bp_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keysng. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b3 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bi_\bs_\b__\bd_\be_\bf_\ba_\bu_\bl_\bt
+
+ Type: boolean
+
+ Default: no
+
+ The default behaviour of Mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
+ operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be _\bs_\be_\bt.
+
+ However, this has no effect while replying, since Mutt-ng will automatically
+ select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message.
+
+ (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting _\b$_\bc_\br_\by_\bp_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be (sec-
+ tion 6.3.39 , page 74).) (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b4 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bk_\be_\by_\bs
+
+ Type: path
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage ad
+ retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now, and stores
+ keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as the hash-
+ value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
+ address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
+ location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b5 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bp_\bk_\b7_\bo_\bu_\bt_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
+ to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b6 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
+ which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME only)
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 132
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b7 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bs_\bi_\bg_\bn_\b__\bo_\bp_\ba_\bq_\bu_\be_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
+ pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail clients supporting the
+ S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b8 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt
+
+ Type: number
+
+ Default: 300
+
+ The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
+ (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b7_\b9 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
+ (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b0 _\bs_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bv_\be_\br_\bi_\bf_\by_\b__\bo_\bp_\ba_\bq_\bu_\be_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\ba_\bn_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
+ pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b1 _\bs_\bm_\bt_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\b__\bp_\ba_\bs_\bs_\bw_\bo_\br_\bd
+
+ Type: string
+
+ Default: ''
+
+ Availability: SMTP
+
+ Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If ``_\b$_\bs_\bm_\bt_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section
+ 6.3.282 , page 132)'' is set, but this variable is not, you will be prompted
+ for a password when sending.
+
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
+ the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b2 _\bs_\bm_\bt_\bp_\b__\ba_\bu_\bt_\bh_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 133
- It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
- ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail
- address is not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b23\b3.\b. r\bre\bev\bve\ber\brs\bse\be_\b_n\bna\bam\bme\be
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Availability: SMTP
- It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine,
- move the messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages
- from there. If this variable is set, the default _\bF_\br_\bo_\bm_\b: line of the
- reply messages is built using the address where you received the
- messages you are replying to i\bif\bf that address matches your alternates.
- If the variable is unset, or the address that would be used doesn't
- match your alternates, the _\bF_\br_\bo_\bm_\b: line will use your address on the
- current machine.
+ Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable will cause
+ Mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b24\b4.\b. r\bre\bev\bve\ber\brs\bse\be_\b_r\bre\bea\bal\bln\bna\bam\bme\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b3 _\bs_\bm_\bt_\bp_\b__\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: string
- This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the ``reverse_name''
- feature. When it is set, mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
- messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is
- unset, mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of
- the ``realname'' variable.
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b25\b5.\b. r\brf\bfc\bc2\b20\b04\b47\b7_\b_p\bpa\bar\bra\bam\bme\bet\bte\ber\brs\bs
+ Availability: SMTP
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed to invok-
+ ing the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the value of ``_\b$_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\b-
+ _\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'', and any associated variables.
- When this variable is set, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME
- parameters. You want to set this variable when mutt-ng suggests you to
- save attachments to files named like this:
- =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b4 _\bs_\bm_\bt_\bp_\b__\bp_\bo_\br_\bt
- When this variable is set interactively, the change doesn't have the
- desired effect before you have changed folders.
+ Type: number
- Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by
- the standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild. Also note
- that setting this parameter will _\bn_\bo_\bt have the effect that mutt-ng
- _\bg_\be_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, mutt-ng will
- unconditionally use the encoding specified in RFC 2231.
+ Default: 25
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b26\b6.\b. s\bsa\bav\bve\be_\b_a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs
+ Availability: SMTP
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery. Must be
+ specified as a number.
- If set, mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a
- default folder for saving a mail. If ````$save_name'''' or
- ````$force_name'''' is set too, the selection of the fcc folder will
- be changed as well.
+ Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP servers
+ will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b27\b7.\b. s\bsa\bav\bve\be_\b_e\bem\bmp\bpt\bty\by
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b5 _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Type: sort order
- When unset, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed
- when closed (the exception is ````$spoolfile'''' which is never
- removed). If set, mailboxes are never removed.
+ Default: date
- N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not
- delete MH and Maildir directories.
+ Specifies how to sort messages in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu. Valid values are:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b28\b8.\b. s\bsa\bav\bve\be_\b_n\bna\bam\bme\be
+ date or date-sent
+ date-received
+ from
+ mailbox-order (unsorted)
+ score
+ size
+ spam
+ subject
+ threads
+ to
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 134
- This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved.
- When set, a check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the
- recipient address exists (this is done by searching for a mailbox in
- the ````$folder'''' directory with the _\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be part of the recipient
- address). If the mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved
- to that mailbox, otherwise the message is saved to the ````$record''''
- mailbox.
+ You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
+ (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
- Also see the ````$force_name'''' variable.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b6 _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b22\b29\b9.\b. s\bsa\bav\bve\be_\b_u\bun\bns\bsu\bub\bbs\bsc\bcr\bri\bib\bbe\bed\bd
+ Type: sort order
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: alias
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into
- ``newsrc'' file and into cache.
+ Specifies how the entries in the ``alias'' menu are sorted. The following are
+ legal values:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b30\b0.\b. s\bsc\bco\bor\bre\be
+ address (sort alphabetically by email address)
+ alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
+ unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b7 _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bx
- When this variable is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be
- useful to selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the
- ````$score_threshold_delete'''' variable and friends are used.
+ Type: sort order
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b31\b1.\b. s\bsc\bco\bor\bre\be_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bes\bsh\bho\bol\bld\bd_\b_d\bde\bel\ble\bet\bte\be
+ Default: date
- Type: number
- Default: -1
+ When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in rela-
+ tion to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
+ This can be set to any value that ``_\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' can,
+ except threads (in that case, Mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You can also
+ specify the ``last-'' prefix in addition to ``reverse-'' prefix, but last- must
+ come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be sorted against its
+ siblings by which has the last descendant, using the rest of sort_aux as an
+ ordering.
- Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
- value of this variable are automatically marked for deletion by mutt-
- ng. Since mutt-ng scores are always greater than or equal to zero,
- the default setting of this variable will never mark a message for
- deletion.
+ For instance, set sort_aux=last-date-received would mean that if a new message
+ is received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the
+ first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b32\b2.\b. s\bsc\bco\bor\bre\be_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bes\bsh\bho\bol\bld\bd_\b_f\bfl\bla\bag\bg
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: For reversed ``_\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' order _\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bx
+ (section 6.3.287 , page 134) is reversed again (which is not the right thing
+ to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
- Type: number
- Default: 9999
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b8 _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\bb_\br_\bo_\bw_\bs_\be_\br
- Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to
- this variable's value are automatically marked "flagged".
+ Type: sort order
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b33\b3.\b. s\bsc\bco\bor\bre\be_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bes\bsh\bho\bol\bld\bd_\b_r\bre\bea\bad\bd
+ Default: alpha
- Type: number
- Default: -1
+ Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
+ sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
- Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the
- value of this variable are automatically marked as read by mutt-ng.
- Since mutt-ng scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the
- default setting of this variable will never mark a message read.
+ alpha (alphabetically)
+ date
+ size
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b34\b4.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bse\bet\bt
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 135
- Type: string
- Default: "us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8"
+ unsorted
- A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the
- first character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If
- your ````$charset'''' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not
- understand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an
- appropriate widely used standard character set (such as iso-8859-2,
- koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either instead of or after "iso-8859-1".
+ You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
+ (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b35\b5.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bdm\bma\bai\bil\bl
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b8_\b9 _\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\br_\be
- Type: path
- Default: "/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi"
+ Type: boolean
- Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-
- ng. Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional
- arguments as recipient addresses.
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b36\b6.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bdm\bma\bai\bil\bl_\b_w\bwa\bai\bit\bt
+ This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
+ (section 6.3.302 , page 139)'' _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt. In that case, it changes the heuristic
+ Mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With _\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\br_\be (section 6.3.289 ,
+ page 134) _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will only attach a message as the child of another mes-
+ sage by subject if the subject of the child message starts with a substring
+ matching the setting of ``_\b$_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp (section 6.3.224 , page 119)''. With
+ _\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\br_\be (section 6.3.289 , page 134) _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will attach the message
+ whether or not this is the case, as long as the non-``_\b$_\br_\be_\bp_\bl_\by_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx_\bp (section
+ 6.3.224 , page 119)'' parts of both messages are identical.
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b0 _\bs_\bp_\ba_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br
- Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ````$sendmail''''
- process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
- background.
+ Type: string
- Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
+ Default: ','
- >\b>0\b0 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before
- continuing
+ ``_\bs_\bp_\ba_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br (section 6.3.290 , page 135)'' controls what happens when
+ multiple spam headers are matched: if _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, each successive header will over-
+ write any previous matches value for the spam label. If _\bs_\be_\bt, each successive
+ match will append to the previous, using ``_\bs_\bp_\ba_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bp_\ba_\br_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br (section 6.3.290 ,
+ page 135)'' as a separator.
- 0\b0 wait forever for sendmail to finish
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b1 _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bl_\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- <\b<0\b0 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
+ Type: path
- Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child
- process will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you
- will be informed as to where to find the output.
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b37\b7.\b. s\bsh\bhe\bel\bll\bl
+ If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot find it,
+ you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng will automatically
+ set this variable to the value of the environment variable $MAIL if it is not
+ set.
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b2 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bc_\ba_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt_\bi_\bf_\bi_\bc_\ba_\bt_\be_\bs_\b__\bf_\bi_\bl_\be
- Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login
- shell from /etc/passwd is used.
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b38\b8.\b. s\bsh\bho\bor\brt\bte\ben\bn_\b_h\bhi\bie\ber\bra\bar\brc\bch\bhy\by
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
+ certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automati-
+ cally accepted.
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, the "hierarchy" of the sidebar entries will be shortened
- only if they cannot be printed in full length (because
- ````$sidebar_width'''' is set to a too low value). For example, if the
- newsgroup name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen,
- it'll get shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would
- and thus will not get shortened.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 136
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b23\b39\b9.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw_\b_n\bne\bew\bw_\b_n\bne\bew\bws\bs
+ Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b3 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bc_\bl_\bi_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bc_\be_\br_\bt
- If _\bs_\be_\bt, newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
- browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also
- controls whether or not number of new articles of subscribed
- newsgroups will be then checked.
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b40\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw_\b_o\bon\bnl\bly\by_\b_u\bun\bnr\bre\bea\bad\bd
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Availability: SSL
- If _\bs_\be_\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will
- be displayed in browser.
+ The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b41\b1.\b. s\bsi\bid\bde\beb\bba\bar\br_\b_d\bde\bel\bli\bim\bm
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b4 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bm_\bi_\bn_\b__\bd_\bh_\b__\bp_\br_\bi_\bm_\be_\b__\bb_\bi_\bt_\bs
- Type: string
- Default: "|"
+ Type: number
- This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and
- other screens.
+ Default: 0
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b42\b2.\b. s\bsi\bid\bde\beb\bba\bar\br_\b_v\bvi\bis\bsi\bib\bbl\ble\be
+ Availability: GNUTLS
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
+ any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
+ GNUTLS library.
- This specifies whether or not to show the mailbox list pane.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b5 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bs_\bt_\ba_\br_\bt_\bt_\bl_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b43\b3.\b. s\bsi\bid\bde\beb\bba\bar\br_\b_w\bwi\bid\bdt\bth\bh
+ Type: quadoption
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ Default: yes
- The width of the mailbox list pane (left sidebar like in GUIs).
+ Availability: SSL or GNUTLS
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b44\b4.\b. s\bsi\big\bg_\b_d\bda\bas\bsh\bhe\bes\bs
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt (the default), Mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers advertis-
+ ing the capability. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will not attempt to use STARTTLS
+ regardless of the server's capabilities.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b6 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bs_\bs_\bl_\bv_\b3
- If set, a line containing ``-- '' will be inserted before your
- ````$signature''''. It is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by recommended that you not unset
- this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your name. The
- reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
- detect your signature. For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to
- highlight the signature in a different color in the builtin pager.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b45\b5.\b. s\bsi\big\bg_\b_o\bon\bn_\b_t\bto\bop\bp
+ Default: yes
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
- If set, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded
- text. It is s\bst\btr\bro\bon\bng\bgl\bly\by recommended that you do not set this variable
- unless you really know what you are doing, and are prepared to take
- some heat from netiquette guardians.
+ This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL authentica-
+ tion process.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b46\b6.\b. s\bsi\big\bgn\bna\bat\btu\bur\bre\be
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b7 _\bs_\bs_\bl_\b__\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bt_\bl_\bs_\bv_\b1
- Type: path
- Default: "~/.signature"
+ Type: boolean
- Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all
- outgoing messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is
- assumed that filename is a shell command and input should be read from
- its stdout.
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b47\b7.\b. s\bsi\big\bgn\bno\bof\bff\bf_\b_s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg
+ Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 137
- If set, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is
- useful for people that want to sign off every message they send with
- their name.
+ This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL authentica-
+ tion process.
- If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact
- information or witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature
- file instead of the signoff string.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b8 _\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b48\b8.\b. s\bsi\bim\bmp\bpl\ble\be_\b_s\bse\bea\bar\brc\bch\bh
+ Type: string
- Type: string
- Default: "~f %s | ~s %s"
+ Default: '-*%A'
- Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search
- pattern. A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~
- operators. See ````patterns'''' for more information on search
- patterns.
+ Controls the characters used by the ``%r'' indicator in ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (sec-
+ tion 6.3.299 , page 137)''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
+ unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and it needs
+ to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in read-only mode, or
+ if the mailbox will not be written when exiting that mailbox (You can toggle
+ whether to write changes to a mailbox with the toggle-write operation, bound by
+ default to ``%''). The fourth is used to indicate that the current folder has
+ been opened in attach-message mode (Certain operations like composing a new
+ mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
- For example, if you simply type joe at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-
- ng will automatically expand it to the value specified by this
- variable. For the default value it would be:
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b2_\b9_\b9 _\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt
- ~f joe | ~s joe
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b24\b49\b9.\b. s\bsl\ble\bee\bep\bp_\b_t\bti\bim\bme\be
+ Default: '-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
+ Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
+ %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
- Type: number
- Default: 1
+ Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu. This
+ string is similar to ``_\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)'', but has
+ its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
- Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain
- informational messages, while moving from folder to folder and after
- expunging messages from the current folder. The default is to pause
- one second, so a value of zero for this option suppresses the pause.
+ %b
+ number of mailboxes with new mail *
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b50\b0.\b. s\bsm\bma\bar\brt\bt_\b_w\bwr\bra\bap\bp
+ %B
+ the short pathname of the current mailbox
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ %d
+ number of deleted messages *
- Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the
- internal pager. If set, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If
- unset, lines are simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the
- ````$markers'''' variable.
+ %f
+ the full pathname of the current mailbox
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b51\b1.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bil\ble\bey\bys\bs
+ %F
+ number of flagged messages *
- Type: regular expression
- Default: "(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])"
+ %h
+ local hostname
- The _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
- ````$quote_regexp'''', most notably smileys in the beginning of a line
+ %l
+ size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b52\b2.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_a\bas\bsk\bk_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt_\b_l\bla\bab\bbe\bel\bl
+ %L
+ size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 138
- This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a
- certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is set by
- default. (S/MIME only)
+ current limit) *
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b53\b3.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_c\bca\ba_\b_l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
+ %m
+ the number of messages in the mailbox *
- Type: path
- Default: ""
- This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which
- contains trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
+ %M
+ the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)
+ *
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b54\b4.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bti\bif\bfi\bic\bca\bat\bte\bes\bs
+ %n
+ number of new messages in the mailbox *
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ %o
+ number of old unread messages *
- Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt-ng has to handle
- storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now,
- and keys and certificates are stored in two different directories,
- both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
- file which contains mailbox-address keyid pairs, and which can be
- manually edited. This one points to the location of the certificates.
- (S/MIME only)
+ %p
+ number of postponed messages *
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b55\b5.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_d\bde\bec\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ %P
+ percentage of the way through the index
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ %r
+ modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, according
+ to _\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs (section 6.3.298 , page 136)
- This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt
- application/x-pkcs7-mime attachments.
+ %s
+ current sorting mode (_\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133))
- The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf-like
- sequences similar to PGP's:
+ %S
+ current aux sorting method (_\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt_\b__\ba_\bu_\bx (section 6.3.287 , page
+ 134))
- %\b%f\bf Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+ %t
+ number of tagged messages *
- %\b%s\bs Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
- multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
+ %u
+ number of unread messages *
- %\b%k\bk The key-pair specified with ``$smime_default_key''
+ %v
+ Mutt-ng version string
- %\b%c\bc One or more certificate IDs.
+ %V
+ currently active limit pattern, if any *
- %\b%a\ba The algorithm used for encryption.
+ %>X
+ right justify the rest of the string and pad with 'X'
- %\b%C\bC CA location: Depending on whether ``$smime_ca_location'' points
- to a directory or file, this expands to "-CApath
- ``$smime_ca_location''" or "-CAfile ``$smime_ca_location''".
+ %|X
+ pad to the end of the line with 'X'
- For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in
- the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system
- alongside the documentation. (S/MIME only)
+ * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b56\b6.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_d\bde\bec\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_u\bus\bse\be_\b_d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt_\b_k\bke\bey\by
+ Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
+ value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 139
- If set (default) this tells mutt-ng to use the default key for
- decryption. Otherwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, mutt-
- ng will try to use the mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It
- will ask you to supply a key, if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
+ messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
+ optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
+ construct is used
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b57\b7.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt_\b_k\bke\bey\by
+ %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ where _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br is a character from the table above, and _\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg is
+ the string you would like printed if _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br is nonzero. _\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg
+ m\bma\bay\by contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may n\bno\bot\bt nest
+ optional strings.
- This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to
- the keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly
- (S/MIME only)
+ Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new mes-
+ sages in a mailbox:
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b58\b8.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_e\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ %?n?%n new messages.?
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a value is
+ zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the following con-
+ struct:
- This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME
- only)
+ %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b25\b59\b9.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_e\ben\bnc\bcr\bry\byp\bpt\bt_\b_w\bwi\bit\bth\bh
+ You can additionally force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be low-
+ ercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign. For
+ example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use:
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ %_h
- This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid
- choices are "des", "des3", "rc2-40", "rc2-64", "rc2-128". If unset
- "3des" (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
+ If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, Mutt-ng will
+ replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
+ IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b60\b0.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_g\bge\bet\bt_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b0 _\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bo_\bn_\b__\bt_\bo_\bp
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7
- structure. (S/MIME only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b61\b1.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_g\bge\bet\bt_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt_\b_e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the first
+ line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b1 _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\bm_\bi_\bm_\be
- This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing
- X509 certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the
- certificate was issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b62\b2.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_g\bge\bet\bt_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bne\ber\br_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Default: yes
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset indica-
+ tion in the ``Content-Type:'' header field can be displayed (non MIME-compliant
+ messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers like MS Outlook
+ Express). See also _\b$_\ba_\bs_\bs_\bu_\bm_\be_\bd_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs_\be_\bt (section 6.3.13 , page 67).
- This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from
- a S/MIME signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared
- to the email's 'From'-field. (S/MIME only)
+ This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and *text to
+ a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded ``Subject:'' header field
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b63\b3.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_i\bim\bmp\bpo\bor\brt\bt_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 140
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ from being devided into multiple lines.
- This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys. (S/MIME
- only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b2 _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bc_\bt_\b__\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b64\b4.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_i\bis\bs_\b_d\bde\bef\bfa\bau\bul\blt\bt
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: no
- The default behaviour of mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-
- sign/encryption operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead
- this must be set. However, this has no effect while replying, since
- mutt-ng will automatically select the same application that was used
- to sign/encrypt the original message. (Note that this variable can be
- overridden by unsetting ``$crypt_autosmime''.) (S/MIME only)
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To:'' and ``Refer-
+ ences:'' header fields when you ``_\b$_\bs_\bo_\br_\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' by mes-
+ sage threads. By default, messages with the same subject are grouped together
+ in ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a personal
+ mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with the subject ``hi''
+ which will get grouped together.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b65\b5.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_k\bke\bey\bys\bs
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b3 _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bp_\b__\bw_\ba_\bs
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt-ng has to handle
- storage ad retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right
- now, and stores keys and certificates in two different directories,
- both named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index
- file which contains mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be
- manually edited. This one points to the location of the private keys.
- (S/MIME only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b66\b6.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_p\bpk\bk7\b7o\bou\but\bt_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng will remove the trailing part of the ``Subject:'' line which
+ matches _\b$_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bp_\b__\bw_\ba_\bs_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx (section 6.3.304 , page 140) when replying. This is
+ useful to properly react on subject changes and reduce ``subject noise.'' (esp.
+ in Usenet)
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b4 _\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bp_\b__\bw_\ba_\bs_\b__\br_\be_\bg_\be_\bx
- This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures,
- in order to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
+ Type: regular expression
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b67\b7.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Default: '\([Ww][Aa][RrSs]: .*\)[ ]*$'
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ When non-empty and _\b$_\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bp_\b__\bw_\ba_\bs (section 6.3.303 , page 139) is _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng
+ will remove this trailing part of the ``Subject'' line when replying if it
+ won't be empty afterwards.
- This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
- multipart/signed, which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME
- only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b5 _\bs_\bt_\bu_\bf_\bf_\b__\bq_\bu_\bo_\bt_\be_\bd
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b68\b8.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_s\bsi\big\bgn\bn_\b_o\bop\bpa\baq\bqu\bue\be_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: no
- This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
- application/x-pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail
- clients supporting the S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting ``stuffed'',
+ i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote characters and the actual text.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b26\b69\b9.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_t\bti\bim\bme\beo\bou\but\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b6 _\bs_\bu_\bs_\bp_\be_\bn_\bd
- Type: number
- Default: 300
+ Type: boolean
- The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
- not used. (S/MIME only)
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b70\b0.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_v\bve\ber\bri\bif\bfy\by_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _\bs_\bu_\bs_\bp key,
+ usually CTRL+Z. This is useful if you run Mutt-ng inside an xterm using a com-
+ mand like ``xterm -e muttng.''
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 141
- This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
- multipart/signed. (S/MIME only)
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b7 _\bt_\be_\bx_\bt_\b__\bf_\bl_\bo_\bw_\be_\bd
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b71\b1.\b. s\bsm\bmi\bim\bme\be_\b_v\bve\ber\bri\bif\bfy\by_\b_o\bop\bpa\baq\bqu\bue\be_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
- application/x-pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b72\b2.\b. s\bsm\bmt\btp\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bth\bh_\b_p\bpa\bas\bss\bsw\bwo\bor\brd\bd
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments. This
+ format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally just looks
+ like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's features, you'll
+ need support in your editor.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Note that _\b$_\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90) is ignored when this
+ option is set.
- Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If
- ````$smtp_auth_username'''' is set, but this variable is not, you will
- be prompted for a password when sending.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b8 _\bt_\bh_\bo_\br_\bo_\bu_\bg_\bh_\b__\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b73\b3.\b. s\bsm\bmt\btp\bp_\b_a\bau\but\bth\bh_\b_u\bus\bse\ber\brn\bna\bam\bme\be
+ Type: boolean
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Default: no
- Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable
- will cause mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
+ Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section ``_\bp_\ba_\bt_\bt_\be_\br_\bn_\bs (sec-
+ tion 4.2 , page 36)'' above. If _\bs_\be_\bt, the headers and attachments of messages
+ to be searched are decoded before searching. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, messages are searched
+ as they appear in the folder.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b74\b4.\b. s\bsm\bmt\btp\bp_\b_h\bho\bos\bst\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b0_\b9 _\bt_\bh_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\br_\be_\bc_\be_\bi_\bv_\be_\bd
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ Type: boolean
- Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed
- to invoking the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the
- value of ````$sendmail'''', and any associated variables.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b75\b5.\b. s\bsm\bmt\btp\bp_\b_p\bpo\bor\brt\bt
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
+ messages by subject.
- Type: number
- Default: 25
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b0 _\bt_\bi_\bl_\bd_\be
- Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery.
- Must be specified as a number.
+ Type: boolean
- Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP
- servers will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
+ Default: no
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b76\b6.\b. s\bso\bor\brt\bt
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
+ with a tilde (~).
- Type: sort order
- Default: date
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b1 _\bt_\bi_\bm_\be_\bo_\bu_\bt
- Specifies how to sort messages in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu. Valid values are:
+ Type: number
- date or date-sent
- date-received
- from
- mailbox-order (unsorted)
- score
- size
- spam
- subject
- threads
- to
+ Default: 600
- You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
- order (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
+ This variable controls the _\bn_\bu_\bm_\bb_\be_\br _\bo_\bf _\bs_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bd_\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a key to be
+ pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new mail. A value
+ of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time out.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b77\b7.\b. s\bso\bor\brt\bt_\b_a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 142
- Type: sort order
- Default: alias
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b2 _\bt_\bm_\bp_\bd_\bi_\br
- Specifies how the entries in the `alias' menu are sorted. The
- following are legal values:
+ Type: path
- address (sort alphabetically by email address)
- alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
- unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b78\b8.\b. s\bso\bor\brt\bt_\b_a\bau\bux\bx
+ This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its temporary
+ files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this variable is not
+ set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. If $TMPDIR is not set then
+ '/tmp' is used.
- Type: sort order
- Default: date
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b3 _\bt_\bo_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br_\bs
- When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted
- in relation to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees
- are sorted. This can be set to any value that ````$sort'''' can,
- except threads (in that case, mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You
- can also specify the last- prefix in addition to the reverse- prefix,
- but last- must come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages
- to be sorted against its siblings by which has the last descendant,
- using the rest of sort_aux as an ordering. For instance, set
- sort_aux=last- date-received would mean that if a new message is
- received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or
- the first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.) Note: For reversed
- ````$sort'''' order ``$sort_aux'' is reversed again (which is not the
- right thing to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration
- setting).
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b27\b79\b9.\b. s\bso\bor\brt\bt_\b_b\bbr\bro\bow\bws\bse\ber\br
+ Type: string
- Type: sort order
- Default: alpha
+ Default: ' +TCFL'
- Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the
- entries are sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
+ Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The first char-
+ acter is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your address (default:
+ space). The second is used when you are the only recipient of the message
+ (default: +). The third is when your address appears in the ``To:'' header
+ field, but you are not the only recipient of the message (default: T). The
+ fourth character is used when your address is specified in the ``Cc:'' header
+ field, but you are not the only recipient. The fifth character is used to
+ indicate mail that was sent by _\by_\bo_\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate
+ when a mail was sent to a mailing-list you're subscribe to (default: L).
- alpha (alphabetically)
- date
- size
- unsorted
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b4 _\bt_\br_\ba_\bs_\bh
- You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
- order (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
+ Type: path
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b80\b0.\b. s\bso\bor\brt\bt_\b_r\bre\be
+ Default: ''
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
+ marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.
- This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with
- ````$strict_threads'''' unset. In that case, it changes the heuristic
- mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With sort_re set, mutt-ng
- will only attach a message as the child of another message by subject
- if the subject of the child message starts with a substring matching
- the setting of ````$reply_regexp''''. With sort_re unset, mutt-ng
- will attach the message whether or not this is the case, as long as
- the non-````$reply_regexp'''' parts of both messages are identical.
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
+ that there is no way to recover mail.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b81\b1.\b. s\bsp\bpa\bam\bm_\b_s\bse\bep\bpa\bar\bra\bat\bto\bor\br
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b5 _\bt_\bu_\bn_\bn_\be_\bl
- Type: string
- Default: ","
+ Type: string
- ````spam_separator'''' controls what happens when multiple spam
- headers are matched: if unset, each successive header will overwrite
- any previous matches value for the spam label. If set, each successive
- match will append to the previous, using ````spam_separator'''' as a
- separator.
+ Default: ''
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b82\b2.\b. s\bsp\bpo\boo\bol\blf\bfi\bil\ble\be
+ Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command instead of
+ a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated connec-
+ tions to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ tunnel='ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd'
- If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot
- find it, you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng
- will automatically set this variable to the value of the environment
- variable $MAIL if it is not set.
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
+ without having to enter a password.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b83\b3.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_c\bca\ba_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bti\bif\bfi\bic\bca\bat\bte\bes\bs_\b_f\bfi\bil\ble\be
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 143
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b6 _\bu_\bm_\ba_\bs_\bk
- This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates.
- Any server certificate that is signed with one of these CA
- certificates are also automatically accepted.
+ Type: number
- Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-
- certificates.crt
+ Default: 0077
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b84\b4.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_c\bcl\bli\bie\ben\bnt\bt_\b_c\bce\ber\brt\bt
+ This sets the umask that will be used by Mutt-ng when creating all kinds of
+ files. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, the default value is 077.
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b7 _\bu_\bn_\bc_\bo_\bl_\bl_\ba_\bp_\bs_\be_\b__\bj_\bu_\bm_\bp
- The file containing a client certificate and its associated private
- key.
+ Type: boolean
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b85\b5.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_m\bmi\bin\bn_\b_d\bdh\bh_\b_p\bpr\bri\bim\bme\be_\b_b\bbi\bit\bts\bs
+ Default: no
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the cur-
+ rent thread is _\bu_\bncollapsed.
- This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits)
- for use in any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the
- default from the GNUTLS library.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b8 _\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\b8_\bb_\bi_\bt_\bm_\bi_\bm_\be
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b86\b6.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_s\bst\bta\bar\brt\btt\btl\bls\bs
+ Type: boolean
- Type: quadoption
- Default: yes
+ Default: no
- If set (the default), mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
- advertising the capability. When unset, mutt-ng will not attempt to
- use STARTTLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
+ W\bWa\bar\brn\bni\bin\bng\bg:\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
+ which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
+ able to send mail.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b87\b7.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_u\bus\bse\be_\b_s\bss\bsl\blv\bv3\b3
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ``_\b$_\bs_\be_\bn_\bd_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'' with
+ the -B8BITMIME flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
- This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL
- authentication process.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b1_\b9 _\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bd_\bo_\bm_\ba_\bi_\bn
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b88\b8.\b. s\bss\bsl\bl_\b_u\bus\bse\be_\b_t\btl\bls\bsv\bv1\b1
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Default: yes
- This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL
- authentication process.
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the @host por-
+ tion) with the value of ``_\b$_\bh_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be (section 6.3.92 , page 86)''. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt,
+ no addresses will be qualified.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b28\b89\b9.\b. s\bst\bta\bat\btu\bus\bs_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bs
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b0 _\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bf_\br_\bo_\bm
- Type: string
- Default: "-*%A"
+ Type: boolean
- Controls the characters used by the "%r" indicator in
- ````$status_format''''. The first character is used when the mailbox
- is unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed,
- and it needs to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is
- in read-only mode, or if the mailbox will not be written when exiting
- that mailbox (You can toggle whether to write changes to a mailbox
- with the toggle-write operation, bound by default to "%"). The fourth
- is used to indicate that the current folder has been opened in attach-
- message mode (Certain operations like composing a new mail, replying,
- forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b90\b0.\b. s\bst\bta\bat\btu\bus\bs_\b_f\bfo\bor\brm\bma\bat\bt
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the ``From:'' header field when sending mes-
+ sages. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, no ``From:'' header field will be generated unless the user
+ explicitly sets one using the ``_\bm_\by_\b__\bh_\bd_\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' command.
- Type: string
- Default: "-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
- Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
- %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---"
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b1 _\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bi_\bd_\bn
- Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx menu.
- This string is similar to ````$index_format'''', but has its own set
- of printf()-like sequences:
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%b\bb number of mailboxes with new mail *
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 144
- %\b%B\bB the short pathname of the current mailbox
+ Default: yes
- %\b%d\bd number of deleted messages *
+ Availability: IDN
- %\b%f\bf the full pathname of the current mailbox
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will show you international domain names decoded.
- %\b%F\bF number of flagged messages *
+ N\bNo\bot\bte\be:\b: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt. This variable only
+ affects decoding.
- %\b%h\bh local hostname
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b2 _\bu_\bs_\be_\b__\bi_\bp_\bv_\b6
- %\b%l\bl size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%L\bL size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the
- current limit) *
+ Default: yes
- %\b%m\bm the number of messages in the mailbox *
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact.
+ If this option is _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses. Nor-
+ mally, the default should work.
- %\b%M\bM the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current
- limit) *
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b3 _\bu_\bs_\be_\br_\b__\ba_\bg_\be_\bn_\bt
- %\b%n\bn number of new messages in the mailbox *
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%o\bo number of old unread messages *
+ Default: yes
- %\b%p\bp number of postponed messages *
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``User-Agent:'' header to outgoing messages, indi-
+ cating which version of Mutt-ng was used for composing them.
- %\b%P\bP percentage of the way through the index
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b4 _\bv_\bi_\bs_\bu_\ba_\bl
- %\b%r\br modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator,
- according to ``$status_chars''
+ Type: path
- %\b%s\bs current sorting mode (``$sort'')
+ Default: ''
- %\b%S\bS current aux sorting method (``$sort_aux'')
+ Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _\b~_\bv command is given in the
+ builtin editor.
- %\b%t\bt number of tagged messages *
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b5 _\bw_\ba_\bi_\bt_\b__\bk_\be_\by
- %\b%u\bu number of unread messages *
+ Type: boolean
- %\b%v\bv Mutt-ng version string
+ Default: yes
- %\b%V\bV currently active limit pattern, if any *
+ Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _\bs_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl_\b- _\be_\bs_\bc_\ba_\bp_\be, _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-
+ _\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be, _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by, _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be, and _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b-_\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by commands.
- %\b%>\b>X\bX
- right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"
+ It is also used when viewing attachments with ``_\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\b__\bv_\bi_\be_\bw (section 5.4 , page
+ 60)'', provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag,
+ and the external program is interactive.
- %\b%|\b|X\bX
- pad to the end of the line with "X"
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will wait for
+ a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
- * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 145
- Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string
- if their value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the
- number of flagged messages if such messages exist, since zero is not
- particularly meaningful. To optionally print a string based upon one
- of the above sequences, the following construct is used
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b6 _\bw_\be_\be_\bd
- %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
+ Type: boolean
- where _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br is a character from the table above, and
- _\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg is the string you would like printed if _\bs_\be_\bq_\bu_\be_\bn_\bc_\be_\b__\bc_\bh_\ba_\br
- is nonzero. _\bo_\bp_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\ba_\bl_\b__\bs_\bt_\br_\bi_\bn_\bg m\bma\bay\by contain other sequences as well as
- normal text, but you may n\bno\bot\bt nest optional strings.
+ Default: yes
- Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of
- new messages in a mailbox: %?n?%n new messages.?
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
+ replying to messages.
- Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a
- value is zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the
- following construct: %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b7 _\bw_\br_\ba_\bp_\b__\bs_\be_\ba_\br_\bc_\bh
- You can additionally force the result of any printf-like sequence to
- be lowercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore
- (_) sign. For example, if you want to display the local hostname in
- lowercase, you would use: %_h
+ Type: boolean
- If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, mutt-
- ng will replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might
- be helpful with IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
+ Default: yes
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b91\b1.\b. s\bst\bta\bat\btu\bus\bs_\b_o\bon\bn_\b_t\bto\bop\bp
+ Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ When _\bs_\be_\bt, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt,
+ searches will not wrap.
- Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the
- first line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b8 _\bw_\br_\ba_\bp_\bm_\ba_\br_\bg_\bi_\bn
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b92\b2.\b. s\bst\btr\bri\bic\bct\bt_\b_m\bmi\bim\bme\be
+ Type: number
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Default: 0
- When unset, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset
- indication in ``Content-Type'' field can be displayed (non MIME-
- compliant messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers
- like MS Outlook Express). See also ``$assumed_charset''.
+ Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the terminal
+ when Mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
- This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and
- *text to a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded
- ``Subject'' field from being devided into multiple lines.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b2_\b9 _\bw_\br_\bi_\bt_\be_\b__\bb_\bc_\bc
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b93\b3.\b. s\bst\btr\bri\bic\bct\bt_\b_t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bds\bs
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: yes
- If set, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To'' and
- ``References'' fields when you ````$sort'''' by message threads. By
- default, messages with the same subject are grouped together in
- ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a
- personal mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with
- the subject ``hi'' which will get grouped together.
+ Controls whether Mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing messages to
+ be sent. Exim users may wish to _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt this.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b94\b4.\b. s\bst\btu\buf\bff\bf_\b_q\bqu\buo\bot\bte\bed\bd
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3_\b0 _\bw_\br_\bi_\bt_\be_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Type: number
- If set, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting
- ``stuffed'', i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote
- characters and the actual text.
+ Default: 10
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b95\b5.\b. s\bsu\bus\bsp\bpe\ben\bnd\bd
+ When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _\bw_\br_\bi_\bt_\be_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc messages to
+ indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
+ writing a mailbox.
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Also see the ``_\b$_\br_\be_\ba_\bd_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc (section 6.3.219 , page 118)'' variable.
- When _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's
- _\bs_\bu_\bs_\bp key, usually ``control-Z''. This is useful if you run mutt-ng
- inside an xterm using a command like xterm -e mutt-ng.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3_\b1 _\bx_\b__\bc_\bo_\bm_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt_\b__\bt_\bo
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b96\b6.\b. t\bte\bex\bxt\bt_\b_f\bfl\blo\bow\bwe\bed\bd
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 146
- When set, mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments.
- This format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and
- generally just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of this
- format's features, you'll need support in your editor.
+ Default: no
- Note that ``$indent_string'' is ignored when this option is set.
+ Availability: NNTP
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b97\b7.\b. t\bth\bho\bor\bro\bou\bug\bgh\bh_\b_s\bse\bea\bar\brc\bch\bh
+ If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``X-Comment-To:'' header field (that contains full
+ name of the original article author) to articles that you followup to.
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3_\b2 _\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\b__\bi_\bc_\bo_\bn
- Affects the _\b~_\bb and _\b~_\bh search operations described in section
- ````patterns'''' above. If set, the headers and attachments of
- messages to be searched are decoded before searching. If unset,
- messages are searched as they appear in the folder.
+ Type: string
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b98\b8.\b. t\bth\bhr\bre\bea\bad\bd_\b_r\bre\bec\bce\bei\biv\bve\bed\bd
+ Default: 'M%?n?AIL&ail?'
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Controls the format of the X11 icon title, as long as _\b$_\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bt_\b__\bt_\bi_\bt_\bl_\be_\bs (sec-
+ tion 6.3.333 , page 146) is _\bs_\be_\bt. This string is identical in formatting to the
+ one used by ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)''.
- When set, mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to
- thread messages by subject.
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3_\b3 _\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bt_\b__\bt_\bi_\bt_\bl_\be_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.2\b29\b99\b9.\b. t\bti\bil\bld\bde\be
+ Type: boolean
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Default: no
- When set, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the
- screen with a tilde (~).
+ Controls whether Mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as long as
+ you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt to force in the
+ validity checking.
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b00\b0.\b. t\bti\bim\bme\beo\bou\but\bt
+ _\b6_\b._\b3_\b._\b3_\b3_\b4 _\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\b__\bt_\bi_\bt_\bl_\be
- Type: number
- Default: 600
+ Type: string
- This variable controls the _\bn_\bu_\bm_\bb_\be_\br _\bo_\bf _\bs_\be_\bc_\bo_\bn_\bd_\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a
- key to be pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for
- new mail. A value of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time
- out.
+ Default: 'Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?'
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b01\b1.\b. t\btm\bmp\bpd\bdi\bir\br
+ Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
+ _\b$_\bx_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\b__\bs_\be_\bt_\b__\bt_\bi_\bt_\bl_\be_\bs (section 6.3.333 , page 146) has been _\bs_\be_\bt. This string is
+ identical in formatting to the one used by ``_\b$_\bs_\bt_\ba_\bt_\bu_\bs_\b__\bf_\bo_\br_\bm_\ba_\bt (section 6.3.299 ,
+ page 137)''.
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b6_\b._\b4 _\bF_\bu_\bn_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn_\bs
- This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its
- temporary files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this
- variable is not set, the environment variable TMPDIR is used. If
- TMPDIR is not set then "/tmp" is used.
+ The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
+ they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
+ what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed
+ with the _\bb_\bi_\bn_\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) command.
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b1 _\bg_\be_\bn_\be_\br_\bi_\bc
+
+ The _\bg_\be_\bn_\be_\br_\bi_\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
+ movement) available in all menus except for _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br and _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br. Changing set-
+ tings for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as
+ noted).
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 147
+
+ bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
+ current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
+ current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
+ current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
+ enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
+ exit q exit this menu
+ first-entry = move to the first entry
+ half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
+ half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
+ help ? this screen
+ jump number jump to an index number
+ last-entry * move to the last entry
+ middle-page M move to the middle of the page
+ next-entry j move to the next entry
+ next-line > scroll down one line
+ next-page z move to the next page
+ previous-entry k move to the previous entry
+ previous-line < scroll up one line
+ previous-page Z move to the previous page
+ refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
+ search / search for a regular expression
+ search-next n search for next match
+ search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
+ search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+ select-entry RET select the current entry
+ shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
+ tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
+ tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
+ tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
+ top-page H move to the top of the page
+ what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b2 _\bi_\bn_\bd_\be_\bx
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 148
+
+ bounce-message b remail a message to another user
+ change-folder c open a different folder
+ change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
+ check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
+ clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
+ copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
+ create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
+ decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
+ decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
+ delete-message d delete the current entry
+ delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
+ delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
+ delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
+ display-address @ display full address of sender
+ display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
+ display-message RET display a message
+ edit e edit the current message
+ edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
+ exit x exit without saving changes
+ extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
+ fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
+ flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
+ forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
+ forward-message f forward a message with comments
+ group-reply g reply to all recipients
+ limit l show only messages matching a pattern
+ list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
+ mail m compose a new mail message
+ mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
+ next-new TAB jump to the next new message
+ next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
+ next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
+ next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
+ next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
+ parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
+ pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
+ previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
+ previous-page Z move to the previous page
+ previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
+ previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
+ previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
+ previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
+ print-message p print the current entry
+ query Q query external program for addresses
+ quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
+ read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
+ read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
+ recall-message R recall a postponed message
+ reply r reply to a message
+ resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
+ save-message s save message/attachment to a file
+ set-flag w set a status flag on a message
+ show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
+ show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 149
+
+ sort-mailbox o sort messages
+ sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
+ sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
+ tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
+ tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
+ toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
+ toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
+ undelete-message u undelete the current entry
+ undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
+ undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
+ undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
+ untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
+ view-attachments v show MIME attachments
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b3 _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 150
+
+ bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
+ bounce-message b remail a message to another user
+ change-folder c open a different folder
+ change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
+ check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
+ copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
+ create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
+ decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
+ decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
+ delete-message d delete the current entry
+ delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
+ delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
+ display-address @ display full address of sender
+ display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
+ edit e edit the current message
+ edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
+ enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
+ exit i return to the main-menu
+ extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
+ flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
+ forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
+ forward-message f forward a message with comments
+ group-reply g reply to all recipients
+ half-up not bound move up one-half page
+ half-down not bound move down one-half page
+ help ? this screen
+ list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
+ mail m compose a new mail message
+ mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
+ mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
+ next-line RET scroll down one line
+ next-entry J move to the next entry
+ next-new TAB jump to the next new message
+ next-page move to the next page
+ next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
+ next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
+ next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
+ next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
+ parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
+ pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
+ previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
+ previous-entry K move to the previous entry
+ previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
+ previous-page - move to the previous page
+ previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
+ previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
+ previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
+ previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
+ print-message p print the current entry
+ quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
+ read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
+ read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
+ recall-message R recall a postponed message
+ redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 151
+
+ reply r reply to a message
+ save-message s save message/attachment to a file
+ search / search for a regular expression
+ search-next n search for next match
+ search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
+ search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+ search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
+ shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
+ show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
+ skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
+ sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
+ tag-message t tag a message
+ toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
+ top ^ jump to the top of the message
+ undelete-message u undelete the current entry
+ undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
+ undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
+ view-attachments v show MIME attachments
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b4 _\ba_\bl_\bi_\ba_\bs
+
+ search / search for a regular expression
+ search-next n search for next match
+ search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b5 _\bq_\bu_\be_\br_\by
+
+ create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
+ mail m compose a new mail message
+ query Q query external program for addresses
+ query-append A append new query results to current results
+ search / search for a regular expression
+ search-next n search for next match
+ search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
+ search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b6 _\ba_\bt_\bt_\ba_\bc_\bh
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 152
+
+ bounce-message b remail a message to another user
+ collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
+ delete-entry d delete the current entry
+ display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
+ edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
+ extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
+ forward-message f forward a message with comments
+ group-reply g reply to all recipients
+ list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
+ pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
+ print-entry p print the current entry
+ reply r reply to a message
+ resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
+ save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
+ undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
+ view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
+ view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
+ view-text T view attachment as text
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b7 _\bc_\bo_\bm_\bp_\bo_\bs_\be
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 153
+
+ attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
+ attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
+ attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
+ copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
+ detach-file D delete the current entry
+ display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
+ edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
+ edit-cc c edit the CC list
+ edit-description d edit attachment description
+ edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
+ edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
+ edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
+ edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
+ edit-headers E edit the message with headers
+ edit e edit the message
+ edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
+ edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
+ edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
+ edit-to t edit the TO list
+ edit-type ^T edit attachment type
+ filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
+ forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
+ ispell i run ispell on the message
+ new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
+ pgp-menu p show PGP options
+ pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
+ postpone-message P save this message to send later
+ print-entry l print the current entry
+ rename-file R rename/move an attached file
+ send-message y send the message
+ toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
+ view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
+ write-fcc w write the message to a folder
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b8 _\bp_\bo_\bs_\bt_\bp_\bo_\bn_\be
+
+ delete-entry d delete the current entry
+ undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
+
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b9 _\bb_\br_\bo_\bw_\bs_\be_\br
+
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 154
+
+ change-dir c change directories
+ check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
+ enter-mask m enter a file mask
+ search / search for a regular expression
+ search-next n search for next match
+ search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
+ select-new N select a new file in this directory
+ sort o sort messages
+ sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
+ toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
+ view-file SPACE view file
+ subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
+ unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
+ toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b02\b2.\b. t\bto\bo_\b_c\bch\bha\bar\brs\bs
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b1_\b0 _\bp_\bg_\bp
- Type: string
- Default: " +TCFL"
+ view-name % view the key's user id
+ verify-key c verify a PGP public key
- Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The
- first character is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your
- address (default: space). The second is used when you are the only
- recipient of the message (default: +). The third is when your address
- appears in the TO header field, but you are not the only recipient of
- the message (default: T). The fourth character is used when your
- address is specified in the CC header field, but you are not the only
- recipient. The fifth character is used to indicate mail that was sent
- by _\by_\bo_\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate when a mail was sent
- to a mailing-list you subscribe to (default: L).
+ _\b6_\b._\b4_\b._\b1_\b1 _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b03\b3.\b. t\btr\bra\bas\bsh\bh
+ backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
+ backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
+ backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
+ bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
+ buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
+ capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
+ complete TAB complete filename or alias
+ complete-query ^T complete address with query
+ delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
+ downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
+ eol ^E jump to the end of the line
+ forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
+ forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
+ history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
+ history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
+ kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
+ kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
+ kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
+ kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
+ quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
+ transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
+ upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ _\b7_\b. _\bM_\bi_\bs_\bc_\be_\bl_\bl_\ba_\bn_\by
- If set, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the
- mails marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably
- purged.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 155
- NOTE: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really
- deleted, so that you have a way to clean the trash.
+ _\b7_\b._\b1 _\bA_\bc_\bk_\bn_\bo_\bw_\bl_\be_\bd_\bg_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt_\bs
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b04\b4.\b. t\btu\bun\bnn\bne\bel\bl
+ Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME parsing code
+ back in the ELM-ME days.
- Type: string
- Default: ""
+ The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt-ng:
- Setting this variable will cause mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command
- instead of a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up
- preauthenticated connections to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
+ Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
- tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"
+ Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
- NOTE: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the
- remote machine without having to enter a password.
+ Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b05\b5.\b. u\bum\bma\bas\bsk\bk
+ John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
- Type: number
- Default: 0077
+ David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
- This sets the umask that will be used by mutt-ng when creating all
- kinds of files. If unset, the default value is 077.
+ Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b06\b6.\b. u\bun\bnc\bco\bol\bll\bla\bap\bps\bse\be_\b_j\bju\bum\bmp\bp
+ Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when
- the current thread is _\bu_\bncollapsed.
+ David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b07\b7.\b. u\bus\bse\be_\b_8\b8b\bbi\bit\btm\bmi\bim\bme\be
+ Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
- W\bWa\bar\brn\bni\bin\bng\bg:\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of
- sendmail which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x)
- or you may not be able to send mail.
+ Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ````$sendmail'''' with the -B8BITMIME
- flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
+ Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b08\b8.\b. u\bus\bse\be_\b_d\bdo\bom\bma\bai\bin\bn
+ Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
- When set, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the
- @host portion) with the value of ````$hostname''''. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, no
- addresses will be qualified.
+ Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b30\b09\b9.\b. u\bus\bse\be_\b_f\bfr\bro\bom\bm
+ Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the `From:' header field when sending
- messages. If _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt, no `From:' header field will be generated unless
- the user explicitly sets one using the ````my_hdr'''' command.
+ Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b10\b0.\b. u\bus\bse\ber\br_\b_a\bag\bge\ben\bnt\bt
+ Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
- When _\bs_\be_\bt, mutt-ng will add a "User-Agent" header to outgoing messages,
- indicating which version of mutt-ng was used for composing them.
+ Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b11\b1.\b. v\bvi\bis\bsu\bua\bal\bl
+ Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
- Type: path
- Default: ""
+ Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
- Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _\b~_\bv command is given in
- the builtin editor.
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 156
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b12\b2.\b. w\bwa\bai\bit\bt_\b_k\bke\bey\by
+ Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
- Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _\bs_\bh_\be_\bl_\bl_\b-
- _\be_\bs_\bc_\ba_\bp_\be, _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be, _\bp_\bi_\bp_\be_\b-_\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by, _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b-_\bm_\be_\bs_\bs_\ba_\bg_\be, and _\bp_\br_\bi_\bn_\bt_\b-_\be_\bn_\bt_\br_\by
- commands.
+ Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
- It is also used when viewing attachments with ````auto_view'''',
- provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a _\bn_\be_\be_\bd_\bs_\bt_\be_\br_\bm_\bi_\bn_\ba_\bl
- flag, and the external program is interactive.
+ Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
- When set, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When unset, Mutt-ng will
- wait for a key only if the external command returned a non-zero
- status.
+ Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b13\b3.\b. w\bwe\bee\bed\bd
+ David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
- When set, mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding,
- printing, or replying to messages.
+ Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b14\b4.\b. w\bwr\bra\bap\bp_\b_s\bse\bea\bar\brc\bch\bh
+ Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
- Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
+ Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
- When set, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When
- unset, searches will not wrap.
+ Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b15\b5.\b. w\bwr\bra\bap\bpm\bma\bar\brg\bgi\bin\bn
+ TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
- Type: number
- Default: 0
+ Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
- Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the
- terminal when mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
+ Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b16\b6.\b. w\bwr\bri\bit\bte\be_\b_b\bbc\bcc\bc
+ Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
- Type: boolean
- Default: yes
+ Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com> Andreas Krennmair <ak@synflood.at> Nico Golde
+ <nico@ngolde.de> Rocco Rutte <pdmef@cs.tu-berlin.de>
- Controls whether mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing
- messages to be sent. Exim users may wish to unset this.
+ _\b7_\b._\b2 _\bA_\bb_\bo_\bu_\bt _\bt_\bh_\bi_\bs _\bd_\bo_\bc_\bu_\bm_\be_\bn_\bt
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b17\b7.\b. w\bwr\bri\bit\bte\be_\b_i\bin\bnc\bc
+ This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-tools pack-
+ age.
- Type: number
- Default: 10
+ The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 157
- When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _\bw_\br_\bi_\bt_\be_\b__\bi_\bn_\bc
- messages to indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message
- will be displayed before writing a mailbox.
+ CONTENTS
- Also see the ````$read_inc'''' variable.
+ 1. Introduction ............................................................ 1
+ 1.1 Mutt-ng Home Page ................................................. 1
+ 1.2 Mailing Lists ..................................................... 1
+ 1.3 Software Distribution Sites ....................................... 1
+ 1.4 IRC ............................................................... 2
+ 1.5 Weblog ............................................................ 2
+ 1.6 Copyright ......................................................... 2
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b18\b8.\b. x\bx_\b_c\bco\bom\bmm\bme\ben\bnt\bt_\b_t\bto\bo
+ 2. Getting Started ......................................................... 2
+ 2.1 Moving Around in Menus ............................................ 2
+ 2.2 Editing Input Fields .............................................. 3
+ 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager ................................ 3
+ 2.4 Sending Mail ...................................................... 9
+ 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail ..................................... 13
+ 2.6 Postponing Mail .................................................. 14
+ 2.7 Reading news via NNTP ............................................ 14
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
+ 3. Configuration .......................................................... 14
+ 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files ................................... 15
+ 3.2 Defining/Using aliases ........................................... 16
+ 3.3 Changing the default key bindings ................................ 17
+ 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets ............................. 19
+ 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox ............................. 19
+ 3.6 Keyboard macros .................................................. 20
+ 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes ............................ 21
+ 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers ...................... 23
+ 3.9 Alternative addresses ............................................ 23
+ 3.10 Mailing lists .................................................... 24
+ 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes ................................... 25
+ 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail ............................ 25
+ 3.13 User defined headers ............................................. 26
+ 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages .............. 26
+ 3.15 Specify default save filename .................................... 26
+ 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing ...................... 27
+ 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once ... 27
+ 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients .................... 27
+ 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message ...................... 28
+ 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient .................. 29
+ 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer ...................... 29
+ 3.22 Executing functions .............................................. 29
+ 3.23 Message Scoring .................................................. 29
+ 3.24 Spam detection ................................................... 29
+ 3.25 Setting variables ................................................ 31
+ 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file ................ 32
+ 3.27 Configuring features conditionally ............................... 32
+ 3.28 Removing hooks ................................................... 33
- If _\bs_\be_\bt, Mutt-ng will add ``X-Comment-To:'' field (that contains full
- name of original article author) to article that followuped to
- newsgroup.
+ 4. Advanced Usage ......................................................... 33
+ 4.1 Regular Expressions .............................................. 33
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b31\b19\b9.\b. x\bxt\bte\ber\brm\bm_\b_i\bic\bco\bon\bn
-
- Type: string
- Default: "M%?n?AIL&ail?"
-
- Controls the format of the icon title, as long as xterm_set_titles is
- enabled. This string is identical in formatting to the one used by
- ````$status_format''''.
-
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b32\b20\b0.\b. x\bxt\bte\ber\brm\bm_\b_s\bse\bet\bt_\b_t\bti\bit\btl\ble\bes\bs
-
- Type: boolean
- Default: no
-
- Controls whether mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as
- long as you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be off to
- force in the validity checking.
-
- 6\b6.\b.3\b3.\b.3\b32\b21\b1.\b. x\bxt\bte\ber\brm\bm_\b_t\bti\bit\btl\ble\be
-
- Type: string
- Default: "Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?"
-
- Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
- xterm_set_titles has been set. This string is identical in formatting
- to the one used by ````$status_format''''.
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b. F\bFu\bun\bnc\bct\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs
-
- The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping
- in which they are available. The default key setting is given, and an
- explanation of what the function does. The key bindings of these
- functions can be changed with the ``bind'' command.
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.1\b1.\b. g\bge\ben\bne\ber\bri\bic\bc
-
- The _\bg_\be_\bn_\be_\br_\bi_\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions
- (such as movement) available in all menus except for _\bp_\ba_\bg_\be_\br and _\be_\bd_\bi_\bt_\bo_\br.
- Changing settings for this menu will affect the default bindings for
- all menus (except as noted).
- bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
- current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
- current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
- current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
- enter-command : enter a muttrc command
- exit q exit this menu
- first-entry = move to the first entry
- half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
- half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
- help ? this screen
- jump number jump to an index number
- last-entry * move to the last entry
- middle-page M move to the middle of the page
- next-entry j move to the next entry
- next-line > scroll down one line
- next-page z move to the next page
- previous-entry k move to the previous entry
- previous-line < scroll up one line
- previous-page Z move to the previous page
- refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
- search / search for a regular expression
- search-next n search for next match
- search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
- search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
- select-entry RET select the current entry
- shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
- tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
- tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
- tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
- top-page H move to the top of the page
- what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b. i\bin\bnd\bde\bex\bx
-
- bounce-message b remail a message to another user
- change-folder c open a different folder
- change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
- check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
- clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
- copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
- create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
- decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
- decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
- delete-message d delete the current entry
- delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
- delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
- delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
- display-address @ display full address of sender
- display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
- display-message RET display a message
- edit e edit the current message
- edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
- exit x exit without saving changes
- extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
- fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
- flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
- forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
- forward-message f forward a message with comments
- group-reply g reply to all recipients
- limit l show only messages matching a pattern
- list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
- mail m compose a new mail message
- mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
- next-new TAB jump to the next new message
- next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
- next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
- next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
- next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
- parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
- pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
- previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
- previous-page Z move to the previous page
- previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
- previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
- previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
- previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
- print-message p print the current entry
- query Q query external program for addresses
- quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
- read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
- read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
- recall-message R recall a postponed message
- reply r reply to a message
- resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
- save-message s save message/attachment to a file
- set-flag w set a status flag on a message
- show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
- show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
- sort-mailbox o sort messages
- sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
- sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
- tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
- tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
- toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
- toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
- undelete-message u undelete the current entry
- undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
- undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
- undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
- untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
- view-attachments v show MIME attachments
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.3\b3.\b. p\bpa\bag\bge\ber\br
-
- bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
- bounce-message b remail a message to another user
- change-folder c open a different folder
- change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
- check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
- copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
- create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
- decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
- decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
- delete-message d delete the current entry
- delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
- delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
- display-address @ display full address of sender
- display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
- edit e edit the current message
- edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
- enter-command : enter a muttrc command
- exit i return to the main-menu
- extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
- flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
- forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
- forward-message f forward a message with comments
- group-reply g reply to all recipients
- half-up not bound move up one-half page
- half-down not bound move down one-half page
- help ? this screen
- list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
- mail m compose a new mail message
- mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
- mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
- next-line RET scroll down one line
- next-entry J move to the next entry
- next-new TAB jump to the next new message
- next-page move to the next page
- next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
- next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
- next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
- next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
- parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
- pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
- previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
- previous-entry K move to the previous entry
- previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
- previous-page - move to the previous page
- previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
- previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
- previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
- previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
- print-message p print the current entry
- quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
- read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
- read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
- recall-message R recall a postponed message
- redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
- reply r reply to a message
- save-message s save message/attachment to a file
- search / search for a regular expression
- search-next n search for next match
- search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
- search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
- search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
- shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
- show-version V show the Mutt version number and date
- skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
- sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
- tag-message t tag a message
- toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
- top ^ jump to the top of the message
- undelete-message u undelete the current entry
- undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
- undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
- view-attachments v show MIME attachments
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.4\b4.\b. a\bal\bli\bia\bas\bs
-
- search / search for a regular expression
- search-next n search for next match
- search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.5\b5.\b. q\bqu\bue\ber\bry\by
-
- create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
- mail m compose a new mail message
- query Q query external program for addresses
- query-append A append new query results to current results
- search / search for a regular expression
- search-next n search for next match
- search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
- search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.6\b6.\b. a\bat\btt\bta\bac\bch\bh
-
- bounce-message b remail a message to another user
- collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
- delete-entry d delete the current entry
- display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
- edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
- extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
- forward-message f forward a message with comments
- group-reply g reply to all recipients
- list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
- pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
- print-entry p print the current entry
- reply r reply to a message
- resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
- save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
- undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
- view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
- view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
- view-text T view attachment as text
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.7\b7.\b. c\bco\bom\bmp\bpo\bos\bse\be
-
- attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
- attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
- attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
- copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
- detach-file D delete the current entry
- display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
- edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
- edit-cc c edit the CC list
- edit-description d edit attachment description
- edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
- edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
- edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
- edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
- edit-headers E edit the message with headers
- edit e edit the message
- edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
- edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
- edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
- edit-to t edit the TO list
- edit-type ^T edit attachment type
- filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
- forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
- ispell i run ispell on the message
- new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
- pgp-menu p show PGP options
- pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
- postpone-message P save this message to send later
- print-entry l print the current entry
- rename-file R rename/move an attached file
- send-message y send the message
- toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
- view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
- write-fcc w write the message to a folder
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.8\b8.\b. p\bpo\bos\bst\btp\bpo\bon\bne\be
-
- delete-entry d delete the current entry
- undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.9\b9.\b. b\bbr\bro\bow\bws\bse\ber\br
-
- change-dir c change directories
- check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
- enter-mask m enter a file mask
- search / search for a regular expression
- search-next n search for next match
- search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
- select-new N select a new file in this directory
- sort o sort messages
- sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
- toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
- view-file SPACE view file
- subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
- unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
- toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. p\bpg\bgp\bp
-
- view-name % view the key's user id
- verify-key c verify a PGP public key
-
- 6\b6.\b.4\b4.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. e\bed\bdi\bit\bto\bor\br
-
- backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
- backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
- backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
- bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
- buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
- capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
- complete TAB complete filename or alias
- complete-query ^T complete address with query
- delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
- downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
- eol ^E jump to the end of the line
- forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
- forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
- history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
- history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
- kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
- kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
- kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
- kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
- quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
- transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
- upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
-
- 7\b7.\b. M\bMi\bis\bsc\bce\bel\bll\bla\ban\bny\by
-
- 7\b7.\b.1\b1.\b. A\bAc\bck\bkn\bno\bow\bwl\ble\bed\bdg\bge\bem\bme\ben\bnt\bts\bs
-
- Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME
- parsing code back in the ELM-ME days.
-
- The following people have been very helpful to the development of
- Mutt:
-
- Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
- Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
- Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
- John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
- David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
- Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
- Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
- Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
- David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
- Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
- Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
- Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
- Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
- Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
- Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
- Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
- Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
- Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
- Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
- Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
- David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
- Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
- Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
- Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
- Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
- Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
- Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
- Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
- Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
- David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
- Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
- Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
- Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
- Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
- Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
- Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
- TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
- Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
- Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
- Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
- Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com>
-
- 7\b7.\b.2\b2.\b. A\bAb\bbo\bou\but\bt t\bth\bhi\bis\bs d\bdo\boc\bcu\bum\bme\ben\bnt\bt
-
- This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-
- tools package.
+ i
+
+ 4.2 Patterns ......................................................... 37
+ 4.3 Using Tags ....................................................... 40
+ 4.4 Using Hooks ...................................................... 41
+ 4.5 Using the sidebar ................................................ 42
+ 4.6 External Address Queries ......................................... 43
+ 4.7 Mailbox Formats .................................................. 44
+ 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts ................................................ 44
+ 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists ........................................... 45
+ 4.10 Editing threads .................................................. 46
+ 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support ....................... 46
+ 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
+ 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
+ 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL) ................... 49
+ 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL) ........................... 49
+ 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL) ............................ 50
+
+ 5. Mutt's MIME Support .................................................... 52
+ 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt ............................................... 53
+ 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types .......................... 54
+ 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap ........................... 54
+ 5.4 MIME Autoview .................................................... 60
+ 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative ....................................... 61
+ 5.6 MIME Lookup ...................................................... 61
+
+ 6. Reference .............................................................. 62
+ 6.1 Command line options ............................................. 62
+ 6.2 Configuration Commands ........................................... 63
+ 6.3 Configuration variables .......................................... 65
+ 6.4 Functions ....................................................... 146
+
+ 7. Miscellany ............................................................ 154
+ 7.1 Acknowledgments ................................................. 155
+ 7.2 About this document ............................................. 156
+
+ ii
projects / apps / madmutt.git / commitdiff